Spreadsheet: 82a9bbfe-f3dc-4fee-b80c-7ffe07208e29
Sheet: Sheet1

qty. | isbn | cluster | authoreditor1_lastname | originators | title | subtitle | series_title | volume_number | edition_number | copyright_year | number_of_arabic_pages | term_cover_type | term_medium | bibliographic_information | springer_reference | price_eur_status | recomm_price_eur | price_eur_net | price_eur_gross_d | price_eur_gross_a | price_gbp | price_chf | term_language1 | term_main_discipline | subject1 | [NAME] | bic_code1 | subject2 | term_subject2 | bic_code2 | term_bookstore | term_product_category | term_publisher_name | delivery_status_scsc | pub_date_planned | [NAME] | distribution_information | table_of_contents_short | info_text | usp_editorial | term_publication_class | discount_group_scsc | ebook_info_no_e_rights | ebook_package | term_ebook_package
 | 978-3-642-39586-4 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | The Languages of Western Tonality |  | Computational Music Science |  | 1 | 2013 | 280 | Hard cover | Book | XXVII, 280 p. 75 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI23036 | Computer Appl. in Arts and Humanities | H | SCV32000 | Music | AV | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Chap. 1  Prototonal Theory: Tapping into Ninth-Century Insights.- Part I  Prototonality.- Chap. 2  Preliminaries.- Chap. 3  Communicating Pitches and Transmitting Notes.- Chap. 4  The Conventional Nomenclatures for Notes and Intervals.- Chap. 5  Communicating the Primary Intervals.- Chap. 6  Receiving Notes.- Chap. 7  Harmonic Systems.- Chap. 8  Prototonality.- Part II  The Languages of Western Tonality.- Chap. 9  Tonal Preliminaries.- Chap. 10  Modal Communication.- Chap. 11  Topics in Dyadic and Triadic Theory.- Chap. 12  Modes, Semikeys, and [NAME]: A Reality Check.- Chap. 13  A Neo-Riepelian Key-Distance Theory.- Chap. 14  Tonal Communication.- Chap. 15  The Tonal Game.- App. A  Mathematical Preliminaries.- App. B  Z Modules and Their Homomorphisms.- Index | Tonal music, from a historical perspective, is far from homogenous; yet an enduring feature is a background 'diatonic' system of exactly seven notes orderable cyclically by fifth. What is the source of the durability of the diatonic system, the octave of which is representable in terms of two particular integers, namely 12 and 7? And how is this durability consistent with the equally remarkable variety of musical styles — or languages — that the history of Western tonal music has taught us exist?   This book is an attempt to answer these questions. Using mathematical tools to describe and explain the Western musical system as a highly sophisticated communication system, this theoretical, historical, and cognitive study is unprecedented in scope and depth. The author engages in intense dialogue with 1000 years of music-theoretical thinking, offering answers to some of the most enduring questions concerning Western tonality.   The book is divided into two main parts, both governed by the communicative premise. Part I studies proto-tonality, the background system of notes prior to the selection of a privileged note known as 'final.' After some preliminaries that concern consonance and chromaticism, Part II begins with the notion 'mode.' A mode is 'dyadic' or 'triadic,' depending on its 'nucleus.' Further, a 'key' is a special type of 'semi-key' which is a special type of mode. Different combinations of these categories account for tonal variety. Ninth-century music, for example, is a tonal language of dyadic modes, while seventeenth-century music is a language of triadic semi-keys.  While portions of the book are characterized by abstraction and formal rigor, more suitable for expert readers, it will also be of value to anyone intrigued by the tonal phenomenon at large, including music theorists, musicologists, and music-cognition researchers. The content is supported by a general index, a list of definitions, a list of notation used, and two appendices providing the basic mathematical background. | <p>Unprecedented scope and depth</p><p>Answers some of the most enduring questions concerning Western tonality</p><p>Interesting for music theorists, musicologists, and music-cognition researchers</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5492-1 | Computer Science | Alberts | [NAME]; [NAME] | Hacking Europe | From Computer Cultures to Demoscenes | History of [NAME] |  | 1 | 2013 | 228 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 228 p. 17 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI24024 | History of [NAME] | U | SCI24083 | Personal Computing | UKP | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-22 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: How European Players Captured the Computer and Created the Scenes.- Part I: Appropriating America: Making One’s Own.- Transnational (Dis)connection in Localizing Personal Computing in the Netherlands, 1975-1990.- “Inside a Day You'll be Talking to it Like an Old Friend”: The Making and Remaking of Sinclair Personal Computing in 1980s Britain.- Legal Pirates Ltd: Home [NAME] in Early 1980s Greece.- Part II: Illegitimate Sons in Between: Scences.- Galaxy and the New Wave: Yugoslav Computer Culture in the 1980s.- Playing and Copying: Social Practices of Home Computer Users in Poland During the 1980s.- Multiple Users, Diverse Users: [NAME] and the Appropriation of the Personal Computer by [NAME] Hackers.- Part III: Going Public: How to Change the World.- Heroes Yet Criminals of the German Computer Revolution.- How Amsterdam Invented the Internet: European Networks of Significance 1980-1995.- Users in the Dark: The Development of a User-Controlled Technology in the Czech Wireless Network Community. | Hacking Europe traces the user practices of chopping games in Warsaw, hacking software in Athens, creating chaos in Hamburg, producing demos in Turku, and partying with computing in Zagreb and Amsterdam. Focusing on several European countries at the end of the Cold War, the book shows the digital development was not an exclusively American affair. Local hacker communities appropriated the computer and forged new cultures around it like the hackers in Yugoslavia, Poland and Finland, who showed off their tricks and creating distinct “demoscenes.” Together the essays reflect a diverse palette of cultural practices by which European users domesticated computer technologies. Each chapter explores the mediating actors instrumental in introducing and spreading the cultures of computing around Europe. More generally, the “ludological” element--the role of mischief, humor, and play--discussed here as crucial for analysis of hacker culture, opens new vistas for the study of the history of technology. | <p>Describes how local hacker communities across Europe appropriated the computer and forged new cultures around it</p><p>Explores the mediating actors instrumental in introducing and spreading the cultures of computing around Europe</p><p>Highlights the role of mischief, humor, and play in hacker culture</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-8482-0 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Modeling, Simulation and Visual Analysis of Crowds | A Multidisciplinary Perspective | The International Series in Video Computing | 11 | 1 | 2013 | 418 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 418 p. 208 illus., 184 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI22005 | Computer Imaging, Vision, Pattern Recognition and Graphics | UYQV | SCI21025 | Simulation and Modeling | UGK | Professional Computing | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Modeling, Simulation and Visual Analysis of Crowds: A Multidisciplinary Perspective.- On Force-based Modeling of Pedestrian Dynamics.- Connection between Microscopic and Macroscopic Models.- Analysis of Crowd Dynamics with Laboratory Experiments.- Modeling a Crowd of Groups: Multidisciplinary and Methodological Challenges.- Scalable Solutions for Simulating, Animating, and Rendering Real-Time Crowds of Diverse Virtual Humans.- Authoring Multi-Actor Behaviors in Crowds with Diverse Personalities.- [NAME]: A Velocity-space-based Solution for Simulating Heterogeneous Behavior in Dense Crowds.- Crowd Flow Segmentation using Lagrangian Particle Dynamics.- Modeling Crowd Flow for Video Analysis of Crowded Scenes.- Pedestrian Interaction in Tracking: The Social Force Model and Global Optimization Methods.- Surveillance of Crowded Environments: Modeling the Crowd by its Global Properties.- Inferring Leadership from Group Dynamics Using Markov Chain [NAME] Methods.- Crowd Counting and Profiling: Methodology and Evaluation.- Anomaly Detection in Crowded Scenes: A Novel Framework based on Swarm Optimization and Social Force Modeling. | Over the last several years there has been a growing interest in developing computational methodologies for modeling and analyzing movements and behaviors of ‘crowds' of people. This interest spans several scientific areas that includes Computer Vision, Computer Graphics, and Pedestrian Evacuation Dynamics. Despite the fact that these different scientific fields are trying to model the same physical entity (i.e. a crowd of people), research ideas have evolved independently. As a result each discipline has developed techniques and perspectives that are characteristically their own. The goal of this book to provide the readers a comprehensive map towards the common goal of better analyzing and synthesizing the pedestrian movement in dense, heterogeneous crowds. The monograph is organized into different parts that consolidate various aspects of research towards this common goal, namely the modeling, simulation, and visual analysis of crowds. Through this book, readers will see the common ideas and vision as well as the different challenges and techniques, that will stimulate novel approaches to fully grasping “crowds.' | <p>Discusses common challenges and points to problem areas related to modeling, simulation, and visual analysis of crowds</p><p>Facilitates the process of cross-disciplinary interaction among researchers from areas of computer vision, computer graphics and evacuation dynamics by providing a common platform</p><p>Provides a comprehensive map of the current state of the art in these distinct but related fields</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-319-01432-6 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Automated Security Management |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 187 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 187 p. 62 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14050 | Systems and Data Security | UR | SCI15033 | Data Encryption | URY | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1: Towards a Unified Modeling and Verification of Network and System Security Configurations.- 2: Modeling and Checking the Security of DIFC System Configurations.- 3: Increasing Android Security using a Lightweight OVAL-based Vulnerability Assessment Framework.- 4: A Declarative Logic-based Approach for Threat Analysis of Advanced Metering Infrastructure.- 5: Risk based Access Control using Classification.- 6: GCNav - Generic Configuration Navigation System.- 7: The Right Files at the Right Time.- 8: Rule Configuration Checking in Secure Cooperative Data Access.- 9: Programmable Diagnostic Network Measurement with Localization and Traffic Observation.- 10: Discovery of Unexpected Services and Communication Paths in Networked Systems.- 11: Tracing Advances Persistent Threats in Networked Systems. | In this contributed volume, leading international researchers explore configuration modeling and checking, vulnerability and risk assessment, configuration analysis, and diagnostics and discovery. The authors equip readers to understand automated security management systems and techniques that increase overall network assurability and usability. These constantly changing networks defend against cyber attacks by integrating hundreds of security devices such as firewalls, IPSec gateways, IDS/IPS, authentication servers, authorization/RBAC servers, and crypto systems. Automated Security Management presents a number of topics in the area of configuration automation. Early in the book, the chapter authors introduce modeling and validation of configurations based on high-level requirements and discuss how to manage the security risk as a result of configuration settings of network systems. Later chapters delve into the concept of configuration analysis and why it is important in ensuring the security and functionality of a properly configured system. The book concludes with ways to identify problems when things go wrong and more. A wide range of theoretical and practical content make this volume valuable for researchers and professionals who work with network systems. | <p>Discusses how to manage the complex security risk of configuration settings of network systems</p><p>Explores the relationship between vulnerability assessment and security automation</p><p>Covers automated/dynamic defense based risk</p><p>Offers a comprehensive coverage of security automation</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-17366-0 | Computer Science | Applebaum | [NAME] | Cryptography in Constant Parallel Time |  | Information Security and Cryptography |  | 1 | 2013 | 190 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 190 p. 5 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI17001 | Mathematics of Computing | UYA | SCI15009 | Data Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory | UMB | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Preliminaries and Definitions.- Randomized Encoding of Functions.- Cryptography in NC0.- Computationally Private Randomizing Polynomials and Their Applications.- On Pseudorandom Generators with Linear Stretch in NC0.- Cryptography with [NAME] One-Way Functions with Optimal Output Locality.- App. A, On Collections of Cryptographic Primitives. | Locally computable (NC0) functions are 'simple' functions for which every bit of the output can be computed by reading a small number of bits of their input. The study of locally computable cryptography attempts to construct cryptographic functions that achieve this strong notion of simplicity and simultaneously provide a high level of security. Such constructions are highly parallelizable and they can be realized by Boolean circuits of constant depth.This book establishes, for the first time, the possibility of local implementations for many basic cryptographic primitives such as one-way functions, pseudorandom generators, encryption schemes and digital signatures. It also extends these results to other stronger notions of locality, and addresses a wide variety of fundamental questions about local cryptography. The author's related thesis was honorably mentioned (runner-up) for the ACM Dissertation Award in 2007, and this book includes some expanded sections and proofs, and notes on recent developments.The book assumes only a minimal background in computational complexity and cryptography and is therefore suitable for graduate students or researchers in related areas who are interested in parallel cryptography. It also introduces general techniques and tools which are likely to interest experts in the area. | <p>The author's related thesis was honorably mentioned (runner-up) for the ACM Dissertation Award in 2007</p><p>Assumes only a minimal background in computational complexity and cryptography</p><p>Introduces general techniques and tools of interest to experts in the area</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-39651-9 | Computer Science | Ausiello | [NAME]; Rossella Petreschi | The Power of Algorithms | Inspiration and Examples in Everyday Life |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 252 | Hard cover | Book | X, 252 p. 86 illus., 13 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI24032 | Computers and Education | JNV | SCI16021 | Algorithm Analysis and Problem Complexity | UMB | Computer Science | Undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I  Finding One’s Way in a World of Algorithms.- Chap. 1  Algorithms: An Historical Perspective.- Chap. 2  How to Design an Algorithm.- Chap. 3  The One Million Dollars Problem.- Part II  The Difficult Simplicity of Daily Life.- Chap. 4  The Quest for the Shortest Route.- Chap. 5  Web Search.- Chap. 6  Algorithms for Secure Communication.- Chap. 7  Algorithmics for the Life Sciences.- Chap. 8  The Shortest Walk to Watch TV.- Chap. 9  Algorithms for Auctions and Games.- Chap. 10  Randomness and Complexity. | To examine, analyze, and manipulate a problem to the point of designing an algorithm for solving it is an exercise of fundamental value in many fields. With so many everyday activities governed by algorithmic principles, the power, precision, reliability and speed of execution demanded by users have transformed the design and construction of algorithms from a creative, artisanal activity into a full-fledged science in its own right. This book is aimed at all those who exploit the results of this new science, as designers and as consumers.  The first chapter is an overview of the related history, demonstrating the long development of ideas such as recursion and more recent formalizations such as computability. The second chapter shows how the design of algorithms requires appropriate techniques and sophisticated organization of data. In the subsequent chapters the contributing authors present examples from diverse areas – such as routing and networking problems, Web search, information security, auctions and games, complexity and randomness, and the life sciences – that show how algorithmic thinking offers practical solutions and also deepens domain knowledge. The contributing authors are top-class researchers with considerable academic and industrial experience; they are also excellent educators and communicators and they draw on this experience with enthusiasm and humor. This book is an excellent introduction to an intriguing domain and it will be enjoyed by undergraduate and postgraduate students in computer science, engineering, and mathematics, and more broadly by all those engaged with algorithmic thinking. | <p>Apologia for fascinating research and application field</p><p>Leading authors express their enthusiasm and insights</p><p>Fun, non-trivial application examples</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-40136-7 | Computer Science | Bäck | [NAME]; Christophe Foussette; [NAME] | Contemporary Evolution Strategies |  | Natural Computing Series |  | 1 | 2013 | 90 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 90 p. 33 illus. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI16021 | Algorithm Analysis and Problem Complexity | UMB | SCT11014 | Computational Intelligence | UYQ | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chap. 1 - Introduction.- Chap. 2 - Evolution Strategies.- Chap. 3 - Taxonomy of Evolution Strategies.- Chap. 4 - Empirical Analysis.- Chap. 5 - Summary.- List of Figures.- List of Algorithms.- Bibliography. | Evolution strategies have more than 50 years of history in the field of evolutionary computation. Since the early 1990s, many algorithmic variations of evolution strategies have been developed, characterized by the fact that they use the so-called derandomization concept for strategy parameter adaptation. Most importantly, the covariance matrix adaptation strategy (CMA-ES) and its successors are the key representatives of this group of contemporary evolution strategies. This book provides an overview of the key algorithm developments between 1990 and 2012, including brief descriptions of the algorithms, a unified pseudocode representation of each algorithm, and program code which is available for download. In addition, a taxonomy of these algorithms is provided to clarify similarities and differences as well as historical relationships between the various instances of evolution strategies. Moreover, due to the authors’ focus on industrial applications of nonlinear optimization, all algorithms are empirically compared on the so-called BBOB (Black-Box Optimization Benchmarking) test function suite, and ranked according to their performance. In contrast to classical academic comparisons, however, only a very small number of objective function evaluations is permitted. In particular, an extremely small number of evaluations, such as between one hundred and one thousand for high-dimensional functions, is considered. This is motivated by the fact that many industrial optimization tasks do not permit more than a few hundred evaluations. Our experiments suggest that evolution strategies are powerful nonlinear direct optimizers even for challenging industrial problems with a very small budget of function evaluations. The book is suitable for academic and industrial researchers and practitioners. | <p>Modern, comprehensive treatment of the key approaches</p><p>Authors' software available for download</p><p>Valuable for industrial and academic researchers and practitioners</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-39874-2 | Computer Science | Baldassarre | [NAME]; [NAME] | Computational and Robotic Models of the Hierarchical Organization of Behavior |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 385 | Hard cover | Book | IV, 385 p. 116 illus., 43 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | SCT19000 | Control, Robotics, Mechatronics | TJFM | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chap. 1 - Computational and Robotic Models of the Hierarchical Organization of Behavior: An Overview.- Chap. 2 - Behavioral Hierarchy: Exploration and Representation.- Chap. 3 - Self-organized Functional Hierarchy Through Multiple Timescales: Neurodynamical Accounts for Behavioral Compositionality.- Chap. 4 - Autonomous Representation Learning in a Developing Agent.- Chap. 5 - Hierarchies for Embodied Action Perception.- Chap. 6 - Learning and Coordinating Repertoires of Behaviors with Common Reward: Credit Assignment and Module Activation.- Chap. 7 - Modular, Multimodal Arm Control Models.- Chap. 8 - Generalization and Interference in Human Motor Control.- Chap. 9 - A Developmental Framework for Cumulative Learning Robots.- Chap. 10 - The Hierarchical Accumulation of Knowledge in the Distributed Adaptive Control Architecture.- Chap. 11 - The Hierarchical Organization of Cortical and Basal Ganglia Systems: A Computationally Informed Review and Integrated Hypothesis.- Chap. 12 - Divide and Conquer: Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning and Task Decomposition in Humans.- Chap. 13 - Neural Network Modelling of Hierarchical Motor Function in the Brain.- Chap. 14 - Restoring Purpose in Behavior. | Current robots and other artificial systems are typically able to accomplish only one single task. Overcoming this limitation requires the development of control architectures and learning algorithms that can support the acquisition and deployment of several different skills, which in turn seems to require a modular and hierarchical organization. In this way, different modules can acquire different skills without catastrophic interference, and higher-level components of the system can solve complex tasks by exploiting the skills encapsulated in the lower-level modules. While machine learning and robotics recognize the fundamental importance of the hierarchical organization of behavior for building robots that scale up to solve complex tasks, research in psychology and neuroscience shows increasing evidence that modularity and hierarchy are pivotal organization principles of behavior and of the brain. They might even lead to the cumulative acquisition of an ever-increasing number of skills, which seems to be a characteristic of mammals, and humans in particular.This book is a comprehensive overview of the state of the art on the modeling of the hierarchical organization of behavior in animals, and on its exploitation in robot controllers. The book perspective is highly interdisciplinary, featuring models belonging to all relevant areas, including machine learning, robotics, neural networks, and computational modeling in psychology and neuroscience. The book chapters review the authors' most recent contributions to the investigation of hierarchical behavior, and highlight the open questions and most promising research directions. As the contributing authors are among the pioneers carrying out fundamental work on this topic, the book covers the most important and topical issues in the field from a computationally informed, theoretically oriented perspective. The book will be of benefit to academic and industrial researchers and graduate students in related disciplines. | <p>Interdisciplinary authors from related disciplines such as artificial intelligence, robotics, artificial life, evolution, machine learning, developmental psychology, cognitive science, and neuroscience</p><p>Identifies scientific and technological open challenges and most promising research directions</p><p>Shows evidence that modularity and hierarchy are pivotal organization principles of behavior</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-40402-3 | Computer Science | Bassi | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Enabling Things to Talk | Designing IoT solutions with the IoT Architectural Reference Model |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 274 | Hard cover | Book | X, 274 p. 131 illus., 116 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Computer Science | SCI18040 | Information Systems Applications (incl. Internet) | UNH | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | Professional Computing | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to the Internet of Things.- The Need for a Common Ground for the IoT — The History and Reasoning Behind the IoT — A Project.- The IoT Architectural Reference Model as Enabler.- IoT in Practice: Examples — IoT in Logistics and Health.- IoT — A Guidance to the ARM.- A Process to Generate Concrete Architectures.- IoT Reference Model.- IoT Reference Architecture.- The IoT ARM Reference Manual.- Interactions.- Toward a Concrete Architecture.- ARM Testimonials.- Summary and [NAME]. | The Internet of Things (IoT) is an emerging network superstructure that will connect physical resources and actual users. It will support an ecosystem of smart applications and services bringing hyper-connectivity to our society by using augmented and rich interfaces.  Whereas in the beginning IoT referred to the advent of barcodes and Radio Frequency Identification (RFID), which helped to automate inventory, tracking and basic identification, today IoT is characterized by a dynamic trend toward connecting smart sensors, objects, devices, data and applications. The next step will be “cognitive IoT,” facilitating object and data re-use across application domains and leveraging hyper-connectivity, interoperability solutions and semantically enriched information distribution.The Architectural [NAME] (ARM), presented in this book by the members of the IoT-A project team driving this harmonization effort, makes it possible to connect vertically closed systems, architectures and application areas so as to create open interoperable systems and integrated environments and platforms. It constitutes a foundation from which software companies can capitalize on the benefits of developing consumer-oriented platforms including hardware, software and services.The material is structured in two parts. Part A introduces the general concepts developed for and applied in the ARM. It is aimed at end users who want to use IoT technologies, managers interested in understanding the opportunities generated by these novel technologies, and system architects who are interested in an overview of the underlying basic models. It also includes several case studies to illustrate how the ARM has been used in real-life scenarios. Part B then addresses the topic at a more detailed technical level and is targeted at readers with a more scientific or technical background. It provides in-depth guidance on the ARM, including a detailed description of a process for generating concrete architectures, as well as reference manuals with guidelines on how to use the various models and perspectives presented to create a concrete architecture. Furthermore, best practices and tips on how system engineers can use the ARM to develop specific IoT architectures for dedicated IoT solutions are illustrated and exemplified in reverse mapping exercises of existing standards and platforms. | <p>First comprehensive overview of the European Architecture Reference Model (ARM) for the Internet of Things</p><p>Includes both a reference manual and numerous best practices and tips for implementing the ARM</p><p>Illustrates ARM implementations on the basis of several industrial case studies</p><p>Written in cooperation by leading software and solution providers (Alcatel-Lucent, IBM , Ericsson, NEC, NXP, SAP, Siemens) and top-level research institutions</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-39511-6 | Computer Science | Bernardi | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Model-Driven Dependability Assessment of Software Systems |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 187 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 187 p. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14029 | Software Engineering | UMZ | [NAME] | Computation by Abstract Devices | UYZG | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | 1 Dependability Assessment and Software Life-cycle.- 2 Dependability Concepts.- 3 Software models.- 4 Dependability Domain Model.- 5 Dependability Modeling and Analysis Profile.- 6 Dependability Analysis Techniques.- 7 Proposals for Dependability Assessment.- 8 From Software Models to Dependability Analysis Models.- 9 Conclusions and Advanced Open Issues.- A The MARTE profile.- B Classes in the dependability domain model. | Over the last two decades, a major challenge for researchers working on modeling and evaluation of computer-based systems has been the assessment of system Non Functional Properties (NFP) such as performance, scalability, dependability and security.In this book, the authors present cutting-edge model-driven techniques for modeling and analysis of software dependability. Most of them are based on the use of UML as software specification language. From the software system specification point of view, such techniques exploit the standard extension mechanisms of UML (i.e., UML profiling). UML profiles enable software engineers to add non-functional properties to the software model, in addition to the functional ones. The authors detail the state of the art on UML profile proposals for dependability specification and rigorously describe the trade-off they accomplish. The focus is mainly on RAMS (reliability, availability, maintainability and safety) properties. Among the existing profiles, they emphasize the DAM (Dependability Analysis and Modeling) profile, which attempts to unify, under a common umbrella, the previous UML profiles from literature, providing capabilities for dependability specification and analysis. In addition, they describe two prominent model-to-model transformation techniques, which support the generation of the analysis model and allow for further assessment of different RAMS properties. Case studies from different domains are also presented, in order to provide practitioners with examples of how to apply the aforementioned techniques.Researchers and students will learn basic dependability concepts and how to model them using UML and its extensions. They will also gain insights into dependability analysis techniques through the use of appropriate modeling formalisms as well as of model-to-model transformation techniques for deriving dependability analysis models from UML specifications. Moreover, software practitioners will find a unified framework for the specification of dependability requirements and properties of UML, and will benefit from the detailed case studies. | <p>Comprehensive overview of standards-based dependability modeling and analysis</p><p>Presentation based on the standard extension mechanisms of UML</p><p>Detailed case studies to illustrate single process steps</p><p>Co-authored by contributors to related OMG standards </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-40037-7 | Computer Science | Berstel-Da Silva | [NAME] | Verification of Business Rules Programs |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 226 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 226 p. 18 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI1603X | Logics and Meanings of Programs | UM | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chap. 1 - Introduction.- Chap. 2 - Related Work.- Chap. 3 - Syntax of Rules and Rule Programs.- Chap. 4 - States and State Assertions.- Chap. 5 - Operational Semantics of Rule Programs.- Chap. 6 - Correctness of Rule Programs.- Chap. 7 - Correctness of Programs: A Comparison.- Chap. 8 - Main Steps in Rule Program Verification.- Chap. 9 - A Verification Method for Rule Programs.- Chap. 10 - Specialized Proof Rules.- Chap. 11 - Conclusion.- Appendix A - Verification in an Industrial Business Rules Management System.- List of Proof Rules.- Index. | Rules represent a simplified means of programming, congruent with our understanding of human brain constructs. With the advent of business rules management systems, it has been possible to introduce rule-based programming to nonprogrammers, allowing them to map expert intent into code in applications such as fraud detection, financial transactions, healthcare, retail, and marketing. However, a remaining concern is the quality, safety, and reliability of the resulting programs.  This book is on business rules programs, that is, rule programs as handled in business rules management systems. Its conceptual contribution is to present the foundation for treating business rules as a topic of scientific investigation in semantics and program verification, while its technical contribution is to present an approach to the formal verification of business rules programs. The author proposes a method for proving correctness properties for a business rules program in a compositional way, meaning that the proof of a correctness property for a program is built up from correctness properties for the individual rules—thus bridging a gap between the intuitive understanding of rules and the formal semantics of rule programs. With this approach the author enables rule authors and tool developers to understand, express formally, and prove properties of the execution behavior of business rules programs. This work will be of interest to practitioners and researchers in the areas of program verification, enterprise computing, database management, and artificial intelligence. | <p>Approach to the formal verification of rule programs as found in business rules management systems</p><p>Enables rule authors and tool developers to understand, express formally, and prove properties of the execution behavior of business rules programs</p><p>Interesting for practitioners, researchers and graduate students</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-40254-8 | Computer Science | Bhattacharyya | Siddhartha Bhattacharyya; [NAME] | [NAME] and Multimedia Data Processing |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 267 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 267 p. 171 illus., 53 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Computer Science | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | SCI22021 | Image Processing and Computer Vision | UYT | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chap. 1 Introduction.- Chap. 2 Transformation-Invariant Image Recognition Using Multilayer Perceptron.- Chap. 3 Energy Efficient Intelligent Lighting Control Using a Multilayer Perceptron.- Chap. 4 Target Tracking Using Fuzzy Hostility Induced Segmentation of Optical Flow Field.- Chap. 5 Binary Object Extraction by Bidirectional Self-organizing Neural Network Architecture.- Chap. 6 Multilevel Object Extraction by BDSONN Architecture.- Chap. 7 Color Object Extraction by Parallel BDSONN Architecture.- Chap. 8 Gray-Scale Image Edge Detection Using Rough Sets.- References.- Index. | Proper analysis of image and multimedia data requires efficient extraction and segmentation techniques. Among the many computational intelligence approaches, the soft computing paradigm is best equipped with several tools and techniques that incorporate intelligent concepts and principles. This book is dedicated to object extraction, image segmentation, and edge detection using soft computing techniques with extensive real-life application to image and multimedia data.  The authors start with a comprehensive tutorial on the basics of brain structure and learning, and then the key soft computing techniques, including evolutionary computation, neural networks, fuzzy sets and fuzzy logic, and rough sets. They then present seven chapters that detail the application of representative techniques to complex image processing tasks such as image recognition, lighting control, target tracking, object extraction, and edge detection. These chapters follow a structured approach with detailed explanations of the problems, solutions, results, and conclusions. This is both a standalone textbook for graduates in computer science, electrical engineering, system science, and information technology, and a reference for researchers and engineers engaged with pattern recognition, image processing, and soft computing. | <p>Starts with comprehensive tutorial on brain learning and the key soft computing techniques</p><p>Soft computing paradigm is best equipped for many complex real-world image processing problems</p>Standalone textbook for graduates, and reference for researchers and engineers | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-39497-3 | Computer Science | Böhme | Rainer Böhme | The Economics of Information Security and Privacy |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 300 p. 57 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI15009 | Data Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory | UMB | SCW12006 | Economics general | KC | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I - Management of Information Security.- A Closer Look at Information Security Costs.- To Invest or Not to Invest? Assessing the Economic Viability of a Policy and Security Configuration Management Tool.- Ad-Blocking Games: Monetizing Online Content Under the Threat of Ad Avoidance.- Software Security Economics: Theory, in Practice.- Part II - Economics of Information Security.- An Empirical Study on Information Security Behaviors and Awareness.- Sectoral and Regional Interdependency of Japanese Firms Under the Influence of Information Security Risks.- Can We Afford Integrity by Proof-of-Work? Scenarios Inspired by the Bitcoin Currency.- Online Promiscuity: Prophylactic Patching and the Spread of Computer Transmitted Infections.- Part III - Economics of Privacy.- The Privacy Economics of Voluntary Over-disclosure in Web Forms.- Choice Architecture and Smartphone Privacy: There’s a Price for That.- Would You Sell Your Mother’s Data? Personal Data Disclosure in a Simulated Credit Card Application.- Part IV - Economics of Cybercrime.- Measuring the Cost of Cybercrime.- Analysis of Ecrime in Crowd-Sourced Labor Markets: Mechanical [NAME] vs. [NAME]. | In the late 1990s, researchers began to grasp that the roots of many information security failures can be better explained with the language of economics than by pointing to instances of technical flaws. This led to a thriving new interdisciplinary research field combining economic and engineering insights, measurement approaches and methodologies to ask fundamental questions concerning the viability of a free and open information society. While economics and information security comprise the nucleus of an academic movement that quickly drew the attention of thinktanks, industry, and governments, the field has expanded to surrounding areas such as management of information security, privacy, and, more recently, cybercrime, all studied from an interdisciplinary angle by combining methods from microeconomics, econometrics, qualitative social sciences, behavioral sciences, and experimental economics.This book is structured in four parts, reflecting the main areas: management of information security, economics of information security, economics of privacy, and economics of cybercrime. Each individual contribution documents, discusses, and advances the state of the art concerning its specific research questions. It will be of value to academics and practitioners in the related fields. | <p>Presents results from new interdisciplinary research field </p><p>Contributing authors include leading academic and industrial researchers</p><p>Valuable for researchers and practitioners in computer science, engineering, economics, social science, and behavioral science</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-94-6239-017-1 | Computer Science | Bosse | Tibor Bosse; [NAME]; [NAME]; Fariba Sadri | Human Aspects in Ambient Intelligence | Contemporary Challenges and Solutions | Atlantis Ambient and Pervasive Intelligence | 8 | 1 | 2013 | 172 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 172 p. 58 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | SCI18067 | User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction | UYZG | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Atlantis Press | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | A Clustering Approach to Intention Recognition.- Adaptive Autonomy in Unmanned Ground Vehicles Using Trust Models.- Automated Analysis of Non-Verbal Expressive Gesture.- Behaviometrics for Identifying Smart Home Residents.- SoundingARM - Assisted Representation of a Map.- Ambient Support by a Virtual Coach for Exercising and Rehabilitation.- Using Multiple Self Theory of Planner and Doer as a Virtual Coaching Framework for Changing Lifestyles: The role of Expert, Motivator and Mentor Coaches.- A Network of Sensor and Actuator Agents for Building Automation Systems.- From Mobile Cognition to Cognitive Mobility: QoS-Aware, Mobile Healthcare Services.- Mobile Phone Tools with Ambient Intelligence for the Management of Life-Threatening Allergies. | This book presents recent developments is the field of human aspects in Ambient Intelligence. This field, and the associated workshop series, addresses multidisciplinary aspects of [NAME] with human-directed disciplines such as psychology, social science, neuroscience and biomedical sciences. The aim of the workshop series is to get researchers together from these human-directed disciplines or working on cross connections of [NAME] with these disciplines. The focus is on the use of knowledge from these disciplines in AmI applications, in order to support humans in their daily living in medical, psychological and social respects. The book plays important role to get modellers in the psychological, neurological, social or biomedical disciplines interested in [NAME] as a high-potential application area for their models. From the other side, the book may make researchers in Computer Science and Artificial and Ambient Intelligence more aware of the possibilities to incorporate more substantial knowledge from the psychological, neurological, social and biomedical disciplines in AmI architectures and applications. | <p>Unique interdisciplinary focus (on the intersection of Ambient Intelligence with human-directed disciplines) </p><p>Based on recent papers presented at one of the top conferences in the field </p><p>Edited by a number of international experts in the field</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5405-1 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; Kia Ng | Electronic Visualisation in Arts and Culture |  | Springer Series on Cultural Computing |  | 1 | 2013 | 291 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 291 p. 130 illus., 92 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 75.95 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI22005 | Computer Imaging, Vision, Pattern Recognition and Graphics | UYQV | SCI18067 | User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction | UYZG | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer London | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-18 00:00:00 |  | Foreword.- Preface.- The EVA London Conference 1990–2012: Personal Reflections.- Part I – Imaging and Culture.- From Descriptions to Duplicates to Data.- Quantifying Culture: Four Types of Value in Visualisation.- Embodied Airborne Imagery: Low-Altitude Cinematic Urban Topography.- Back to Paper? [NAME] to Conserving Digital Images into the 23rd Century.- Part II – New Art Practice.- Light Years: Jurassic Coast – An Immersive 3D Landscape Project.- Photography as a Tool of Alienation: Aura.- Fugue and Variations on some Themes in Art and Science.- Part III – Seeing Motion.- Motion Studies: The Art and Science of Bird Flight.- Game Catcher: Visualising and Preserving Ephemeral Movement for Research and Analysis.- mConduct: A Multi-Sensor Interface for the Capture and Analysis of Conducting Gesture.- Photocaligraphy: Writing Sign Language.- Part IV – Interaction and Interfaces.- Mobile Motion: Multimodal Device Augmentation for Musical Applications.- Legal Networks: Visualising the Violence of the Law.- Face, Portrait, Mask: Using a Parameterised System to Explore Synthetic Face Space.- Facebook as a Tool for Artistic Collaboration.- Part V – Visualising Heritage.- Just in Time: Defining Historical Chronographics.- Beckford’s Ride: The Reconstruction of Historic Landscape.- Reconfiguring Experimental Archaeology Using 3D Reconstruction. | Presenting the latest technological developments in arts and culture, this volume demonstrates the advantages of a union between art and science. Electronic Visualisation in Arts and Culture is presented in five parts:Imaging and CultureNew Art PracticeSeeing MotionInteraction and Interfaces Visualising HeritageElectronic Visualisation in Arts and Culture explores a variety of new theory and technologies, including devices and techniques for motion capture for music and performance, advanced photographic techniques, computer generated images derived from different sources, game engine software, airflow to capture the motions of bird flight and low-altitude imagery from airborne devices.The international authors of this book are practising experts from universities, art practices and organisations, research centres and independent research. They describe electronic visualisation used for such diverse aspects of culture as airborne imagery, computer generated art based on the autoimmune system, motion capture for music and for sign language, the visualisation of time and the long term preservation of these materials. Selected from the EVA London conferences from 2009-2012, held in association with the Computer Arts Society of the British Computer Society, the authors have reviewed, extended and fully updated their work for this state-of-the-art volume. | <p>Presents the latest science and technology research for arts and culture</p><p>Includes a diverse range of theory, applications and uses – art, music, archaeology, historic landscape, motion capture, photography and more</p><p>The authors are practising international experts from a wide range of backgrounds</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5486-0 | Computer Science | Bramer | [NAME] | Logic Programming with Prolog |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 245 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 245 p. 44 illus. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14037 | Programming Languages, Compilers, Interpreters | UMX | SCI14010 | Programming Techniques | UM | Computer Science | Undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Getting Started.- Clauses and Predicates.- Satisfying Goals.- Operators and Arithmetic.- Input and Output.- Loops.- Preventing Backtracking.- Changing the Prolog Database.- [NAME] Processing.- Strong Processing.- More Advanced Features.- Using Grammar Rules to Analyse English Sentences.- Prolog in Action.- [NAME] – Built-in Predicates.- [NAME] – Built-in Predicates.- [NAME] – Specimen Solutions to Practical Exercises.- Appendix 4 – Glossary.- Index. | Logic Programming is the name given to a distinctive style of programming, very different from that of conventional programming languages such as [NAME] and [NAME]. By far the most widely used Logic Programming language is Prolog. Prolog is a good choice for developing complex applications, especially in the field of Artificial Intelligence.Logic Programming with Prolog does not assume that the reader is an experienced programmer or has a background in Mathematics, Logic or Artificial Intelligence. It starts from scratch and aims to arrive at the point where quite powerful programs can be written in the language. It is intended both as a textbook for an introductory course and as a self-study book. On completion readers will know enough to use Prolog in their own research or practical projects.Each chapter has self-assessment exercises so that readers may check their own progress. A glossary of the technical terms used completes the book.This second edition has been revised to be fully compatible with SWI-Prolog, a popular multi-platform public domain implementation of the language. Additional chapters have been added covering the use of Prolog to analyse English sentences and to illustrate how Prolog can be used to implement applications of an 'Artificial Intelligence' kind.[NAME] is Emeritus Professor of Information Technology at the University of Portsmouth, England. He has taught Prolog to undergraduate computer science students and used Prolog in his own work for many years. | <p>Features two entirely new chapters as well as updates to the chapters from the first edition</p><p>Clearly written, with many worked examples and self- assessment exercises</p><p>Fully compatible with SWI-Prolog</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-40656-0 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Introduction to Public Key Infrastructures |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 214 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 214 p. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Computer Science | SCI15009 | Data Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory | UMB | SCI14050 | Systems and Data Security | UR | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chap. 1 The Purpose of PKI.- Chap. 2 Certificates.- Chap. 3 Trust Models.- Chap. 4 Private Keys.- Chap. 5 Revocation.- Chap. 6 Validity Models.- Chap. 7 Certification Service Provider.- Chap. 8 Certificate Policies.- Chap. 9 Certification Paths: Retrieval and Validation.- Chap. 10 PKI in Practice.- [NAME]. A A Basic Path Validation Algorithm.- App. B Exercise Solutions.- Index. | The introduction of public key cryptography (PKC) was a critical advance in IT security. In contrast to symmetric key cryptography, it enables confidential communication between entities in open networks, in particular the Internet, without prior contact. Beyond this PKC also enables protection techniques that have no analogue in traditional cryptography, most importantly digital signatures which for example support Internet security by authenticating software downloads and updates. Although PKC does not require the confidential exchange of secret keys, proper management of the private and public keys used in PKC is still of vital importance: the private keys must remain private, and the public keys must be verifiably authentic. So understanding so-called public key infrastructures (PKIs) that manage key pairs is at least as important as studying the ingenious mathematical ideas underlying PKC. In this book the authors explain the most important concepts underlying PKIs and discuss relevant standards, implementations, and applications. The book is structured into chapters on the motivation for PKI, certificates, trust models, private keys, revocation, validity models, certification service providers, certificate policies, certification paths, and practical aspects of PKI.This is a suitable textbook for advanced undergraduate and graduate courses in computer science, mathematics, engineering, and related disciplines, complementing introductory courses on cryptography. The authors assume only basic computer science prerequisites, and they include exercises in all chapters and solutions in an appendix. They also include detailed pointers to relevant standards and implementation guidelines, so the book is also appropriate for self-study and reference by industrial and academic researchers and practitioners. | <p>Explains the most important concepts, standards, implementations, and applications</p><p>All chapters contain exercises, solutions provided in an appendix</p><p>Suitable for advanced undergraduate and graduate university courses and for self-study by researchers and practitioners</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-94-007-7283-0 | Computer Science | Bunt | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] | Volume 4 | Text, Speech and Language Technology | 47 | 1 | 2014 | 260 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 260 p. 13 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI21009 | [NAME] | UMA | SCN22000 | [NAME] | CFX | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | [NAME] Annotation, Representation, and Inference by [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] Part I Semantic Representation and Compositionality . Deterministic Statistical Mapping of Sentences to Underspecified Semantics by [NAME], Pi-Chuan Chang, and [NAME] A formal approach to linking logical form and vector-space lexical semantics by [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] Annotations that effectively contribute to semantic interpretation by [NAME] Concrete Sentence Spaces for Compositional Distributional Models of Meaning by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]Part II Inference and Understanding . Recognizing Textual Entailment and Computational Semantics by [NAME] Abductive Reasoning with a Large Knowledge Base for Discourse Processing by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] .- Natural logic and natural language inference by [NAME] and [NAME] .- Designing Efficient Controlled Languages for Ontologies by [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] .- Part III Semantic Resources and Annotation . A Context-Change Semantics for Dialogue Acts by [NAME] .- VerbNet Class Assignment as a WSD Task by [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] Annotation of Compositional Operations with GLML by Pustejovsky, [NAME], Batiukova, and Moszkowicz .- Incremental Recognition and Prediction of Dialogue Acts by [NAME] and [NAME] Index . | This book is a collection of papers by leading researchers in computational semantics. It presents a state-of-the-art overview of recent and current research in computational semantics, including descriptions of new methods for constructing and improving resources for semantic computation, such as WordNet, VerbNet, and semantically annotated corpora. It also presents new statistical methods in semantic computation, such as the application of distributional semantics in the compositional calculation of sentence meanings. Computing the meaning of sentences, texts, and spoken or texted dialogue is the ultimate challenge in natural language processing, and the key to a wide range of exciting applications. The breadth and depth of coverage of this book makes it suitable as a reference and overview of the state of the field for researchers in Computational Linguistics, Semantics, Computer Science, Cognitive Science, and [NAME]. ​ | <p>​Offers a state-of-the-art overview of computational semantics written by leading researchers in the field </p><p>Presents the latest developments in methods and tools for the automatic computation of the content of natural language expressions </p><p>Includes discussions of WordNet, VerbNet, semantically annotated [NAME] and new methodologies for their construction as well as new statistical methods such as the application of distributional semantics  </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11648 | Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
 | 978-94-007-7583-1 | Computer Science | Celebi | [NAME]; [NAME] | Advances in Low-Level Color Image Processing |  | Lecture Notes in Computational Vision and Biomechanics | 11 | 1 | 2014 | 470 | Hard cover | Book | XLVI, 470 p. 176 illus., 148 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI22021 | Image Processing and Computer Vision | UYT | SCT24051 | Signal, Image and Speech Processing | TTBM | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Preface.- 1 Automated Color Misalignment Correction for Close-Range and Long-Range Hyper-Resolution Multi-Line CCD Images, by [NAME], Andreas Koschan, Chung-Hao Chen, and [NAME] Adaptive Demosaicing Algorithm Using Characteristics of the Color Filter [NAME], by [NAME] and Rae-Hong Park.- 3 A Taxonomy of Color Constancy and [NAME], by [NAME] and [NAME] 4 On the von Kries Model: Estimate, Dependence on Light and Device, and Applications, by Michela Lecca.- 5 Impulse and mixed multi-channel denoising using statistical halfspace depth functions, by [NAME], Aleksandra Baljozović, [NAME] Kovačević.- 6 Spatially Adaptive Color Image Processing, by [NAME] and [NAME] Pinoli.- 7 Vector ordering and multispectral morphological image processing, by [NAME] and [NAME] Angulo.- 8 Morphological Template Matching in Color Images, by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] Weber.- 9 Tensor Voting for Robust Color Edge Detection, by [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] Puig.- 10 Color Categorization Models for Color Image Segmentation, by [NAME], [NAME] Dalmau.- 11 Skin region detection and segmentation in color images, by [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] Kawulok.- 12 Contribution of skin color cue in face detection applications, by [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] 13 Color Saliency Evaluation for Video Game Design, by [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]. | Color perception plays an important role in object recognition and scene understanding both for humans and intelligent vision systems. Recent advances in digital color imaging and computer hardware technology have led to an explosion in the use of color images in a variety of applications including medical imaging, content-based image retrieval, biometrics, watermarking, digital inpainting, remote sensing, visual quality inspection, among many others. As a result, automated processing and analysis of color images has become an active area of research, to which the large number of publications of the past two decades bears witness. The multivariate nature of color image data presents new challenges for researchers and practitioners as the numerous methods developed for single channel images are often not directly applicable to multichannel  ones. The goal of this volume is to summarize the state-of-the-art in the early stages of the color image processing pipeline. | This is the first book that specifically addresses the early stages of the color image processing procedure<br>The book contains the state-of-the-art in low-level color image processing in a single comprehensive volume<br>Each chapter is contributed by a leading expert in the field | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-39313-6 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Web Information Retrieval |  | Data-Centric Systems and Applications |  | 1 | 2013 | 284 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 284 p. 113 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Computer Science | SCI18032 | Information Storage and Retrieval | UNH | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-13 00:00:00 |  | Part I Principles of Information Retrieval.- An Introduction to Information Retrieval.- The Information Retrieval Process.- Information Retrieval Models.- Classification and Clustering.- Natural Language Processing for Search.- Part II Information Retrieval for the Web.- Search Engines.- Link Analysis.- Recommendation and Diversification for the Web.- Advertising in Search.- Part III Advanced Aspects of Web Search.- Publishing Data on the Web.- Meta-Search and Multi-Domain Search.- Semantic Search.- Multimedia Search.- Search Process and Interfaces.- Human Computation and Crowd Search. | With the proliferation of huge amounts of (heterogeneous) data on the Web, the importance of information retrieval (IR) has grown considerably over the last few years. Big players in the computer industry, such as Google, Microsoft and Yahoo!, are the primary contributors of technology for fast access to Web-based information; and searching capabilities are now integrated into most information systems, ranging from business management software and customer relationship systems to social networks and mobile phone applications.[NAME] and his co-authors aim at taking their readers from the foundations of modern information retrieval to the most advanced challenges of Web IR. To this end, their book is divided into three parts. The first part addresses the principles of IR and provides a systematic and compact description of basic information retrieval techniques (including binary, vector space and probabilistic models as well as natural language search processing) before focusing on its application to the Web. Part two addresses the foundational aspects of Web IR by discussing the general architecture of search engines (with a focus on the crawling and indexing processes), describing link analysis methods (specifically Page Rank and HITS), addressing recommendation and diversification, and finally presenting advertising in search (the main source of revenues for search engines). The third and final part describes advanced aspects of Web search, each chapter providing a self-contained, up-to-date survey on current Web research directions. Topics in this part include meta-search and multi-domain search, semantic search, search in the context of multimedia data, and crowd search.The book is ideally suited to courses on information retrieval, as it covers all Web-independent foundational aspects. Its presentation is self-contained and does not require prior background knowledge. It can also be used in the context of classic courses on data management, allowing the instructor to cover both structured and unstructured data in various formats. Its classroom use is facilitated by a set of slides, which can be downloaded from www.search-computing.org. | <p>Offers a unique combination of both traditional and Web-specific techniques of information retrieval</p><p>Includes novel applications like multi-domain search, semantic search, and crowd search</p><p>Classroom use is facilitated by a supplemental slide set</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5297-2 | Computer Science | Chauve | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Models and Algorithms for Genome Evolution |  | Computational Biology | 19 | 1 | 2013 | 328 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 328 p. 86 illus., 45 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI23050 | Computational Biology/Bioinformatics | PSA | SCM31000 | Mathematical and Computational Biology | PDE | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Emergence of Standard Algorithms.- What's Behind Blast.- Forty Years of Model-Based Phylogeography.- How to Infer Ancestral Genome Features by Parsimony.- Duplication, Rearrangement and Reconciliation.- The Genesis of the DCJ Formula.- Part II: New Lights on Current Paradigms.- Large-Scale Multiple Sequence Alignment and Phylogeny Estimation.- Rearrangements in Phylogenetic Inference.- Status of Research on Insertion and Deletion Variations in the Human Population.- A Retrospective on Genomic Preprocessing for Comparative Genomics.- A Comparison of DCJ and Algebraic Distances.- Part III: Promising Directions.- Fractionation, Rearrangement, Consolidation, Reconstruction.- Error Detection and Correction of Gene Trees.- The Potential of Family-Free Genome Comparison.- Genetic History of Populations. | This authoritative text/reference presents a review of the history, current status, and potential future directions of computational biology in molecular evolution. Gathering together the unique insights of an international selection of prestigious researchers, this must-read volume examines the latest developments in the field, the challenges that remain, and the new avenues emerging from the growing influx of sequence data. These viewpoints build upon the pioneering work of [NAME], one of the founding fathers of computational biology, and mark the 50th anniversary of his first scientific article. The broad spectrum of rich contributions in this essential collection will appeal to all computer scientists, mathematicians and biologists involved in comparative genomics, phylogenetics and related areas. | <p>Discusses the latest developments in computational tools for complex biological datasets</p><p>Contains contributions from an international and interdisciplinary selection of experts</p><p>Provides a tribute to [NAME] 50 years of contributions to this field</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-41280-6 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Approaches in Integrative Bioinformatics | Towards the Virtual Cell |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 352 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | VIII, 352 p. 103 illus., 78 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI23050 | Computational Biology/Bioinformatics | PSA | SCL15001 | Bioinformatics | PSD | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Introduction.- Part II: Information Fusion and Retrieval.- Part III: Network Visualization, Modeling and Analysis.- Part IV: BioData Mapping.- Part V: Biocompution. | Approaches in Integrative Bioinformatics provides a basic introduction to biological information systems, as well as guidance for the computational analysis of systems biology. This book also covers a range of issues and methods that reveal the multitude of omics data integration types and the relevance that integrative bioinformatics has today. Topics include biological data integration and manipulation, modeling and simulation of metabolic networks, transcriptomics and phenomics, and virtual cell approaches, as well as a number of applications of network biology. It helps to illustrate the value of integrative bioinformatics approaches to the life sciences. This book is intended for researchers and graduate students in the field of Bioinformatics. Professor [NAME] is the Director of the Bioinformatics Laboratory at the College of Life Sciences, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China. Professor [NAME] is the Chair of the Department of Bioinformatics and Medical Informatics, Bielefeld University, Germany. | <p>Presents a summary of essential topics, basic introductions and latest developments in integrative bioinformatics </p><p>Introduces a key point to understand the mechanism of life, i.e. the systems biology towards the virtual cell study </p><p>Contributed by many distinguished experts worldwide<br></p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5534-8 | Computer Science | Ch'ng | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Visual Heritage in the Digital Age |  | Springer Series on Cultural Computing |  | 1 | 2013 | 327 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 327 p. 151 illus., 106 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.95 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18067 | User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction | UYZG | SCX13000 | Archaeology | HD | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword by [NAME] Perry.- Seeing Things: Heritage Computing and the Arts and Humanities.- Digital Heritage: What Happens when we Digitize Everything?.- Digital Reconstruction of Archaeological Sites and Monuments: Some Experiences in South-Eastern Sicily.- Urban Scrawl: Reconstructing Urban Landscapes Using Documentary Sources.- Crossing Borders: A Multi-Layer GIS Mapping Framework for the Cultural Management of the Mundo Maya Region.- Situating Cultural Technologies Outdoors: Designing for Mobile Interpretation of Rock Art in Rural Britain.- Simulation and Visualisation of Agent Survival and Settlement Behaviours in the Hunter-Gatherer Colonisation of Mesolithic Landscapes.- Visualising Large Scale Behaviours: Presenting 4D Data in Archaeology.- Time and Tide: Modelling the Effects of Landscape Change on Population Support in the Southern North Sea.- Time and Tide: Modelling the Effects of Landscape Change on Population Support in the Southern North Sea.- Reconstructing a Painful Past: A Non-invasive Approach to Reconstructing Lager Norderney in Alderney, the Channel Islands.- A Theoretical Framework for Stigmergetic Reconstruction of Ancient Text.- Multi-Touch Tables for Exploring Heritage Content in Public Spaces.- More Than Just a Sum of the Points: Re-thinking the Value of Laser Scanning Data.- Resolving the Carving: The Application of Laser-scanning in Reconstructing a Viking Cross from Neston, Cheshire.- “There’s An App For That”: Building Smartphone Applications to Improve the Ergonomics of Landscape Study, Analysis and Interpretation.- Preserving our Digital Heritage: Information Systems for Data Management and Preservation.- Digital Heritage: Concluding Thoughts. | Heritage is everywhere, and an understanding of our past is increasingly critical to the understanding of our contemporary cultural context and place in global society. Visual Heritage in the Digital Age presents the state-of-the-art in the application of digital technologies to heritage studies, with the chapters collectively demonstrating the ways in which current developments are liberating the study, conservation and management of the past. Digital approaches to heritage have developed significantly over recent decades in terms of both the quantity and range of applications. However, rather than merely improving and enriching the ways in which we understand and engage with the past, this technology is enabling us to do this in entirely new ways.The chapters contained within this volume present a broad range of technologies for capturing data (such as high-definition laser scanning survey and geophysical survey), modelling (including GIS, data fusion, agent-based modelling), and engaging with heritage through novel digital interfaces (mobile technologies and the use of multi-touch interfaces in public spaces). The case studies presented include sites, landscapes and buildings from across Europe, North and Central America, and collections relating to the ancient civilisations of the Middle East and North Africa. The chronological span is immense, extending from the end of the last ice age through to the twentieth century.These case studies reveal new ways of approaching heritage using digital tools, whether from the perspective of interrogating historical textual data, or through the applications of complexity theory and the modelling of agents and behaviours. Beyond the data itself, Visual Heritage in the Digital Age also presents fresh ways of thinking about digital heritage. It explores more theoretical perspectives concerning the role of digital data and the challenges that are presented in terms of its management and preservation. | <p>Enlightens readers into the ways in which technologies are developing and how they are used within heritage, and where future developments will focus</p><p>Presents cutting edge research on applied digital technologies to heritage, with sites, landscapes and buildings from across Europe, North and Central America, amongst [NAME] your understanding of new ways of approaching heritage, from the integration of historical textual data within landscape studies, to the use of agent-based modelling for the simulation of the past</p><p>Provides case studies that extend across the field of heritage, including data capture, interpretation conservation, management and re-presentation across different platforms from mobile devices to multi-user multi-touch surfaces</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-39974-9 | Computer Science | Cossentino | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Handbook on Agent-Oriented Design Processes |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 550 p. | 0 | approx. | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14029 | Software Engineering | UMZ | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | Computer Science | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | To deal with the flexible architectures and evolving functionalities of complex modern systems, the agent metaphor and agent-based computing are often the most appropriate software design approach. As a result, a broad range of special-purpose design processes has been developed in the last several years to tackle the challenges of these specific application domains. In this context, in early 2012 the IEEE-FIPA Design Process Documentation Template SC0097B was defined, which facilitates the representation of design processes and method fragments through the use of standardized templates, thus supporting the creation of easily sharable repositories and facilitating the composition of new design processes.Following this standardization approach, this book gathers the documentations of some of the best-known agent-oriented design processes. After an introductory section, describing the goal of the book and the existing IEEE FIPA standard for design process documentation, thirteen processes (including the widely known OpenUP, the de facto standard in object-oriented software engineering) are documented by their original creators or other well-known scientists working in the field. As a result, this is the first work to adopt a standard, unified descriptive approach for documenting different processes, making it much easier to study the individual processes, to rigorously compare them, and to apply them in industrial projects.While there are a few books on the market describing the individual agent-oriented design processes, none of them presents all the processes, let alone in the same format. With this handbook, for the first time, researchers as well as professional software developers looking for an overview as well as for detailed and standardized descriptions of design processes will find a comprehensive presentation of the most important agent-oriented design processes, which will be an invaluable resource when developing solutions in various application areas. | <p>First comprehensive overview of the 13 most important agent-oriented software design processes in a standardized format </p><p>Includes the widely known OpenUP design process, the de facto standard in object-oriented software engineering</p><p>Descriptions are based on the IEEE-FIPA Design Process Documentation Template SC0097B, which allows different design processes to be easily compared</p>Each design process is described by its original creators or well-known researchers in the field | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5513-3 | Computer Science | [NAME] | Stefano Crespi Reghizzi; [NAME]; [NAME] | Formal Languages and Compilation |  | Texts in Computer Science |  | 2 | 2013 | 397 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 397 p. 170 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Computer Science | SCI16048 | Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages | UYA |  |  |  | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Syntax.- [NAME] as Regular Language Recognizers.- Pushdown Automata and Parsing.- Translation Semantics and Static Analysis. | This revised and expanded new edition elucidates the elegance and simplicity of the fundamental theory underlying formal languages and compilation. Retaining the reader-friendly style of the 1st edition, this versatile textbook describes the essential principles and methods used for defining the syntax of artificial languages, and for designing efficient parsing algorithms and syntax-directed translators with semantic attributes. Features: presents a novel conceptual approach to parsing algorithms that applies to extended BNF grammars, together with a parallel parsing algorithm (NEW); supplies supplementary teaching tools at an associated website; systematically discusses ambiguous forms, allowing readers to avoid pitfalls; describes all algorithms in pseudocode; makes extensive usage of theoretical models of automata, transducers and formal grammars; includes concise coverage of algorithms for processing regular expressions and finite automata; introduces static program analysis based on flow equations. | <p>Fully revised and expanded new edition</p><p>Supplies supplementary teaching tools at an associated website</p>Now presents a novel conceptual approach to parsing algorithms that applies to extended BNF grammars, together with a parallel<i> </i>parsing algorithm | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5558-4 | Computer Science | Downey | [NAME]; [NAME] | Fundamentals of Parameterized Complexity |  | Texts in Computer Science |  | 1 | 2013 | 812 | Hard cover | Book | XXXVI, 812 p. 81 illus. | 0 | final | 79.99 | 79.99 | 85.59 | 87.99 | 72 | 106.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI16021 | Algorithm Analysis and Problem Complexity | UMB | SCM13130 | Mathematics of Algorithmic Complexity | PBWH | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-05 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part I: Parameterized Tractability.- Preliminaries.- The Basic Definitions.- Part II: Elementary Positive Techniques.- Bounded Search Trees.- Kernelization.- More on Kernelization.- Iterative Compression, and Measure and Conquer, for Minimization Problems.- Further Elementary Techniques.- Colour Coding, [NAME], and Randomized Divide and Conquer.- Optimization Problems, Approximation Schemes, and Their Relation to FPT.- Part III: Techniques Based on Graph Structure.- Treewidth and Dynamic Programming.- Heuristics for Treewidth.- [NAME] and Bounded Treewidth.- [NAME]'s Theorem.- More on Width-Metrics: Applications and Local Treewidth.- Depth-First Search and the Plehn-Voigt Theorem.- Other [NAME] Metrics.- Part IV: [NAME] and the Robertson-Seymour Theorems.- The Graph Minor Theorem.- Applications of the Obstruction Principle and WQOs.- Part V: Hardness Theory.- Reductions.- The Basic Class W[1] and an Analog of [NAME]'s Theorem.- Other Hardness Results.- The W-Hierarchy.- The Monotone and Antimonotone Collapses.- Beyond W-Hardness.- k-Move Games.- Provable Intractability: The Class XP.- Another Basis.- Part VI: Approximations, Connections, Lower Bounds.- The M-Hierarchy, and XP-optimality.- Kernelization Lower Bounds.- Part VII: Further Topics.- Parameterized Approximation.- [NAME] and Randomization.- Part VIII: Research Horizons.- Research Horizons.- Part IX Appendices.- Appendix 1: Network Flows and Matchings.- Appendix 2: Menger's Theorems. | This comprehensive and self-contained textbook presents an accessible overview of the state of the art of multivariate algorithmics and complexity. Increasingly, multivariate algorithmics is having significant practical impact in many application domains, with even more developments on the horizon. The text describes how the multivariate framework allows an extended dialog with a problem, enabling the reader who masters the complexity issues under discussion to use the positive and negative toolkits in their own research. Features: describes many of the standard algorithmic techniques available for establishing parametric tractability; reviews the classical hardness classes; explores the various limitations and relaxations of the methods; showcases the powerful new lower bound techniques; examines various different algorithmic solutions to the same problems, highlighting the insights to be gained from each approach; demonstrates how complexity methods and ideas have evolved over the past 25 years. | <p>Presents an accessible overview of the state of the art of multivariate algorithmics and complexity</p><p>Describes the wealth of recent techniques for proving parameterized tractability</p><p>Showcases the powerful new lower bound techniques</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-17739-2 | Computer Science | [NAME] | Dirk Draheim | Pathways in Software Engineering | On the Development and Operations of Large-Scale Software Systems |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. 150 illus.. | 0 | approx. | 59.95 | 59.95 | 64.15 | 65.95 | 53.99 | 86 | English | Computer Science | SCI14029 | Software Engineering | UMZ | SCI14010 | Programming Techniques | UM | Professional Computing | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2014-12-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Software Engineering Case Studies.- Requirements Elicitation Specification.- System Analysis.- Data Modeling.- Object-Oriented Analysis.- Object-Oriented Design.- Structured Analysis.- Task Modeling.- Software Ergonomics and Human Computer Interaction.- System Architecture.- Software Paradigms.- Software Process Models.- Formal Specification.- Business Process Modeling and [NAME] Technology.- IT Service Management.- IT Security Management and IT Continuity Management.- Software Asset Management.- Index. | Software is pervasive in today's technical systems in industry and everyday life. Modern enterprises strategically invest into software and often have their own software development departments. Software engineering is the exciting discipline that addresses the challenges of today’s software projects: cost and time pressure and software quality. This book aims at uncovering the implicit assumptions of today’s leading software engineering paradigms. It presents knowledge shared by seasoned experts in the field which is usually gained by experience in software engineering projects or communication between software engineers only. This way, the book wants to empower the ambitious software developer to become the project’s systems thinker and systems strategist by telling the story of successful software engineering projects. | <p>Presents crucial word-of-mouth knowledge shared by senior software managers</p><p><br>Explains the mutual dependencies between the several leading software engineering paradigms</p><p><br>Includes many real world case studies that help readers to understand the relevance of the various concepts presented</p><p><br>Bridges the gap between software management and IT infrastructure management</p><p><br>The terminology of the book is carefully oriented towards the terminology standards in the field (IEEE, OMG, PMI, WfMC)<br></p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5519-5 | Computer Science | Farinella | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Advanced Topics in Computer Vision |  | Advances in Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition |  | 1 | 2013 | 433 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 433 p. 218 illus., 180 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 79.95 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI22005 | Computer Imaging, Vision, Pattern Recognition and Graphics | UYQV |  |  |  | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-18 00:00:00 |  |  | Visual Features: From Early Concepts to Modern Computer Vision.- Where Next in Object Recognition and How Much Supervision Do We Need?.- Recognizing Human Actions by Using [NAME] and Tracking.- Evaluating and Extending Trajectory Features for Activity Recognition.- Co-Recognition of Images and Videos: Unsupervised Matching of Identical Object Patterns and its Applications.- Stereo Matching: State-of-the-Art and Research Challenges.- Visual Localization for Micro Aerial Vehicles in Urban Outdoor Environments.- Moment Constraints in Convex Optimization for Segmentation and Tracking.- Large Scale Metric Learning for Distance-Based Image Classification on Open Ended Data Sets.- Top-Down Bayesian Inference of Indoor Scenes.- Efficient Loopy Belief Propagation Using the Four Color Theorem.- Boosting k-Nearest Neighbors Classification.- Learning Object Detectors in Stationary Environments.- Video Temporal Super-Resolution Based on Self-Similarity. | This book presents a broad selection of cutting-edge research, covering both theoretical and practical aspects of reconstruction, registration, and recognition. The text provides an overview of challenging areas and descriptions of novel algorithms. Features: investigates visual features, trajectory features, and stereo matching; reviews the main challenges of semi-supervised object recognition, and a novel method for human action categorization; presents a framework for the visual localization of MAVs, and for the use of moment constraints in convex shape optimization; examines solutions to the co-recognition problem, and distance-based classifiers for large-scale image classification; describes how the four-color theorem can be used for solving MRF problems; introduces a Bayesian generative model for understanding indoor environments, and a boosting approach for generalizing the k-NN rule; discusses the issue of scene-specific object detection, and an approach for making temporal super resolution video. | <p>Presents a broad selection of cutting-edge research from internationally-recognized computer vision groups</p><p>Covers both theoretical and practical aspects of reconstruction, registration, and recognition</p><p>Provides an overview of challenging areas, and describes novel algorithms designed to infer the semantic content of images and videos</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-40795-6 | Computer Science | Ferreira | [NAME] | Enterprise Systems Integration | A Process-Oriented Approach |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 386 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 386 p. 238 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Computer Science | SCI18040 | Information Systems Applications (incl. Internet) | UNH | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Introduction.- Evolution of Enterprise Systems.- Introduction to BizTalk Server.- Part II Messaging.- Messaging Systems.- Message Brokers.- Part III Adapters.- Data Adapters.- Application Adapters.- Part IV Orchestrations.- Services and SOA.- Orchestration Flow.- Advanced Constructs.- Orchestrations with BPEL.- Part V Processes.- Process modeling with BPMN.- Inter-Organizational Processes. | The field of enterprise systems integration is constantly evolving, as every new technology that is introduced appears to make all previous ones obsolete. Despite this continuous evolution, there is a set of underlying concepts and technologies that have been gaining an increasing importance in this field. Examples are asynchronous messaging through message queues, data and application adapters based on XML and Web services, the principles associated with the service-oriented architecture (SOA), service composition, orchestrations, and advanced mechanisms such as correlations and long-running transactions. Today, these concepts have reached a significant level of maturity and they represent the foundation over which most integration platforms have been built.This book addresses integration with a view towards supporting business processes. From messaging systems to data and application adapters, and then to services, orchestrations, and choreographies, the focus is placed on the connection between systems and business processes, and particularly on how it is possible to develop an integrated application infrastructure in order to implement the desired business processes. For this purpose, the text follows a layered, bottom-up approach, with application-oriented integration at the lowest level, followed by service-oriented integration and finally completed by process-oriented integration at the topmost level. The presentation of concepts is accompanied by a set of instructive examples using state-of-the-art technologies such as Java Message Service (JMS), Microsoft Message Queuing (MSMQ), Web Services, Microsoft BizTalk Server, and the Business Process Execution Language (BPEL).The book is intended as a textbook for advance undergraduate or beginning graduate students in computer science, especially for those in an information systems curriculum. IT professionals with a background in programming, databases and XML will also benefit from the step-by-step description of the various integration levels and the related implementation examples. | <p>Comprehensive step-by-step description of various integration levels</p><p>Clearly connects theoretical concepts with industry-leading products and standards</p><p>Gradually and systematically reveals “the big picture” of enterprise systems integration</p><p>Illustrates every step and layer with the help of implementation examples</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-8494-3 | Computer Science | Furht | [NAME]; Ankur Agarwal | Handbook of Medical and Healthcare Technologies |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 530 | Hard cover | Book | X, 530 p. 205 illus. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99 | 146.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI23060 | Health Informatics | UBH | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Computer Science | Handbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Mobile Medical and Healthcare Applications.- Medical Information Retrieval Enhanced with User's [NAME] with Tag-Neighbors.- Medical Technology Breakthroughs in Tissue Engineering.- Innovations in #D Interventional X-ray Imaging.- Automated Classification of Echo-Cardiography Images Using Texture Analysis Methods.- Innovative Soft Computing Methodologies for Evaluating the Risk Factors of Atherosclerosis.- Nanotechnology and Its Applications in Medicine.- Anomaly Detection Scheme for Medical Wireless Sensor Networks.- Predicting the Outcome of Antihypertensive Therapy Using Knowledge Mining.- Cloud Computing Approach to Novel Medical Interface Design.- Tissue Engineering Triangle and Its Development.- Predicting Hospital Readmission Risk for COPD Using EHR Information.- Modeling an e-Health Framework Toward Personalized and Context-Aware Multimedia Services.- Personal Web in Healthcare.- Secure Mobile Framework for Monitoring Medical Sensor Data.- Virtual Doctor: A WBAN-Based Architecture for Health Care Service.- Security of Electronic Medical Records.- Towards Personalized Services in the Healthcare Domain.- Sensor Infrastructure for Ambient Assisted Living.- Improving Safety in Medical Devices from Concept to Retirement.- Wearable and Implantable Technologies for Cardiovascular Health Informatics.- Integration of Various Health Record Systems. | This book equips readers to understand a complex range of healthcare products that are used to diagnose, monitor, and treat diseases or medical conditions affecting humans. The first part of the book presents medical technologies such as medical information retrieval, tissue engineering techniques, 3D medical imaging, nanotechnology innovations in medicine, medical wireless sensor networks, and knowledge mining techniques in medicine. The second half of the book focuses on healthcare technologies including prediction hospital readmission risk, modeling e-health framework, personal Web in healthcare, security issues for medical records, and personalized services in healthcare. The contributors are leading world researchers who share their innovations, making this handbook the definitive resource on these topics. Handbook of Medical and Healthcare Technologies is intended for a wide audience including academicians, designers, developers, researchers and advanced-level students. It is also valuable for business managers, entrepreneurs, and investors within the medical and healthcare industries. | <p>Maximizes reader insights into the latest breakthroughs in the medical technology fields</p><p>Summarizes the latest studies by leading researchers from academia and practitioners from industry</p><p>Outlines innovative systems, applications, and techniques developed by experts in the field</p><p>Treats both theoretical and practical aspects of increasingly complex industries</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-540-28607-3 | Computer Science | Garofalakis | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Data Stream Management | Processing High-Speed Data Streams | Data-Centric Systems and Applications |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. | 0 | approx. | 54.95 | 54.95 | 58.8 | 60.45 | 49.99 | 79 | English | Computer Science | SCI18024 | Database Management | UN | SCI18032 | Information Storage and Retrieval | UNH | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-12-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Introduction.- Part II: Computation of Basic Stream Synopses.- Part III: Mining Data Streams.- Part IV: Advanced Topics.- Part V: Systems and Architectures.- Part VI: Applications. | Traditional Database Management Systems are built on the concept of persistent data sets, that are stored reliably in stable storage and queried/updated several times throughout their lifetime. For several emerging application domains, however, data arrives and needs to be processed on a continuous (24x7) basis, and they need data-processing algorithms and systems that work over continuous data streams. This book is the first in-depth treatment of this important topic, covering basic data stream techniques, data stream synopses, mining data streams, advanced data stream computations, and systems and architectures for data stream management systems. |  | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-319-02389-2 | Computer Science | Gregory | [NAME]; [NAME] | Security and the Networked Society |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 296 | Hard cover | Book | X, 296 p. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18008 | Information Systems and Communication Service | UT | SCI14050 | Systems and Data Security | UR | Professional Computing | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Hacking.- Cyber Crime, Cyber Security and Cyber Warfare.- Internet.- Smart Phones.- Applications.- Predictions. | This book examines technological and social events during 2011 and 2012, a period that saw the rise of the hacktivist, the move to mobile platforms, and the ubiquity of social networks. It covers key technological issues such as hacking, cyber-crime, cyber-security and cyber-warfare, the internet, smart phones, electronic security, and information privacy. This book traces the rise into prominence of these issues while also exploring the resulting cultural reaction. The authors’ analysis forms the basis of a discussion on future technological directions and their potential impact on society. The book includes forewords by Professor [NAME], Vice-Chancellor and President of RMIT University, and by Professor [NAME], Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Research) at the University of Western Australia. Security and the Networked Society provides a reference for professionals and industry analysts studying digital technologies. Advanced-level students in computer science and electrical engineering will also find this book useful as a thought-provoking resource. | <p>Provides a unique collection of analyses of technological events positioned in their social and historical context</p><p>Maximizes reader insights into recent technologies including their use, misuse and impact</p><p>Equips readers to predict how technology is likely to evolve in the future </p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-40645-4 | Computer Science | Haataja | Keijo Haataja; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Bluetooth Security Attacks | Comparative Analysis, Attacks, and Countermeasures | SpringerBriefs in Computer Science |  | 1 | 2013 | 92 | Soft cover | Book | IV, 92 p. 31 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Computer Science | SCI15009 | Data Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory | UMB | SCI14050 | Systems and Data Security | UR | Professional Computing | Brief | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chap. 1 - Introduction.- Chap. 2 - Overview of Bluetooth Security.- Chap. 3 - Bluetooth Network Vulnerabilities.- Chap. 4 - Comparative Analysis of Bluetooth Security Attacks.- Chap. 5 - Meet-in-the-Middle (MITM) Attacks on Bluetooth.- Chap. 6 - Countermeasures.- Chap. 7 - New Practical Attack.- Chap. 8 - Conclusion and Future Work References. | Bluetooth technology has enjoyed tremendous success, and it's now employed in billions of devices for short-range wireless data and real-time audio or video transfer. In this book the authors provide an overview of Bluetooth security. They examine network vulnerabilities and provide a literature-review comparative analysis of recent security attacks. They analyze and explain related countermeasures, including one based on secure simple pairing, and they also propose a novel attack that works against all existing Bluetooth versions. They conclude with a discussion on future research directions. The book is appropriate for practitioners and researchers in information security, in particular those engaged in the design of networked and mobile devices. | <p>Authors among the first to research Bluetooth vulnerabilities in an academic setting </p><p>Clearly explains vulnerabilities and countermeasures </p><p>Suitable for practitioners and researchers engaged with the security of networked and mobile devices</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-41220-2 | Computer Science | Hameurlain | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Klaus-Dieter Schewe; [NAME] | Transactions on Large-Scale Data- and Knowledge-Centered Systems X | Special Issue on Database- and Expert-Systems Applications | Lecture Notes in Computer Science | 8220 | 1 | 2013 | 201 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 201 p. 91 illus. | 0 | final | 63 | 63 | 67.41 | 69.3 | 56.99 | 84 | English | Computer Science | [NAME] | Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery | UNF | SCI18024 | Database Management | UN | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-23 00:00:00 |  |  | Stepwise Development of FormalModels forWeb Services Compositions: Modelling and Property Verification.- [NAME] in Response to Online Preference Modification.- The Finite Implication Problem for Expressive XML Keys: Foundations, Applications, and Performance Evaluation.- ALACRITY: Analytics-Driven Lossless Data Compression for Rapid In-Situ Indexing, Storing, and Querying.- A Declarative Approach to View Selection Modeling.- A Framework for Modeling, [NAME] and Presenting Time-Aware Recommendations.- Incremental Mining of Top-k Maximal Influential Paths in Network Data. | The LNCS journal Transactions on Large-Scale Data- and Knowledge-Centered Systems focuses on data management, knowledge discovery, and knowledge processing, which are core and hot topics in computer science. Since the 1990s, the Internet has become the main driving force behind application development in all domains. An increase in the demand for resource sharing across different sites connected through networks has led to an evolution of data- and knowledge-management systems from centralized systems to decentralized systems enabling large-scale distributed applications providing high scalability. Current decentralized systems still focus on data and knowledge as their main resource. Feasibility of these systems relies basically on P2P (peer-to-peer) techniques and the support of agent systems with scaling and decentralized control. Synergy between grids, P2P systems, and agent technologies is the key to data- and knowledge-centered systems in large-scale environments. This, the 10th issue of Transactions on Large-Scale Data- and Knowledge-Centered Systems, contains seven full papers chosen following two additional rounds of reviewing from revised and extended versions of a selection of papers presented at DEXA 2012. Topics covered include formal modelling and verification of web services, incremental computation of skyline queries, the implication problem for XML keys, lossless data compression, declarative view selection methods, time awareness in recommender systems, and network data mining. | <p>Contains in-depth research papers on database- and expert-systems applications </p><p>Includes a preface by the guest editors, freely available on SpringerLink, introducing each paper in turn </p><p>Both theoretical and applicational aspects are covered</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-319-02191-1 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | Scala Design Patterns | Patterns for Practical Reuse and Design |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 399 | Hard cover | Book | X, 399 p. 90 illus., 49 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 75.95 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI14002 | Software Engineering/Programming and Operating Systems | UMZ | SCI14010 | Programming Techniques | UM | Professional Computing | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Author’s Note.- Part I – Introduction.- Introduction.- Design Patterns.- UML and Scala.- Part II – Fundamental Patterns.- Immutability.- Singleton.- [NAME] Trait.- Delegation.- Part III – Code Reuse Patterns.- Lazy Parameters.- Partially Applied Functions.- Trait Based Template Operation.- Stackable Traits.- Currying and Code Reuse.- Cake Pattern.- Structural Injection.- Implicit Injection Pattern.- Part IV – Gang of Four Patterns.- Gang of Four Design Patterns.- Gang of Four Patterns Catalogs.- Factory Operation.- Abstract Factory Pattern.- Builder.- Adapter Pattern.- Decorator.- Facade.- Flyweight.- Proxy.- Filter.- Bridge.- Chain of Responsibility.- Command.- Strategy.- Mediator.- Observer.- State.- Visitor.- Memento.- Part V – Functional Design Patterns.- Functor.- Applicative Functor.- [NAME] Pattern.- Monad Pattern.- Foldable.- Zipper.- [NAME] Pattern.- View Pattern.- Arrow Pattern. | Scala is a new and exciting programming language that is a hybrid between object oriented languages such as [NAME] and functional languages such as Haskell. As such it has its own programming idioms and development styles.Scala Design Patterns looks at how code reuse can be successfully achieved in Scala. A major aspect of this is the reinterpretation of the original [NAME] of Four design patterns in terms of [NAME] and its language structures (that is the use of Traits, Classes, Objects and Functions). It includes an exploration of functional design patterns and considers how these can be interpreted in Scala's uniquely hybrid style.A key aspect of the book is the many code examples that accompany each design pattern, allowing the reader to understand not just the design pattern but also to explore powerful and flexible [NAME] language features. Including numerous source code examples, this book will be of value to professionals and practitioners working in the field of software engineering. | <p>Interprets purely Functional Patterns in terms of design patterns for use in [NAME]'s hybrid style</p><p>Illustrates how to maximise code reuse through functions, currying, and dependency injection using [NAME] language facilities</p><p>Presents the Gang of Four Design Patterns using [NAME] language structures (which differ significantly from languages such as [NAME] with the inclusion of Functions as first class language elements)</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-40192-3 | Computer Science | Jonoska | [NAME]; [NAME] | Discrete and Topological Models in Molecular Biology |  | Natural Computing Series |  | 1 | 2013 | 579 | Hard cover | Book | X, 579 p. 209 illus., 152 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI16005 | Theory of Computation | UY | SCM31000 | Mathematical and Computational Biology | PDE | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chap. 1 - Perspectives in Computational Genome Analysis.- Chap. 2 - The Sequence Reconstruction Problem.- Chap. 3 - Extracting Coevolving Characters from a Tree of Species.- Chap. 4 - When and How the Perfect Phylogeny Model Explains Evolution.- Chap. 5 - An Invitation to the Study of Brain Networks with Some Statistical Analysis of Thresholding Techniques.- Chap. 6 - Simplicial Models and Topological Inference in Biological Systems.- Chap. 7 - Combinatorial Insights into RNA Secondary Structure.- Chap. 8 - Redundant and Critical Noncovalent Interactions in Protein Rigid Cluster Analysis.- Chap. 9 - Modeling Autonomous Supramolecular Assembly.- Chap. 10 - The Role of Symmetry in Conformational Changes of Viral Capsids: A Mathematical Approach.- Chap. 11 - Minimal Tile and Bond-Edge Types for Self-Assembling DNA Graphs.- Chap. 12 - Programmed Genome Processing in Ciliates.- Chap. 13 - The Algebra of Gene Assembly in Ciliates.- Chap. 14 - Invariants of Graphs Modeling Nucleotide Rearrangements.- Chap. 15 -  Introduction to DNA Topology.- Chap. 16 - Reactions Mediated by Topoisomerases and Other Enzymes: Modelling Localised DNA Transformations.- Chap. 17 - Site-Specific Recombination on Unknot and Unlink Substrates Producing Two-Bridge Links.- Chap. 18 - Site-Specific Recombination Modeled as a Band Surgery: Applications to Xer Recombination.- Chap. 19 - Understanding DNA Looping Through Cre-Recombination Kinetics .- Chap. 20 - The QSSA in Chemical Kinetics: As taught and as Practiced.- Chap. 21 -  Algebraic Models and Their Use in Systems Biology.- Chap. 22 - Deconstructing Complex Nonlinear Models in System Design Space.- Chap. 23 - IBCell Morphocharts: A Computational Model for Linking Cell Molecular Activity with Emerging Tissue Morphology. | Theoretical tools and insights from discrete mathematics, theoretical computer science, and topology now play essential roles in our understanding of vital biomolecular processes. The related methods are now employed in various fields of mathematical biology as instruments to 'zoom in' on processes at a molecular level.  This book contains expository chapters on how contemporary models from discrete mathematics – in domains such as algebra, combinatorics, and graph and knot theories – can provide perspective on biomolecular problems ranging from data analysis, molecular and gene arrangements and structures, and knotted DNA embeddings via spatial graph models to the dynamics and kinetics of molecular interactions.  The contributing authors are among the leading scientists in this field and the book is a reference for researchers in mathematics and theoretical computer science who are engaged with modeling molecular and biological phenomena using discrete methods. It may also serve as a guide and supplement for graduate courses in mathematical biology or bioinformatics, introducing nontraditional aspects of mathematical biology. | <p>Methods allow researchers to "zoom in" on processes at a molecular level </p><p>Contributing authors are among the leading scientists in this field </p><p>Reference for researchers in mathematics, theoretical computer science, mathematical biology and bioinformatics</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5498-3 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Distributed User Interfaces: Usability and Collaboration |  | Human–Computer Interaction Series |  | 1 | 2013 | 163 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 163 p. 75 illus., 74 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 59.95 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18067 | User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction | UYZG | SCI18059 | Multimedia Information Systems | UG | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Revisiting the Concept of Distributed User Interfaces.- Improving DUIs with a [NAME] with [NAME] and Feedbacks.- Distributed UI on Interactive Tabletops: Issues and Context Model.- Collaborative Contents Creation using Web-based Distributed User Interface (DUI).- TwisterSearch: A Distributed User Interface for Collaborative Web Search.- Integration of Collaborative Features in Ubiquitous and Context-aware Systems using Distributed User Interfaces.- A Framework for a priori Evaluation of Multimodal User Interfaces Supporting Cooperation.- Enhancing the Security and Usability of DUI based Collaboration with Proof based Access Control.- Enhancing LACOME to Consider Privacy and Security Concerns.- Evaluating Usability and Privacy in Collaboration Settings with DUIs: Problem Analysis and Case Studies.- Distributed and Tangible User Interfaces to Design Interactive Systems for People with Cognitive Disabilities.- Two Thousand Points of Interaction: Augmenting Paper Notes for a Distributed User Experience.- Distributed User Interfaces in a Cloud Educational System. | Written by international researchers in the field of Distributed User Interfaces (DUIs), this book brings together important contributions regarding collaboration and usability in Distributed User Interface settings. Throughout the thirteen chapters authors address key questions concerning how collaboration can be improved by using DUIs, including:in which situations a DUI is suitable to ease the collaboration among users;how usability standards can be used to evaluate the usability of systems based on DUIs;and accurately describe case studies and prototypes implementing these concerns. Under a collaborative scenario, users sharing common goals may take advantage of DUI environments to carry out their tasks more successfully because DUIs provide a shared environment where the users are allowed to manipulate information in the same space and at the same time. Under this hypothesis, collaborative DUI scenarios open new challenges to usability evaluation techniques and methods. Distributed User Interfaces: Collaboration and Usability presents an integrated view of different approaches related to Collaboration and Usability in Distributed User Interface settings, which demonstrate the state of the art, as well as future directions in this novel and rapidly evolving subject area. | <p>Broadens the reader’s understanding of collaboration and usability issues on Distributed User Interface settings </p><p>Presents foundations and models regarding DUIs</p><p>Includes chapters on security and usability, and privacy and usability</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-0-387-88750-0 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Information Technology, Information Systems and Knowledge Management |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 450 p. 20 illus.. | 0 | approx. | 92.95 | 92.95 | 99.46 | 102.25 | 84.5 | 133.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI24067 | Management of Computing and Information Systems | UYZM | SCW23121 | Innovation/Technology Management | [NAME] | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer US | Planned | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Applications for the Human and the Society.- Information Systems and Information Technology.- Knowledge Management and E-learning.- Libraries, Digital Culture and Electronic Tourism.- E-business, E-government and E-banking.- Politics, Policies for the Knowledge Society.- Sustainable Development for the Knowledge Society.- New Competitive Resources: Culture, Tourism, Services.- Index. | Information Technology, Information Systems and Knowledge Management comprises the proceedings of the first World Summit on the Knowledge Society (WSKS 2008), which took place in Athens, Greece in September 2008. The World Summit on the Knowledge Society is an international attempt to promote dialogue for the main aspects of the Knowledge Society towards a better world for all. The World Summit on the Knowledge Society brings together academics, people from industry, policy makers, politicians, government officers and active citizens to look at the impact of Information Technology, and the knowledge-based era it is creating, on key facets of today’s world: the state, business, society and culture. Information Technology, Information Systems and Knowledge Management is designed for a professional audience composed of researchers and practitioners working in this field. This volume is also suitable for advanced-level students in computer science and business management. | <P>Brings together a critical mass of well-established researchers who work within the field of information technology worldwide</P>  <P>Covers vital information for society that is not yet available in journals</P> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-319-01630-6 | Computer Science | Maciel | Cristiano Maciel; Vinícius [NAME] | Digital Legacy and Interaction | Post-Mortem Issues | Human–Computer Interaction Series |  | 1 | 2013 | 144 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 144 p. 4 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 59.95 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18067 | User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction | UYZG | SCI23028 | Computer Appl. in Social and Behavioral Sciences | J | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- The Fate of Digital Legacy in Software Engineers’ View: Technical and Cultural Aspects.- Living with the Dead: Emergent Post-Mortem Digital Curation and Creation Practices.- The Persistence of Memory Online: Digital Memorials, Fantasy, and Grief as Entertainment.- The Internet Generation and the Posthumous Interaction.- Narrating the Digital: The Evolving Memento Mori.- Tombstone Technology: Deathscapes in Asia, the U.K. and the U.S..- “What Happens to my Facebook Profile when I Die?”: Legal Issues Around Transmission of Digital Assets on Death. | The views of leading researchers on the emerging topic of post-mortem digital legacy and posthumous interaction are explored in this book which combines the technical, cultural and legal aspects associated with this new branch of HCI. The technical aspects of emerging technologies, both for the web and mobile platforms, are analysed and useful information is provided for system development, requirements engineering, and data management and storage. The authors address the cultural aspects of virtual identity, ethical problems, cross-culture differences regarding memories and death, bereavement, taboos and beliefs, and the visual/verbal representations of death. The legal aspects covered include regulation, property, privacy and conflicts between international and local jurisdictions. The coverage of Digital Legacy and Interaction: Post-Mortem Issues is relevant to the development of systems that consider the influence of death, bereavement and mortality on Human Computer Interaction. The interdisciplinary approach that guides this book is intended to foster enriching and innovative discussions amongst [NAME] scholars and professionals. Cristiano Maciel and Vinícius [NAME] are researchers at LAVI (Laboratory of Interactive Virtual Environments) and professors at UFMT (Federal University of Mato Grosso, Brazil). | <p>The first book to address post-mortem digital legacy issues in HCI</p><p>Provides an interdisciplinary approach covering technical, cultural and legal aspects, relevant to designers, users and researchers</p><p>Explores the repercussions that may come from the development and use of emerging technologies, especially social networks and memorials</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-94-007-7580-0 | Computer Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; Pekka Neittaanmäki; [NAME] | [NAME] | Theory and [NAME] | Computational Methods in Applied Sciences | 32 | 1 | 2014 | 355 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 355 p. 76 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI1701X | [NAME] | UYA | [NAME] | Computational Science and Engineering | PDE | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Errors Arising In Computer Simulation Methods.- 1.1 General scheme.- 1.2 Errors of mathematical models.- 1.3 Approximation errors.- 1.4 Numerical errors.- 2 Error Indicators.- 2.1 Error indicators and adaptive numerical [NAME] indicators for FEM solutions.- 2.1.2 Accuracy of error indicators.- 2.2 Error indicators for the energy norm.- 2.2.1 Error indicators based on interpolation estimates.- 2.2.2 Error indicators based on approximation of the error functional.- 2.2.3 Error indicators of the Runge type.- 2.3 Error indicators for goal-oriented quantities.- 2.3.1 Error indicators relying on the superconvergence of averaged fluxes in the primal and adjoint problems.- 2.3.2 Error indicators using the superconvergence of approximations in the primal problem.- 2.3.3 Error indicators based on partial equilibration of fluxes in the original problem.- 3 Guaranteed Error Bounds I.- 3.1 Ordinary differential equations.- 3.1.1 Derivation of guaranteed error bounds.- 3.1.2 Computation of error bounds.- 3.2 Partial differential equations.- 3.2.1 Maximal deviation from the exact solution.- 3.2.2 Minimal deviation from the exact solution.- 3.2.3 Particular cases.- 3.2.4 Problems with mixed boundary conditions.- 3.2.5 Estimates of global constants entering the majorant.- 3.2.6 Error majorants based on Poincar´e inequalities.- 3.2.7 Estimates with partially equilibrated fluxes.- 3.3 Error control algorithms.- 3.3.1 Global minimization of the majorant.- 3.3.2 Getting an error bound by local procedures.- 3.4 Indicators based on error majorants.- 3.5 Applications to adaptive methods.- 3.6 Combined (primal-dual) error norms and the majorant.- 4 Guaranteed Error Bounds II.- 4.1 Linear elasticity.- 4.1.1 Introduction.- 4.1.2 [NAME]–[NAME] beam.- 4.1.3 The Kirchhoff–Love arch model.- 4.1.4 The Kirchhoff–Love plate.- 4.1.5 The [NAME]–Mindlin plate.- 4.1.6 3D linear elasticity.- 4.1.7 The plane stress model.- 4.1.8 The plane strain model.- 4.2 The Stokes Problem.- 4.2.1 Divergence-free approximations.- 4.2.2 Approximations with nonzero divergence.- 4.2.3 Stokes problem in rotating system.- 4.3 A simple Maxwell type problem.- 4.3.1 Estimates of deviations from exact solutions.- 4.3.2 Numerical examples.- 4.4 Generalizations.- 4.4.1 Error majorant.- 4.4.2 Error minorant.- 5 Errors Generated By Uncertain Data.- 5.1 Mathematical models with incompletely known data.- 5.2 The accuracy limit.- 5.3 Estimates of the worst and best case scenario errors.- 5.4 Two-sided bounds of the radius of the solution set.- 5.5 Computable estimates of the radius of the solution set.- 5.5.1 Using the majorant.- 5.5.2 Using a reference solution.- 5.5.3 An advanced lower bound.- 5.6 Multiple sources of indeterminacy.- 5.6.1 Incompletely known right-hand side.- 5.6.2 The reaction diffusion problem.- 5.7 Error indication and indeterminate data.- 5.8 Linear elasticity with incompletely known Poisson ratio.- 5.8.1 Sensitivity of the energy functional.- 5.8.2 Example: axisymmetric model.- 6 Overview Of Other Results And Open Problems.- 6.1 Error estimates for approximations violating conformity.- 6.2 Linear elliptic equations.- 6.3 Time-dependent problems.- 6.4 Optimal control and inverse problems.- 6.5 Nonlinear boundary value problems.- 6.5.1 Variational inequalities.- 6.5.2 Elastoplasticity.- 6.5.3 Problems with power growth energy functionals.- 6.6 Modeling errors.- 6.7 Error bounds for iteration methods.- 6.7.1 General iteration algorithm.- 6.7.2 A priori estimates of errors.- 6.7.3 A posteriori estimates of errors.- 6.7.4 Advanced forms of error bounds.- 6.7.5 Systems of linear simultaneous equations.- 6.7.6 Ordinary differential equations.- 6.8 Roundoff errors.- 6.9 Open problems.- A Mathematical Background.- A.1 Vectors and tensors .- A.2 Spaces of functions.- A.2.1 [NAME] and Sobolev spaces.- A.2.2 Boundary traces.- A.2.3 Linear functionals.- A.3 Ineq | The importance of accuracy verification methods was understood at the very beginning of the development of numerical analysis. Recent decades have seen a rapid growth of results related to adaptive numerical methods and a posteriori estimates. However, in this important area there often exists a noticeable gap between mathematicians creating the theory and researchers developing applied algorithms that could be used in engineering and scientific computations for guaranteed and efficient error control. The goals of the book are to (1) give a transparent explanation of the underlying mathematical theory in a style accessible not only to advanced numerical analysts but also to engineers and students; (2) present detailed step-by-step algorithms that follow from a theory; (3) discuss their advantages and drawbacks, areas of applicability, give recommendations and examples. | <p>Presents the authors' accumulated valuable experience in computing guaranteed error estimates in a systematic way</p><p>Overviews recent trends and advances in the theory of directly computable error estimates (error indicators)</p><p>Discusses the corresponding numerical algorithms in the context of various typical models in engineering and scientific computations</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-1-4471-4323-9 | Computer Science | Marcus | [NAME] | Mobile Persuasion Design |  | Computer Supported Cooperative Work |  | 1 | 2015 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 300 p. 220 illus. | 0 | approx. | 94.95 | 94.95 | 101.6 | 104.45 | 85.95 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI23028 | Computer Appl. in Social and Behavioral Sciences | J | SCV23000 | Interdisciplinary Studies | GT | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer London | Planned | 2014-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Preface.- Contributors.- Introduction.- The Green Machine.- The Health Machine.- The Money Machine.- The Story Machine.- The Innovation Machine.- Index. | Mobile Persuasion Design presents five conceptual design projects (or ‘Machines’) for new mobile applications (smartphone or tablet with Web portals) that combine theories of persuasion and information design to change people’s behavior. The Green Machine persuades home consumers to save energy. The Health Machine persuades people to change nutrition and exercise habits, so as to avoid obesity/diabetes. The Money Machine persuades baby boomers to improve wealth management and to spend and save appropriately. The Story Machine persuades family members to share more inter-generational stories among families that are geographically distributed and asynchronous, sometimes across multiple countries and cultures. The Innovation Machine persuades entrepreneurs to practice good design-thinking and adopt innovation practices.The Machines have been published worldwide since 2009. In 2011, the Green, Health, and Money Machines won design awards in an international competition hosted by the International Institute for Information Design, Vienna. | <p>Detailed case studies of award-winning designs</p><p>Shows how to combine persuasion design with information design to change behaviour</p><p>Provides detailed competitive analysis of products</p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-35391-8 | Computer Science | Meinel | [NAME]; [NAME] | Internetworking | Technological Foundations and Applications | X.media.publishing |  | 1 | 2013 | 903 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 903 p. 426 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI13006 | Computer Systems Organization and Communication Networks | UT | SCI18040 | Information Systems Applications (incl. Internet) | UNH | Professional Computing | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Prologue.- The Foundation of the Internet : TCP/IP Reference Model.- Physical Layer.- Network Access Layer (1): Wired LAN Technologies.- Network Access Layer (2): Wireless Mobile LAN Technologies.- Network Access Layer (3): WAN Technologies.- Internet Layer.- Transport Layer.- Application Layer and Internet Applications.- Epilogue.- List of Persons.- Abbreviations and Acronyms.- Bibliography.- Index. | This book is supposed to serve as a comprehensive and instructive guide through the new world of digital communication. On the physical layer optical and electrical cabling technology are described as well as wireless communication technologies. On the data link layer local area networks (LANs) are introduced together with the most popular LAN technologies such as Ethernet, [NAME], FDDI, and ATM as well as wireless LAN technologies including IEEE 802.x, Bluetooth, or ZigBee. A wide range of WAN technologies are covered including contemporary high speed technologies like PDH and SDH up to high speed wireless WANs (WiMAX) and 4th generation wireless telephone networks LTE. Routing technologies conclude the treatment of the data link layer. Next, there is the Internet layer with the Internet protocol IP that establishes a virtual uniform network out of the net of heterogeneous networks. In detail, both versions, IPv4 as well as the successor IPv6 are covered in detail as well as ICMP, NDP, and Mobile IP. In the subsequent transport layer protocol functions are provided to offer a connection-oriented and reliable transport service on the basis of the simple and unreliable IP. The basic protocols TCP and UDP are introduced as well as NAT, the network address translation. Beside transport layer security protocols like SSL and TLS are presented. On the upmost application layer popular Internet application protocols are described like DNS, SMTP, PGP, (S)FTP, NFS, SSH, DHCP, SNMP, RTP, RTCP, RTSP, and World Wide Web. | Step-by-step tutorials help the reader to understand the complete technical world of Internet<br>Beside general purpose description expert details are given in various excursions<br>The book can also be used as an compendium for Internet technologies | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-8805-7 | Computer Science | Michelucci | [NAME] | Handbook of Human Computation |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 1030 | Hard cover | Book | XXX, 1030 p. 239 illus., 199 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | SCI18067 | User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction | UYZG | Computer Science | Handbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foundations in Human Computation.- Patterns of Connection.- Human Computation and Divided Labor: The Precursors of Modern Crowdsourcing.- [NAME] as a Model of Human Computation.- From Neural to Human Communication.- The Psychopathology of Information Processing Systems.- Information and Computation.- Epistemological Issues in Human Computation.- Synthesis and Taxonomy of Human Computation.- Human Computation in the Wild.- Human Computation for Disaster Response.- The Virtuous Circle of the Quantified Self: A Human Computation Approach to Improved Health Outcomes.- Knowledge Engineering via Human Computation.- Human Computation in Citizen Science.- Human Computation as an Educational Opportunity.- Search and Discovery Through Human Computation.- Human Computation in Electronic Literature.- Human Computation for Information Retrieval.- Human Computation-Enabled Network Analysis for a Systemic Credit Risk Rating.- Innovation via Human Computation.- Human Computation for Organizations: Socializing Business Process Management.- Solving Wicked Problems.- Introduction to Techniques and Modalities.- Social Knowledge Collection.- Location Based Games for Citizen Computation.- Augmented Reality Interfaces in Human Computation Systems.- Pervasive Human Computing.- Building Blocks for Collective Problem Solving.- Adaptive Agents in Combinatorial Prediction Markets.- Risks and Rewards of Crowdsourcing Marketplaces.- Designing Systems with [NAME] in the Loop.- Human-Computer Interaction Issues in Human Computation.- Collective Action and Human Computation: From Crowd-Workers to Social Collectives.- Cultural Evolution as Distributed Computation.- Collective Search as Human Computation.- Organismic Computing.- Infrastructure and Architecture for Human Computer Intelligence Collaboration.- Interactive Crowds: Real-Time Crowdsourcing and Crowd Agents.- The Semantic Web and the Next Generation of Human Computation.- Conversational Computation.- Modeling Humans as Computing Resources.- Service Oriented Protocols for Human Computation.- CyLog/Crowd4U: A Case Study of a Computing Platform for Cybernetic Dataspaces.- Multiagent Environment Design for Pervasive Human-ICT Systems: The SAPERE Approach.- The “Human Sensor”: Bridging Between Human Data and Services.- Algorithms: Introduction.- The Wisdom of Crowds: Methods of Human Judgment Aggregations.- Balancing Human and Machine Contributions in Human Computation Systems.- Constructing Crowdsourced Workflows.- Distributed Intelligent Agent Algorithms in Human Computation.- Human-based Evolutionary Computation.- Algorithms for Social Recommendation.- Participation.- Methods for Engaging and Evaluating Users of Human Computation Systems.- Participating in Online Citizen Science: Motivations as the Basis for User [NAME] and Trajectories.- [NAME] in Online Groups.- Human Computation and Collaboration: Identifying Unique Social Processes in Virtual Contexts.- Game Theory and Incentives in Human Computation Systems.- Analysis: An Introduction.- Social Informatics: Using Big Data to Understand Social Behavior.- Computational Analysis of Collective Behaviors via Agent-based Modeling.- Stochastic Modeling of Social Behavior on Digg.- [NAME] in Structured Populations.- Synchrony in Social Groups and Its Benefits.- Psychosocial and Cultural Modeling in Human Computation Systems: A Gamification Approach.- Introduction to Security and Policy.- Labor Standards.- Exploitation in Human Computation Systems.- Big Data, Dopamine, and Privacy by Design.- Privacy in Social Collaboration.- Applying Security Lessons Learned to Human Computation Solving Systems.- The Impact of Human Computation.- From Human Computation to the Global Brain: The Self-organization of Distributed Intelligence.- Superorganismic Behavior via Human Computation.- Gaming the Attention Economy.- Hu | This volume addresses the emerging area of human computation, The chapters, written by leading international researchers, explore existing and future opportunities to combine the respective strengths of both humans and machines in order to create powerful problem-solving capabilities. The book bridges scientific communities, capturing and integrating the unique perspective and achievements of each. It coalesces contributions from industry and across related disciplines in order to motivate, define, and anticipate the future of this exciting new frontier in science and cultural evolution. Readers can expect to find valuable contributions covering Foundations; [NAME]; Techniques and Modalities; Infrastructure and Architecture; [NAME]; Participation; Analysis; Policy and Security and the Impact of Human Computation. Researchers and professionals will find the Handbook of Human Computation a valuable reference tool. The breadth of content also provides a thorough foundation for students of the field. | <p>Provides a comprehensive, current, and interdisciplinary treatment of the field of Human Computation</p><p><p>Gathers into one volume contributions from leading scientists, visionaries, authors, and practitioners</p><p><p>Divided into nine comprehensive sections for easy reference</p><p>Enriches understanding of the field through historical and visionary chapters that transcend the technical scope of competitive literature | Science | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-7643-9966-5 | Computer Science | Ogston | [NAME] | Autonomic Clustering of Distributed Agents |  | Autonomic Systems |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 160 p. | 0 | approx. | 39.95 | 39.95 | 42.75 | 43.95 | 35.99 | 69.9 | English | Computer Science | SCI13006 | Computer Systems Organization and Communication Networks | UT | SCI13022 | Computer Communication Networks | UKN | Computer Science | Monograph | [NAME] | Planned | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Model and Notation.- 3 Matchmaking.- 4 Auctions.- 5 Grouping Matchmaking Agents.- 6 Clustering 2D Spatial Data.- 7 Clustering Text.- 8 Adaptive Clusters.- 9 Summation.- Bibliography. | A central principle in the design of large-scale distributed systems is that components should be organized to place those that interact frequently close together. This is essentially a basic clustering problem, but the context creates new challenges. Traditional clustering algorithms are designed to work on relatively simple units of information stored in a centralized database. This work explores the consequences of clustering autonomous entities, each with individual, possibly different, criteria defining similarity and cluster composition requirements. In this setting clustering is transformed from being mainly a catagorization task, into a problem of discovering similarity criteria and classification categories. Original research results define a general model of decentralized clustering of autonomous entities, and present simulations investigating key process, from matchmaking, to catagorization, to learning behaviors needed for adaptive cluster discovery. | <P>Investigates the topic of clustering in a unique context of interest to designers of self-managing large-scale distributed systems</P> <P>Presents original research results demonstrating the essential components of decentralized clustering of autonomous entities</P> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5444-0 | Computer Science | Penichet | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | New Trends in Interaction, Virtual Reality and Modeling |  | Human–Computer Interaction Series |  | 1 | 2013 | 141 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 141 p. 62 illus., 44 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 59.95 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18067 | User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction | UYZG | SCI21025 | Simulation and Modeling | UGK | Computer Science | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Validating a Method for Quantitative Mobile Usability Testing Based on Desktop Eyetracking.- An Approach to Explore Large-scale Collections based on Classification Schemes.- A Framework for the Improvement of Collaboration and Human-Computer-Human Interaction in Organizational Environments.- ORION: One More Step in Virtual Reality Interaction.- Towards the Commodification of Augmented Reality: Tools & Platforms.- A VRPN Server for Haptic Devices using OpenHaptics 3.0.- Tangible User Interfaces: A New Trend in Interaction for Helping Children with Down Syndrome to Develop Reading Skills.- Designing a Communication Platform for Ubiquitous Systems: The Case Study of a Mobile Forensic Workspace.- Gamification: Analysis and Application.- BaLOReS: A Framework for Quantitative User Interface Evaluation.- Index. | The interaction between a user and a device forms the foundation of today’s application design. Covering the following topics: A suite of five structural principles helping designers to structure their mockups;An agile method for exploiting desktop eye tracker equipment in combination with mobile devices;An approach to explore large-scale collections based on classification systems;A framework based on the use of modeling and components composition techniques to simplify the development of organizational collaborative systems;A low-cost virtual reality system that provides highly satisfying virtual experiences;Popular hardware and software tools and technologies for developing augmented and virtual reality applications;An implementation to handle connectivity between virtual reality applications and SensAble® Technology Phantom Haptic Devices;The results of a research study implementing a teaching technological strategy to help Down syndrome children develop their reading skills;Platform independent models decreasing the level of cohesion between communication technologies and software for ubiquitous computing;A method for applying gamification as a tool to improve the participation and motivation of people in performing different tasks.New Trends in Interaction, Virtual Reality and Modeling collects the best research from Interacción 2012 and MexIHC 2012, and presents the state-of-the-art in human-computer interaction, user interfaces, user experience and virtual reality. Written by researchers from leading universities, research institutes and industry, this volume forms a valuable source of reference for researchers in HCI and VR. | <p>Presents solutions to a number of Human-Computer Interaction issues in virtual and augmented reality</p><p>Includes evaluations and usability methods of numerous new interactive technologies</p><p>Introduces novel aspects of tangible user interfaces and haptic devices</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-8784-5 | Computer Science | Rakocevic | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Computational Medicine in Data Mining and Modeling |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 346 | Hard cover | Book | X, 346 p. 140 illus., 85 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | [NAME] | Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery | UNF | SCI23050 | Computational Biology/Bioinformatics | PSA | Professional Computing | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Mining Clinical Data.- Applications of probabilistic and related logics to decision support in medicine.- Transforming electronic medical books to diagnostic decision support systems using relational database management systems.- Text mining in medicine.- A primer on information theory, with applications to neuroscience.- [NAME] based Imputation of Missing SNP Genotypes in SNP Genotype Arrays.- Computer modeling of atherosclerosis.- Particle dynamics and design of nano-drug delivery systems.- Computational Modeling of Ultrasound Wave Propagation in Bone. | This book presents an overview of a variety of contemporary statistical, mathematical and computer science techniques which are used to further the knowledge in the medical domain. The authors focus on applying data mining to the medical domain, including mining the sets of clinical data typically found in patient’s medical records, image mining, medical mining, data mining and machine learning applied to generic genomic data and more.  This work also introduces modeling behavior of cancer cells, multi-scale computational models and simulations of blood flow through vessels by using patient-specific models. The authors cover different imaging techniques used to generate patient-specific models. This is used in computational fluid dynamics software to analyze fluid flow. Case studies are provided at the end of each chapter.  Professionals and researchers with quantitative backgrounds will find Computational Medicine in Data Mining and Modeling useful as a reference. Advanced-level students studying computer science, mathematics, statistics and biomedicine will also find this book valuable as a reference or secondary text book. | <p>Explains the latest cross-disciplinary research based on synergy of results that can be obtained with the different described approaches</p><p>Demonstrates applications of data mining to the medical domain</p><p>Includes case studies that illustrate imaging techniques</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-40166-4 | Computer Science | Richter | [NAME]; [NAME] | Case-Based Reasoning | A Textbook |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 546 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 546 p. 180 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Computer Science | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part [NAME] and Preliminaries.- Chap. 1 - Introduction.- Chap. 2 - Basic CBR Elements.- Chap. 3 - Extended View.- Chap. 4 - Application Examples.- Part II - Core Methods.- Chap. 5 - Case Representations.- Chap. 6 - Basic Similarity Topics.- Chap. 7 - Complex Similarity Topics.- Chap. 8 - Retrieval.- Chap. 9 - Adaptation.- Chap. 10 - Evaluation, Revisions, and Learning.- Chap. 11 - Development and Maintenance.- Part III - Advanced Elements.- Chap. 12 - Advanced CBR Elements.- Chap. 13 - Advanced Similarity Topics.- Chap. 14 - Advanced Retrieval.- Chap. 15 - Uncertainty.- Chap. 16 - Probabilities.- Part IV - Complex Knowledge Sources.- Chap. 17 - Textual CBR.- Chap. 18 - Images.- Chap. 19 - Sensor Data and Speech.- Chap. 20 - Conversational CBR.- Chap. 21 - Knowledge Management.- Part V - Appendices.- Chap. 22 - Basic Formal Definitions and Methods.- Chap. 23 - Relations and Comparisons with Other Techniques. | While it is relatively easy to record billions of experiences in a database, the wisdom of a system is not measured by the number of its experiences but rather by its ability to make use of them. Case-based rea­soning (CBR) can be viewed as experience mining, with analogical reasoning applied to problem–solution pairs. As cases are typically not identical, simple storage and recall of experiences is not sufficient, we must define and analyze similarity and adaptation. The fundamentals of the approach are now well-established, and there are many successful commercial applications in diverse fields, attracting interest from researchers across various disciplines. This textbook presents case-based reasoning in a systematic approach with two goals: to present rigorous and formally valid structures for precise reasoning, and to demonstrate the range of techniques, methods, and tools available for many applications. In the chapters in Part I the authors present the basic elements of CBR without assuming prior reader knowledge; Part II explains the core methods, in particu­lar case representations, similarity topics, retrieval, adaptation, evaluation, revisions, learning, develop­ment, and maintenance; Part III offers advanced views of these topics, additionally covering uncertainty and probabilities; and Part IV shows the range of knowledge sources, with chapters on textual CBR, im­ages, sensor data and speech, conversational CBR, and knowledge management. The book concludes with appendices that offer short descriptions of the basic formal definitions and methods, and comparisons be­tween CBR and other techniques.  The authors draw on years of teaching and training experience in academic and business environments, and they employ chapter summaries, background notes, and exercises throughout the book. It's suitable for advanced undergraduate and graduate students of computer science, management, and related disciplines, and it's also a practical introduction and guide for industrial researchers and practitioners engaged with knowledge engineering systems. | <p>First English-language textbook on the topic</p><p>Coauthor among the pioneers of the subject</p><p>Content thoroughly class-tested, book features chapter summaries, background notes, and exercises throughout</p><p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-319-01645-0 | Computer Science | Sadiku | [NAME]; [NAME] | Performance Analysis of Computer Networks |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 279 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 279 p. 127 illus., 31 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Computer Science | SCI13022 | Computer Communication Networks | UKN |  |  |  | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Probability and Random Variables.- Stochastic Processes.- Queueing Models.- Simulation.- Local Area Networks.- Metropolitan Area Networks.- Wide Area Networks.- Wireless Networks.- Self-Similarity of Network Traffic. | This book covers performance analysis of computer networks, and begins by providing the necessary background in probability theory, random variables,  and stochastic processes.  Queuing theory and simulation are introduced as the major tools analysts have access to. It presents performance analysis on local, metropolitan, and wide area networks, as well as on wireless networks.  It concludes with a brief introduction to self-similarity.   Designed for a one-semester course for senior-year undergraduates and graduate engineering students, it may also serve as a fingertip reference for engineers developing communication networks, managers involved in systems planning, and researchers and instructors of computer communication networks. | <p>Presents performance analysis on local, metropolitan, and wide area networks, as well as wireless networks</p><p>Provides engineering designers the freedom and flexibility to adjust various parameters of the computer networks in the planning rather than the operational phase</p><p>Includes exercises at the end of each chapter </p> | Students | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5303-0 | Computer Science | Saitou | Naruya Saitou | Introduction to Evolutionary Genomics |  | Computational Biology | 17 | 1 | 2013 | 410 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 410 p. 227 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Computer Science | SCI23050 | Computational Biology/Bioinformatics | PSA | SCL15010 | Systems Biology | PSA | Computer Science | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Basic Processes of Genome Evolution.- Basic Metabolism Surrounding DNAs.- Mutation.- Phylogeny.- Neutral Evolution.- Natural Selection.- Part II: Evolving Genomes.- Brief History of Life.- Prokaryote Genomes.- Eukaryote Genomes.- Vertebrate Genomes.- Human Genomes.- Part III: Methods for Evolutionary Genomics.- Genome Sequencing.- Omic Data Collection.- Databases.- [NAME] Handling.- Evolutionary Distances.- Tree and Network Building.- Population Genomics. | This book is the first of its kind to explain the fundamentals of evolutionary genomics. The comprehensive coverage includes concise descriptions of a variety of genome organizations, a thorough discussion of the methods used, and a detailed review of genome sequence processing procedures. The opening chapters also provide the necessary basics for readers unfamiliar with evolutionary studies. Features: introduces the basics of molecular biology, DNA replication, mutation, phylogeny, neutral evolution, and natural selection; presents a brief evolutionary history of life from the primordial seas to the emergence of humans; describes the genomes of prokaryotes, eukaryotes, vertebrates, and humans; reviews methods for genome sequencing, phenotype data collection, homology searches and analysis, and phylogenetic tree and network building; discusses databases of genome sequences and related information, evolutionary distances, and population genomics; provides supplementary material at an associated website. | <p>The first textbook on the new field of evolutionary [NAME] in detail a series of genome sequence processing procedures</p><p>Provides supplementary material at an associated website</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-41135-9 | Computer Science | Schölkopf | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Empirical Inference | [NAME] in Honor of [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 293 | Hard cover | Book | XXVI, 293 p. 61 illus., 39 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI21017 | Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) | UYQ | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | Computer Science | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I - History of Statistical Learning Theory.- Chap. 1 - In Hindsight: Doklady Akademii Nauk SSSR, 181(4), 1968.- Chap. 2 - On the Uniform Convergence of the Frequencies of Occurrence of Events to Their Probabilities.- Chap. 3 - Early History of Support Vector Machines.- Part II - Theory and Practice of Statistical Learning Theory.- Chap. 4 - Some Remarks on the Statistical Analysis of SVMs and Related Methods.- Chap. 5 - Explaining AdaBoost.- Chap. 6 - On the Relations and Differences Between Popper Dimension, Exclusion Dimension and VC-Dimension.- Chap. 7 - On Learnability, Complexity and Stability.- Chap. 8 - Loss Functions.- Chap. 9 - Statistical Learning Theory in Practice.- Chap. 10 - PAC-Bayesian Theory.- Chap. 11 - Kernel Ridge Regression.- Chap. 12 - Multi-task Learning for Computational Biology: Overview and Outlook.- Chap. 13 - Semi-supervised [NAME] in [NAME] and Anticausal Settings.- Chap. 14 - Strong Universal Consistent Estimate of the Minimum Mean-Squared Error.- Chap. 15 - The Median Hypothesis.- Chap. 16 - Efficient Transductive Online Learning via Randomized Rounding.- Chap. 17 - Pivotal Estimation in High-Dimensional Regression via Linear Programming.- Chap. 18 - Some Observations on Sparsity Inducing Regularization Methods for Machine Learning.- Chap. 19 - Sharp Oracle Inequalities in Low Rank Estimation.- Chap. 20 - On the Consistency of the Bootstrap Approach for Support Vector Machines and [NAME]. 21 - Kernels, Pre-images and Optimization.- Chap. 22 - Efficient Learning of Sparse Ranking Functions.- Chap. 23 - Direct Approximation of Divergences Between Probability Distributions.- Index. | [NAME] is a rare example of a scientist for whom the following three statements hold true simultaneously: his work has led to the inception of a whole new field of research, he has lived to see the field blossom and gain in popularity, and he is still active as ever in his field. His field, the theory of statistical learning and empirical inference, did not exist when he started his PhD in Moscow in the early 1960s. He started analyzing learning algorithms and invented the first version of a pattern recognition algorithm termed the “Generalized Portrait”. He later developed one of the most successful methods in machine learning, the support vector machine (SVM). Based on an ingenious combination of methods from statistical learning (the Generalized Portrait algorithm) and functional analysis (the theory of positive definite kernels), it transformed the field of machine learning. More than just an algorithm, it is a whole approach to learning problems, pioneering the use of functional analysis and convex optimization in machine learning. It has meanwhile set world records on a variety of real-world pattern recognition benchmark problems, success that has attracted a large number of researchers as well as engineers from various disciplines to the field of statistical learning theory. This collection of chapters honours [NAME] outstanding contributions in these fields. The authors are among the leading authorities in these domains. | <p>Honours one of the pioneers of machine learning</p><p>Contributing authors are among the leading authorities in these domains </p><p>Of interest to researchers and engineers in the fields of machine learning, statistics, and optimization</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-8744-9 | Computer Science | Shi | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Modern Accelerator Technologies for Geographic Information Science |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 275 | Hard cover | Book | X, 275 p. 75 illus., 51 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Computer Science | SCI18040 | Information Systems Applications (incl. Internet) | UNH | [NAME] | Geotechnical Engineering & Applied Earth Sciences | RBGL | Professional Computing | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Modern Accelerator Technologies for GIScience.- Introduction to GPGPU.- Intel® [NAME]™ Coprocessors.- Accelerating Geocomputation with Cloud Computing.- Parallel Primitives based Spatial Join of Geospatial Data on GPGPUs.- Utilizing CUDA-enabled GPUs to support 5D scientific geovisualization: a case study of simulating dust storm events.- A Parallel Algorithm to Solve Near-Shortest Path Problems on Raster Graphs.- CUDA-Accelerated HD-ODETLAP: Lossy High Dimensional Gridded Data Compression.- Accelerating Agent-Based Modeling Using Graphics Processing Units.- Large-Scale Pulse Compression for Costas Signal with GPGPU.- Parallelizing [NAME] for Unsupervised Image Classification on GPU.- Accelerating Mean Shift Segmentation Algorithm on Hybrid CPU/GPU Platforms.- Simulation and analysis of cluster-based caching replacement based on temporal and spatial locality of tile access.- A High-Concurrency Web Map Tile Service Built with Open-Source Software.- Improved Parallel Optimal Choropleth Map Classification.- Pursuing Spatiotemporally Integrated Social Science using Cyberinfrastructure.- Opportunities and Challenges for Urban Land-use Change Modeling using High-performance Computing.- Modern Accelerator Technologies for Spatially-explicit Integrated Environmental Modeling. | This book explores the impact of augmenting novel architectural designs with hardware‐based application accelerators. The text covers comprehensive aspects of the applications in Geographic Information Science, remote sensing and deploying Modern Accelerator Technologies (MAT) for geospatial simulations and spatiotemporal analytics. MAT in GIS applications, MAT in remotely sensed data processing and analysis, heterogeneous processors, many-core and highly multi-threaded processors and general purpose processors are also presented. This book  includes case studies and closes with a chapter on future trends.  Modern Accelerator Technologies for GIS is a reference book for practitioners and researchers working in geographical information systems and related fields. Advanced-level students in geography, computational science, computer science and engineering will also find this book useful. | <p>Equips readers to handle complex technologies</p><p>Treats both theoretical and practical aspects of GIS applications</p><p>Shares tips and insights from leading researchers and professionals</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-642-39322-8 | Computer Science | Soukup | [NAME]; [NAME] | Serialization and Persistent Objects | Turning Data Structures into Efficient Databases |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 280 | Hard cover | Book | X, 280 p. 127 illus., 91 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 44.99 | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 40.99 | 60 | English | Computer Science | SCI15025 | Data Storage Representation | UNF | SCI18024 | Database Management | UN | Professional Computing | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Fundamentals of persistence.- Data structures, libraries, and UML.- Advanced features, schema migration.- Languages, their features and limitations.- Automatic persistence for Objective-C.- Benchmark.- [NAME] to add a keyword to all OO languages.- The future. | Recently, the pressure for fast processing and efficient storage of large data with complex relations increased beyond the capability of traditional databases. Typical examples include iPhone applications, computer aided design – both electrical and mechanical, biochemistry applications, and incremental compilers. Serialization, which is sometimes used in such situations is notoriously tedious and error prone.In this book, [NAME] and [NAME] show in detail how to write programs which store their internal data automatically and transparently to disk. Together with special data structure libraries which treat relations among objects as first-class entities, and with a UML class-diagram generator, the core application code is much simplified. The benchmark chapter shows a typical example where persistent data is faster by the order of magnitude than with a traditional database, in both traversing and accessing the data.The authors explore and exploit advanced features of object-oriented languages in a depth hardly seen in print before. Yet, you as a reader need only a basic knowledge of C++, [NAME], C#, or Objective C. These languages are quite similar with respect to persistency, and the authors explain their differences where necessary.The book targets professional programmers working on any industry applications, it teaches you how to design your own persistent data or how to use the existing packages efficiently. Researchers in areas like language design, compiler construction, performance evaluation, and no-SQL applications will find a wealth of novel ideas and valuable implementation tips. Under [NAME], you will find a blog and other information, including a downloadable zip file with the sources of all the listings that are longer than just a few lines – ready to compile and run. | <p>Presents a software design style which combines automatically persistent data, UML  class-diagram generator,  and class libraries which support intrusive data [NAME]Covers the most popular object-oriented languages (C++, C#, [NAME], Objective C)</p><p>Includes tricks and hints for efficient implementations</p><p>Is complemented by a website with downloadable code samples</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-3-0346-0237-2 | Computer Science | Strassner | [NAME]; [NAME] | Fundamentals of Autonomic Communications | Principles for Building Autonomic Systems | Autonomic Systems |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 500 p. | 0 | approx. | 59.95 | 59.95 | 64.15 | 65.95 | 53.99 | 86 | English | Computer Science | SCI13022 | Computer Communication Networks | UKN | SCI13006 | Computer Systems Organization and Communication Networks | UT | Computer Science | Monograph | [NAME] | Planned | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | PART ONE: FOUNDATIONS  PART TWO: COMMUNICATION  PART THREE: SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE PART FOUR: Blueprint for Building Real Systems APPENDICES | This book will serve as a comprehensive introduction to and reference for autonomic communication and systems. Autonomic technologies are designed to manage the increasing business, system, and technical complexity of computing systems. Systems built from these technologies are self-governing, and exhibit self-configuration, self-healing, and other capabilties. More importantly, autonomic systems reconnect business needs and objectives with the management of the underlying technology used to build them. This is the first reference book that explains how to build autonomic systems, and uses a set of real-world examples to blend academic theory with industrial practice and experience. This is augmented with code, models and/or specifications from each example, along with a rich set of references to guide the reader in further learning. Related topics, such as the evolution of communications to address Future Internet solutions, are also covered. | This book is aimed at a research professional (industry or academic), but could be easily modified to be suitable for graduate school students This book benefits from practical research; the authors have all worked on two large autonomic systems projects This book has an accompanying web site with all code, papers, and other important features (e.g., small tutorials for key concepts) | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4471-5465-5 | Computer Science | Vince | [NAME] | Calculus for Computer Graphics |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 227 | Soft cover | Book | XIII, 227 p. 144 illus. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.95 | 53.5 | English | Computer Science | [NAME] | Computer Graphics | UML | [NAME] | Mathematical Applications in Computer Science | PBWH | Computer Science | Undergraduate textbook | Springer London | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-11 00:00:00 |  | Preface.- Introduction.- Functions.- Limits and Derivatives.- Derivatives and Antiderivatives.- Higher Derivatives.- Partial Derivatives.- Integral Calculus.- Area Under a Graph.- Arc Length.- Surface Area.- Volume.- Vector-Valued Functions.- Conclusion.- Appendices.- Index. | Students studying computer animation and computer games have to be familiar with geometry, matrices, vectors, rotation transforms, quaternions, curves and surfaces, and as computer graphics software becomes increasingly sophisticated, calculus is also being used to resolve its associated problems.The author draws upon his experience in teaching mathematics to undergraduates to make calculus appear no more challenging than any other branch of mathematics. He introduces the subject by examining how functions depend upon their independent variables, and then derives the appropriate mathematical underpinning and definitions. This gives rise to a function’s derivative and its antiderivative, or integral. Using the idea of limits, the reader is introduced to derivatives and integrals of many common functions. Other chapters address higher-order derivatives, partial derivatives, Jacobians, vector-based functions, single, double and triple integrals, with numerous worked examples, and over a hundred illustrations. Calculus for Computer Graphics complements the author’s other books on mathematics for computer graphics, and assumes that the reader is familiar with everyday algebra, trigonometry, vectors and determinants. After studying this book, the reader should understand calculus and its application within the world of computer games and animation. | <p>Provides a concise journey through the subject of calculus</p><p>Emphasises the relationship between calculus and geometry, relevant to the computer graphics, animation and games communities</p><p>Chapters are self-contained, allowing readers singular sources of reference for all aspects of calculus</p> | Students | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11645 | Computer Science
 | 978-1-4614-8911-5 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Morgan Pierstorff | Bidding for Development | How the Olympic Bid Process Can Accelerate Transportation Planning | Sports Economics, Management and Policy | 9 | 1 | 2014 | 92 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 92 p. 12 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12006 | Economics general | KC | SCW27000 | Public Administration | JPP | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. Urban Development and the Olympics.- 3.The Olympic Legacy.- 4. Bid Framework.- 5. Case Studies.- 6. Recommendations and for the Road Ahead. | In 2012, over four billion people tuned in to watch the London Summer Olympics. As the single largest mega-event in the world, the Olympics has the power to captivate the global imagination. Long before athletes vie for a gold medal, however, competition between cities eager to host the Games kicks off with a rigorous bid process. The lengthy and expensive endeavor to host the Olympics is as high-stakes as any sporting event. Rather than encouraging cities to refrain from bidding, Bidding for Development takes a policy approach that challenges stakeholders to bid responsibly and strategically in pursuit of concrete outcomes. Every bid city has the potential to accelerate long-term transportation development through a strategic and robust planning process. This book concentrates on the phenomenon of repeat Olympic bids and the opportunities that may come from bidding, particularly for those cities that never win the Games. In this context, Bidding for Development explores the intersection between transportation infrastructure development, the [NAME] bid process, and the resulting legacies experienced by bid losers. The findings address the central question: how can participating in the Olympic bid process accelerate transportation development regardless of the bid result? In response, this book presents [NAME] outlining how and when cities may use the bid to unite resources, align transportation priorities, and empower leaders to achieve urban development objectives in preparation for the [NAME] bid. The Bid Framework is then applied to two case studies, [NAME] and Istanbul, to examine each bid loser's effectiveness in using the bid process to catalyze transportation development. Concurrently, the book takes into consideration how the International Olympic Committee’s evolving bid regulations and requirements relate to urban development and positive social legacy. Bidding for Development delivers actionable recommendations for all Olympic stakeholders to improve the value of the bid process and transportation benefits beyond the Games. | <p>Features a comparative analysis of transportation activities proposed in the Olympic bids and in each city’s transportation plans and funding across the span of bidding activity</p><p>Illustrates how various countries used the bid process as a vehicle to advance existing transportation priorities</p><p>Analyses how bids themselves are an opportunity for cities to create a long-lasting and positive Olympic legacy</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-40218-0 | Economics/Management Science | Abolhassan | [NAME] | IT Production in the 21st Century | The Road to a Modern IT Factory | Management for Professionals |  | 1 | 2014 | 210 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 210 p. 73 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | SCI24067 | Management of Computing and Information Systems | UYZM | Management / Business for Professionals | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1: Critical Factors for Successful Global IT Service Organizations.- Part 2: Industrial Reformation.- Part 3: Tools for Immediate Optimization and Greater Efficiency.- Part 4: Structural Changes.- Part 5: Innovation Ecosystem.- Part 6: A Route for Industrial IT Production.​ | IT is currently going through one of its most critical phases of transformation. IT vendors and IT service organizations are revolutionizing their production and service processes, adopting industrial practices. It is only through the consistent transformation into factory-like structures that quality, effectiveness and efficiency can be increased. By integrating professional concepts and methods taken from the context of industrial production, it is possible to meet functional and qualitative requirements from the departments and therefore from the end user. On top of that this new paradigm enables the implementation of optimal processes in the organization. An interdisciplinary team of authors addresses the current challenges for global IT services organizations and describes the process of IT industrialization. The transformation of the IT industry towards the model of an IT factory is the core theme of this book, which takes the latest findings from applied research, consulting and IT business practices and combines them into a consistent and innovative approach to IT services. | <p>​Presents critical success factors for a global acting IT service organization </p><p>Introduces methods and technologies for the optimization and increase of efficiency in a time of transformation </p><p>Focused for strategically acting professionals</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-8461-5 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Government e-Strategic Planning and Management | Practices, Patterns and Roadmaps | Public Administration and Information Technology | 3 | 1 | 2014 | 366 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 366 p. 51 illus., 28 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW27000 | Public Administration | JPP | SCW23121 | Innovation/Technology Management | [NAME] | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Part 1: General Issues in Government e-Strategic Management.- Chapter 1 Evaluation Methods for e-Strategic Transformation.- Chapter 2 Evaluating e-Government: A Comprehensive Methodological Framework to Assess Policy Impacts.- Chapter 3 Assessing public participation through different lens: the case of Public Participation Geographic Information Systems.- Chapter 4 Location Information Strategies: Bringing Location into e-Government.- Chapter 5 Transparent Model for State Management.- Chapter 6 A Six-Dimensional Strategic Development Tool for e-Government Effectiveness.- Chapter 7 Creativity and Innovation Inside PSEO: A Contemporary Image.- Part 2: International Cases.- Chapter 8 Developing a Strategy For Effective e-Government: Findings from Canada.- Chapter 9 E-Strategy and Legislatures: A Longitudinal Analysis of Southern Europe’s Parliaments.- Chapter 10 Consulting the Public in the Digital Age: Emerging Synergies and Tensions in the Government 2.0 Landscape. Findings from UK.- Chapter 11 Implementing e-Services in Spanish Regional Government: A Case Study.- Chapter 12 Barriers for Sustainable e-Participation Process: The Case of Turkey.- Chapter 13 Democratizing Digital Bangladesh: Designing National Web Portal to Facilitate Government-Citizen Interaction.- Chapter 14 Engaging and Developing the Community through Social Media: A Pragmatic Analysis in Policing Context in Hong Kong.- Chapter 15 Explaining e-Government Usage Using Expectation Confirmation Model:” The Case of Electronic Tax Filing in Malaysia.- Chapter 16 A qualitative content analysis of e-strategies for Research development and commercialization: A case of global bodies, Malaysian Ministries and Research University.- Chapter 17 Moroccan e-government strategy and semantic technology.- Chapter 18 Pointers for Designing Context-Aware e-Government Strategy in Zambia – Context, Issues and Opportunities. | ​Various e-strategies have been developed since the late '90s in an attempt to describe the governmental vision for administrative and for societal change, the objectives and priorities with regard to the development of the Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) at national and at supranational levels. Terms such as the European “Information Society”, the U.S. “Information Highways” and the Korean and Chinese “Informatization” try to describe social transformation that occurs due to the ICT, and to determine means with which governments will capitalize the ICT to improve social life and to support economic growth. This book focuses on the e-strategic management approaches that are followed worldwide, addresses the gaps that appear between e-strategic updates, and presents alternative strategic management methods adopted or to use strategic management methods as a means to describe the e-strategic evolution in their geographic areas. Each chapter evaluates e-strategic management approaches, to define multi-criteria decision-making systems for e-strategic transformation and Indicative methods for e-strategic analysis. This book also illustrates experiences from national and supranational cases, which come from different geographic areas regarding e-strategic planning and management, and demonstrates e-strategic initiation and development across different countries and continents, and the association between policies and ICT. It also seeks to perform a systematic analysis of various representative cases, in order to capture the realized e-Strategic transformation.  It will be of interest to scholars and policy-makers in public administration, management, and information technology.  ​ | <p>​Focuses on the extraction of the critical success factors that guide e-strategic progress and the criteria set by decision makers for e-strategic reviews</p><p>Analyses the causes and determining factors  that drive e-strategic updates</p><p>Sets out to define patterns for e-strategic evolution, according to the presented cases​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-8504-9 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | Organizational Psychology for Managers |  | Management for Professionals |  | 1 | 2014 | 266 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 266 p. 4 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23040 | Management/Business for Professionals | KJM | SCW23075 | Organization/Planning | KJU | Management / Business for Professionals | Professional book | Springer New York | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-18 00:00:00 |  | Chapter 1: The Vortex: Organizations as Systems.- Chapter 2:  Telling Your Story: Organizational Vision as a Driver of Success.- Chapter 3: The Life Cycle of a Team: Development, [NAME], and Decision Making.- Chapter 4: Leadership, Power, and Emotional Intelligence.- Chapter 5: Motivating and Loyalty: Creating a Motivated Work Force.- Chapter 6: Recruiting with Confidence: Developing Effective Strategies and Having the Confidence to Use Them.- Chapter 7: Justice and Fairness in Organizations.- Chapter 8: Organizational Learning.- Chapter 9: The Myth of Productivity: Measurement, Goal Setting, and the High Performance Cycle.- Chapter 10 Master of Time and Space.- Chapter 11: Organizational Stress: A Two-Edged Sword.- Chapter 12: The Success Mind: Building Optimism and Focusing Will. | No matter how monolithic it may appear, an organization is a collection of moving parts. Whether we are looking at building teams, providing leadership, hiring and training employees, problem solving, managing time effectively, or setting aggressive, inspiring goals, every decision can easily impact every other decision. The complexity can quickly become overwhelming.  Organizational Psychology  identifies a framework and offers key methodologies managers need to define behavioral tendencies and navigate complex organizational systems. Each chapter takes a high-level view of a particular aspect of organizational psychology, focusing on elements that shape companies and drive operational efficiency. Senior-level managers and C-Suite executives will benefit from the strategies presented in this book as they clearly indicate how to understand and leverage the psychological underpinnings of any corporate environment.  [NAME] combines stories of jujitsu, wheat, gorillas, and the Lord of the Rings with very practical advice and hands-on exercises aimed at anyone who cares about management, leadership, and culture.[NAME] Editor-in-Chief ERE Media Riveting!  Yes, I called a leadership book riveting.  I couldn’t wait to finish one chapter so I could begin reading the next.  The book’s combination of pop culture references, personal stories, and thought providing insights to illustrate world class leadership principles makes it a must read for business professionals at all management levels.[NAME], LLCNationally Syndicated Columnist and AuthorOrganizational Psychology for Managers is an insightful book that reminds the business leader of basic principles of leading a successful organization in an engaging style. As a business owner for over 25 years, I am aware of these principles; however, I need reminding of how these principles work together and impact the energy and success of my company.  Throughout the book, the author demonstrates these concepts into a clear perspective  by citing examples within other companies which is always a helpful technique and is often eye opening . These are situations that  I may  not have thought about before. This book holds the reader’s interest from start to finish.  I look forward to his next book! [NAME], Inc. 'Author [NAME] has written a terrific book that gets into the realpolitik of organizational psychology – the underlying patterns of behavior that create the all important company culture. He doesn't stop at the surface level, explaining things we already know like 'culture beats strategy' - he gets into the deeper drivers and ties everything back to specific, actionable stories. For example he describes different approaches to apparent 'insubordination' by a manager; rather then judging them, he shows how each management response is interpreted, and how it then drives response. [NAME] preaches real engagement with one's own company and a mindful state of operation, especially by executives – who must remember that culture 'just happens' unless and until they learn to recognize that their behaviors play a huge part in creating and cementing it. It covers the full spectrum of corporate life, from challenging bad decisions to hiring, training, motivating teams - and the secrets of keeping people engaged and learning – and/or avoiding actions which do the opposite. I highly recommend this book for anyone who wants to participate in creating and steering company culture.'Sid ProbsteinChief Technology OfficerAttivio – Active IntelligenceI had the privilege of meeting [NAME] at the 2011 International Computer Measurement Group (CMG) Conference.  He was | <p>​Contains never-before published research into organizational psychology </p><p>Offers senior-level managers practical methods for decoding complex organizational systems and behavior </p><p>Author teaches organizational psychology at Wentworth Institute of Technology and is a leading consultant on organizational development</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-01495-1 | Economics/Management Science | Buenstorf | [NAME]; Uwe Cantner; [NAME]; [NAME]; Hans-Walter Lorenz; [NAME] | The Two Sides of Innovation | Creation and Destruction in the Evolution of Capitalist Economies | Economic Complexity and Evolution |  | 1 | 2014 | 180 | Hard cover | Book | X, 180 p. 4 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12030 | Economic Growth | KCG | SCW12170 | R & D/Technology Policy | [NAME] | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Innovation: Conditions to Successfully Create Novelty for Economic Development.- Innovation: Induced Structural Change, [NAME] and Normative Assessment.- Innovation and the Evolution of Capitalism. | ​This volume is devoted to innovation with a special focus on its two sides, namely creation and destruction, and on its role in the evolution of capitalist economies. The first part of the book looks at innovation and its effects on economic performance, addressing issues of motives, behavioral rules under uncertainty, actor properties, and technology characteristics. The second part concentrates on potential consequences of innovative activities, in particular structural change, the “innovation-mediated” effect of skill-oriented policies on regional performance, the destructive effects of innovation activities, and the question whether novelty is always good. The role of innovation in the evolution of capitalism itself is discussed in the third part. | <p>With a special focus on the destructive dimension of innovation</p><p>Includes papers dealing with economic evolution on various levels of aggregation</p><p>Indicates the interdisciplinary dimensions in the analysis of innovation</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02167-6 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Integrated Reporting | Concepts and Cases that Redefine Corporate Accountability |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 339 | Hard cover | Book | IV, 339 p. 55 illus., 45 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23016 | Accounting/Auditing | KF | SCW23200 | Non-Profit Enterprises/Corporate Social Responsibility | KJVX | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Towards Integrated Reporting: concepts, elements and principles.- 2. What is sustainability? A review of the concept and its applications.- 3. Annual reports, Sustainability reports and Integrated reports: trends in cor-porate disclosure.- 4. The connectivity of information for the Integrated Reporting.- 5. Materiality and assurance: building the link.- 6. Stakeholder engagement.- 7. “Integrating” Business Model and Strategy.- 8. Performance Measurement and Capitals.- 9. Integrated Reporting and Value-based Cost Management – A Natural Union.- 10. Approaching Risk Management from a new integrated perspective.- 11. The characteristics of integrated reporting in multinational enterprises.- 12. Towards Integrated Reporting in the Public Sector.- 13. The case of Eni.- 14. The case of Enel.- 15. The case of Vodacom Group.- 16. The case of Smithfield Foods.- 17. The case of Monnalisa.- 18. The case of Eskom.- 19. The case of HERA.- 20. The case of Auditor-General of South Africa. | This book focuses on Integrated Reporting as a contemporary social and managerial innovation where a number of initiatives, organizations and individuals began to converge in response to the need for a consistent, collaborative and internationally accepted approach to redesign corporate reporting. Integrated Reporting is a process that results in communication of the annual “integrated report” which describes value creation over time. An integrated report is a concise communication about how an organization’s strategy, governance, performance and prospects lead to the creation of value over the short, medium and long term. This book offers a fresh perspective with expert contributions focusing on both the theoretical underpinnings and the practical challenges for the future of corporate reporting. | <p>Elaborates one of the most relevant topics on reinventing corporate reporting in the current business scenario </p><p>Offers a fresh perspective focusing on both theoretical underpinnings and practical challenges </p><p>Presents a sound redesign to corporate accountability​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-39868-1 | Economics/Management Science | Choi | Tsan-Ming Choi; [NAME]; [NAME] | Intelligent Fashion Forecasting Systems: Models and Applications |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 180 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 180 p. 75 illus., 48 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | SCI18040 | Information Systems Applications (incl. Internet) | UNH | Management / Business for Professionals | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Introduction, review and exploratory studies.- 1.1 Introduction: Intelligent Fashion Forecasting.- 1.2  Sales forecasting in Apparel and Fashion Industry: a review.- Collaborative Planning Forecasting Replenishment Schemes in Apparel Supply Chain Systems: Cases and Research Opportunities.- Part II: Theoretical modeling research.- 2.1  Measuring Forecasting Accuracy: Problems and [NAME] (by the example of SKU-level judgmental adjustments).- 2.2 Forecasting Demand for Fashion Goods: A Hierarchical Bayesian Approach.- Forecasting Fashion Store Reservations: Booking Horizon Forecasting with Dynamic Updating.- Part III: Intelligent fashion forecasting: applications and analysis.- 3.1 Fuzzy Forecast Combining for Apparel Demand Forecasting.- 3.2 Intelligent Fashion Colour Trend Forecasting Schemes: A Comparative Study.- 3.3 Neural Networks Based for Romanian Clothing Sector.  ​ | Forecasting is a crucial function for companies in the fashion industry, but for many real-life forecasting applications in the, the data patterns are notorious for being highly volatile and it is very difficult, if not impossible, to analytically learn about the underlying patterns. As a result, many traditional methods (such as pure statistical models) will fail to make a sound prediction. Over the past decade, advances in artificial intelligence and computing technologies have provided an alternative way of generating precise and accurate forecasting results for fashion businesses. Despite being an important and timely topic, there is currently an absence of a comprehensive reference source that provides up-to-date theoretical and applied research findings on the subject of intelligent fashion forecasting systems. This three-part handbook fulfills this need and covers materials ranging from introductory studies and technical reviews, theoretical modeling research, to intelligent fashion forecasting applications and analysis. This book is suitable for academic researchers, graduate students, senior undergraduate students and practitioners who are interested in the latest research on fashion forecasting. | <p>The first edited volume on intelligent fashion forecasting systems</p><p>Providing the state of the arts of knowledge, with both theories and applications</p><p>Supplementing the literature on fashion forecasting which used to be qualitative only</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-40043-8 | Economics/Management Science | CMR of Xiamen University | CMR of Xiamen University | China’s Macroeconomic Outlook | Quarterly Forecast and Analysis Report, February 2013 | Current Chinese Economic Report Series |  | 1 | 2014 | 41 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 41 p. 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW1212X | Macroeconomics/Monetary Economics | KCB | SCW12030 | Economic Growth | KCG | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Review of China’s Macroeconomic Performance in 2012.- Forecast of China’s Macroeconomic Outlook for 2013-2014.- Policy Simulations.- Policy Implications and Suggestions.- Comments and Discussions. | The research team makes the following forecasts: First, in 2013 China’s growth will remain stable and reach 8.23 percent, an increase of 0.43 percentage points compared with the previous year; even though there is inflation pressure resulting from global monetary easing, severe inflation in China is unlikely to happen, and the consumer price index (CPI) will remain at 3.11 percent. Second, the growth of imports and exports will rebound, but the trade surplus will decrease further. Finally, the share of investment in GDP will continue to be high in the short term as urbanization promotes the growth of fixed assets investment, though higher per capita incomes will result in high and steady consumption. | <p>A quarterly forecast and analysis report on China's macroeconomic outlook, based on China's Quarterly Macroeconometric Model (CQMM)</p><p>High reference value for entrepreneurs to project China's macroeconomic performance in the coming years and review possible effectiveness of macroeconomic policies</p><p>A platform to aid understanding of China's macroeconomic behavior and policy dynamics </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02197-3 | Economics/Management Science | Cosslett | [NAME]; [NAME] | Water Resources and Food Security in the Vietnam Mekong Delta |  | Natural Resource Management and Policy | 44 | 1 | 2014 | 199 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 199 p. 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12230 | Environmental Economics | KCN | SCW12220 | Agricultural Economics | TVB | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- PART I.- Mekong Delta Water Resources and Food Security.- Mekong Delta of Vietnam. Water resources for rice culture and aquaculture.- Major threats to the Mekong Delta.- PART II.- Mekong River Regional Cooperation.- The Mekong Project.- The Mekong Committee (1957-1975).- The Mekong River Commission (1995-to present).- Conclusion.  ​ | The Mekong River has been a main source of conquest, conflict, and cooperation in the Southeast Asian region. Much has been written on the vital and critical importance of the Mekong River fresh water to the sustainable economic development of the Mekong Delta. This book selects the Mekong Delta as a case study of regional cooperation for water and food security for not only for Vietnam but also for the world in a new century of global economy. It focuses not only on the Mekong Delta as an integral part of the River but also on Can Tho City and its 12 provinces that produce over 50 percent of the country’s rice output and 60 percent of total fishery output. The book takes a micro approach to examine how each province is adapting to the twin threats of mainstream dams construction and climate change, reducing fresh water flows and increasing saline infusions on its present and future economy. Finally, it reviews the roles of international institutional arrangements, namely the Mekong Committee and the Mekong River Commission, in promoting regional cooperation among the riparian states for political and economic development of the Mekong Delta. | <p>Analyses the impact of climate change on rice crops and aquatic products in the Mekong Delta</p><p>Discusses whether the Mekong mainstream dams constitute a regional cooperation or conflict in Southeast Asia</p><p>Addresses the Mekong Delta water under stress and the need for a regional approach for a sustainable economic development in the future</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-39673-1 | Economics/Management Science | Cuadrado-Roura | [NAME]; [NAME] | Regional Problems and Policies in Latin America |  | Advances in Spatial Science |  | 1 | 2014 | 580 | Hard cover | Book | X, 580 p. 132 illus., 70 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12189 | Regional/Spatial Science | KCP | SCW12014 | Development Economics | KCM | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: General Overview, Problems, Trends and Regional Policies in Latin America.- Part II: Analysis by Countries.- Part III: Horizontal and Comparative Analysis. | This contributed volume is the first book in English to offer a current and critical vision of regional problems and policies in the countries of Latin America. The book is in three main parts: a general overview of regional processes and trends in Latin America as a whole; country-level coverage of seven individual countries; and comparative analyses of common major problems such as migration, education, labor, poverty, decentralization, exports and foreign direct investments. Written by renowned academics and experts from the region, the book seeks to provide a better understanding of regional challenges and trends, regional disparities that exist in many Latin American countries and the increasing importance of metropolitan areas. | <p>First English language book on regional policies in Latin America </p><p>Written by renowned Latin American academics and experts </p><p>Offers arguments to better understand pressing issues such as regional disparities and the increasing weight of metropolitan areas</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02209-3 | Economics/Management Science | Curwen | [NAME]; [NAME] | Fourth Generation Mobile Communication | The Path to Superfast Connectivity | Management for Professionals |  | 1 | 2014 | 243 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 243 p. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | SCW23121 | Innovation/Technology Management | [NAME] | Management / Business for Professionals | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter1: Technology.- Chapter 2: LTE Cases.- Chapter3: The USA.- Chapter 4: India, Russia and the UK.- Chapter 5: Europe.- Chapter 6: Asia-Pacific.- Chapter 7: Africa, Middle East and the Americas.- Chapter 8: Conclusions from Case Studies.- Chapter 9: Making Usage of Superfast Connectivity. | This book deals with the development of so-called fourth generation mobile communications or 4G. It covers all aspects of the technology in a form comprehensible to the general reader, a history of its implementation on a worldwide basis and information on how it will be used to improve business transactions. It is up-to-date, comprehensive, and is based upon information acquired from well over one thousand individual sources. All of the data are set up in a manner that simplifies comparisons between countries and service providers. Based on the extensive analysis of the different contexts and progress of 4G technology, future prospects for high-speed mobile communications are also presented. ​ | <p>Presents an up-to-date analysis of the progress in 4G or [NAME] telecommunication</p><p>Explains the core of technological issues related to the upcoming technology</p><p>Reviews all of the countries in which LTE is being licensed and thus provides a worldwide focus​</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1670-4 | Economics/Management Science | Dayal | Vikram Dayal | The Environment in Economics and Development | Pluralist Extensions of Core Economic Models | SpringerBriefs in Economics |  | 1 | 2014 | 106 | Soft cover | Book | VII, 106 p. 54 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12230 | Environmental Economics | KCN | SCW12014 | Development Economics | KCM | Business/Economics | Brief | Springer India | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: Context and overview of environment and development economics.- Chapter 2: Models and frameworks.- Chapter 3: Traditional and modern pollution.- Chapter 4:  Livelihoods and the Commons.- Chapter 5: Complex Ecology.- Chapter 6: Global public goods.- Chapter 7: Sustainable development and institutions. | This brief views the environment through diverse lenses – those of standard economics, institutional economics, political science, environmental science and ecology. Chapter 2 discusses diverse theoretical and statistical models – constrained optimization models, game theory, differential equations, and statistical models for causal inference – in a simple manner. Developing countries have certain distinct environmental problems – traditional pollution and traditional dependence on the commons. While chapters 3 and 4 discuss these specific problems, statistical graphs of the World Development Indicators explore the macro-context of developing countries in chapter 1. Chapter 5 examines ecological systems, which are nonlinear and unpredictable, and subject to sudden regime shifts. Chapter 6 deals with the global challenges of climate change and biological invasions. The last chapter discusses sustainable development and institutions. The brief explains these topics simply; mathematics is largely confined to an appendix. The broad treatment and simple exposition will appeal to students new to the field of economics. The extension of core economic models in diverse directions will also be of interest to economists looking for a different treatment of the subject. | <p>Discusses important problems in developing countries that tend to be neglected, like traditional pollution and livelihoods and the commons</p><p>Covers diverse perspectives in a simple way, starting with core economic models and then drawing on institutional economics, the social and physical sciences</p><p>Introduces intriguing issues such as non-linear dynamics and sudden changes in ecological systems, and points out causality issues vital to policy</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02116-4 | Economics/Management Science | Del Bo | Adalberto Del Bo; [NAME] | Sustainable Social, Economic and Environmental Revitalization in Multan City | A Multidisciplinary Italian–Pakistani Project | Research for Development |  | 1 | 2014 | 290 | Hard cover | Book | X, 290 p. 50 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12014 | Development Economics | KCM | SCT23004 | Civil Engineering | TN | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | From the Contents: Studies and documentation on tourism, mapping of historical hotspot in Multan Walled City.- Microcredit system for building rehabilitation and strengthening arts and crafts.- Strategic analysis on the Multan handicrafts.- Economic fundamentals to create Italian-pakistani entrepreneurial relationships. | This book describes the initial activities undertaken within an exciting multidisciplinary project to achieve sustainable social, economic, and environmental revitalization in the historic core of Multan City, Pakistan. The project is managed by Fondazione Politecnico di Milano within the framework of the 'Pakistan-Italian Debt for Development Swap Agreement” and has five components: a livelihood improvement program, a living conditions improvement program, revitalization of physical assets, establishment of a Pakistan-Italian resource centre at Multan, and an Italian collaboration program for training and capacity building. All aspects are covered in this book, which provides a comprehensive account of progress in this excellent example of cross-cultural cooperation between a Western and an Eastern country in regenerating an historic populated site. | <p>Describes a very rare, multidisciplinary urban revitalization project at an historic populated site in a developing country</p><p>Covers all aspects of the project, providing much technical detail</p><p>Offers an excellent example of cross-cultural cooperation between a Western and an Eastern, Islamic country</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11646 | Earth and Environmental Science
 | 978-1-4614-0154-4 | Economics/Management Science | Dionne | [NAME] | Handbook of Insurance |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 1134 | Hard cover | Book | XXIV, 1134 p. 142 illus., 33 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 309 | 309 | 330.63 | 339.9 | 278.5 | 411.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW00008 | Economics/Management Science, general | K |  |  |  | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction.- Part 1: History.- Developments in Risk and Insurance Economics: the Past 40 Years.- Part 2 : Risk and Insurance Theory Without Information Problems.- Higher-Order Risk Attitudes.- Non-Expected Utility and the Robustness of the Classical Insurance Paradigm.- The Economics of Optimal Insurance Design.- The Effects of Changes in Risk on Risk Taking: A Survey.- Risk Measures and Dependence Modeling.- The Theory of Insurance Demand.-Prevention and Precaution.- Part 3 : Asymmetric Information: Theory.- Optimal Insurance Contracts under Moral Hazard.- Adverse Selection in Insurance Contracting.- The Theory of Risk Classification.- The Economics of Liability Insurance.- Economic Analysis of Insurance Fraud.- Part 4: Asymmetric Information: Empirical Analysis.- Asymmetric Information in Insurance Markets: Predictions and Tests.- The Empirical Measure of Information Problems with Emphasis on Insurance Fraud and Dynamic Data.- Workers’ Compensation: Occupational Injury Insurance’s Influence on the Workplace.- Experience Rating in Non-Life Insurance.- Part 5 : Risk Management.- On the Demand for Corporate Insurance – Creating Value.- Managing Catastrophic Risks through Redesigned Insurance: Challenges and Opportunities.- Innovations in Insurance Markets: Hybrid and Securitized Risk-Transfer Solutions.- Risk Sharing and Pricing in the Reinsurance Market.- Part 6 : Insurance Pricing.- Financial Pricing of Insurance.- Insurance Price Volatility and Underwriting Cycles.- Part 7 : Industrial Organization of Insurance Markets.- On the Choice of Organizational Form: Theory and Evidence from the Insurance Industry.- Insurance Distribution.- Corporate Governance in the Insurance Industry: A Synthesis.- Systemic Risk and the Insurance Industry.- Analyzing Firm Performance in the Insurance Industry Using Frontier Efficiency and Productivity Methods.- Capital Allocation and its Discontents.- Capital and Risks Interrelationships in the Life and Health Insurance Industries: Theories and Applications.- Insurance Market Regulation: Catastrophe Risk, Competition, and Systemic Risk.- Insurance Markets in Developing Countries: Economic Importance and Retention Capacity.- Part 8: Health and Long-Term Care Insurance, Longevity Risk, Life Insurance, and Social Insurance.- Health Insurance in the United States.- Longevity Risk and Hedging Solutions.- Long-Term Care Insurance.- New Life Insurance Financial Products.- The Division of Labor Between Private and Social Insurance. | This new edition of the Handbook of Insurance reviews the last forty years of research developments in insurance and its related fields. A single reference source for professors, researchers, graduate students, regulators, consultants, and practitioners, the book starts with the history and foundations of risk and insurance theory, followed by a review of prevention and precaution, asymmetric information, risk management, insurance pricing, new financial innovations, reinsurance, corporate governance, capital allocation, securitization, systemic risk, insurance regulation, the industrial organization of insurance markets, and other insurance market applications. It ends with health insurance, longevity risk, long-term care insurance, life insurance financial products, and social insurance.This second version of the [NAME] contains 15 new chapters. Each of the 37 chapters has been written by leading authorities in risk and insurance research, all contributions have been peer reviewed, and each chapter can be read independently of the others. | <p>Provides a single reference source on insurance for professors, researchers, graduate students, regulators, consultants, and practitioners </p><p>Includes 37 chapters written by leading authorities in insurance, all of which have been peer reviewed </p><p>Presented in a format where each chapter can be read independently of the others</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-01480-7 | Economics/Management Science | Eißel | Dieter Eißel; Ewa Rokicka; [NAME] | Welfare State at Risk | Rising Inequality in Europe |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 229 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 229 p. 43 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12162 | Public Finance & Economics | KFFD | SCX18020 | Political Economy | KCP | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Introduction.- 2 The Concept of 'Quality of Life' in the Context of Economic Performance and Social Progress.- 3 Inequality and the Role of Redistributive Policy.- 4 Economic Aspects of Fighting Inequality.- 5 Market Distribution, Fiscal Distribution and Inequality: A Case Study of Britain.- 6 The Nordic Model and Social Inequalities.- 7 Social Inequalities of Families in Europe.- 8 Transition Into Adulthood, Life Course, Inequalities and Social Change.- 9 Unsuccessful in Education - Early School Leaving.- 10 Digital Inequality in Physical and Skills Access Among European Adolescents.- 11 Legal Framework as a Factor Generating Social Inequality: The Case of Criminal Justice System.- 12  Inequality of Access to Culture.- 13 Perception of Inequality by the General Public and Political Elites. | This book investigates the causes of inequalities that have developed in the European Union, analyzes their social and economic consequences, and assesses the political measures taken to address these issues – also on the basis of public survey results.The detailed analyses presented focus on structures of inequality to be found in the areas education, culture, labor market, Internet access, families and children, gender, and the regions of the EU. The book also critically examines both the legal framework conditions and financial / taxation policy as instruments that can be used to either produce or combat inequality. | <p>Written by experts</p><p>State-of-the-art contents</p><p>Comprehensive in scope</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-8593-3 | Economics/Management Science | Gatignon | [NAME] | Statistical Analysis of Management Data |  |  |  | 3 | 2014 | 563 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 563 p. 263 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23040 | Management/Business for Professionals | KJM | SCW23059 | Marketing | KJS | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer US | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1: Introduction.- 2: Multivariate Normal Distribution.- 3: Reliability Alpha, Principles Component Analysis and Exploratory Factor Analysis.- 4: Confirmatory Factor Analysis.- 5: Multiple Regression with a Single Dependent Variable.- 6: System of Equations.- 7: Canonical Correlation Analysis.- 8: Categorical Dependent Variables.- 9: Rank-Ordered Data.- 10: Error in Variables – Analysis of Covariance Structure – Structural Equation Models.- 11: Testing Mediation and Moderation Effects.- 12: Cluster Analysis.- 13: Analysis of Similarity and Preference Data.- Appendices: A: Rules in Matrix Algebra.- B: Statistical Tables.- C: Description of Data Sets. | Statistical Analysis of Management Data provides a comprehensive approach to multivariate statistical analyses that are important for researchers in all fields of management, including finance, production, accounting, marketing, strategy, technology, and human resources. This book is especially designed to provide doctoral students with a theoretical knowledge of the concepts underlying the most important multivariate techniques and an overview of actual applications.  It offers a clear, succinct exposition of each technique with emphasis on when each technique is appropriate and how to use it.  This third edition, fully revised, updated, and expanded, reflects the most current evolution in the methods for data analysis in management and the social sciences. In particular, this edition includes:·         A new chapter on the analysis of mediation and moderation effects·         Examples using STATA for most of the statistical methods·         Example of XLSTAT applications Featuring numerous examples, the book may serve as an advanced text or as a resource for applied researchers in industry who want to understand the foundations of the methods particularly relevant and typically used in management research, and to learn how they can be applied using widely available statistical software. | <p>Offers comprehensive treatment of statistical analysis as applied to management data</p><p>Fully revised, expanded, and updated from previous edition, featuring the most current applications of techniques and methods</p><p>Includes numerous worked examples, statistical tables, and description of data sets</p> | Science | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1571-4 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | India’s Agricultural Marketing | Market Reforms and Emergence of New Channels | India Studies in Business and Economics |  | 1 | 2014 | 311 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 311 p. 13 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12220 | Agricultural Economics | TVB | SCL11006 | Agriculture | TVB | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Chapter 1 : Introduction.- Chapter 2: Evolution and re-constitution of Markets.- Chapter 3: International perspectives and Lessons for India.- Chapter 4: Objectives, Data and Methodology.- Chapter 5: India’s Agricultural Markets: Regulation and revitalization.- Chapter 6: Contemporary reforms and the Transitions in Sample states.- Chapter 7 : [NAME]-economic conditions and Agriculture in Sample States.- Chapter 8: Selling to Corporate Marketing Intermediaries.- Chapter 9: Selling to Processors on Contract.- Chapter 10: Selling to Organized Retailers.- Chapter 11: Direct Marketing by Farmers.- Chapter 12: Contracts with Local traders in West Bengal.- Chapter 13: Local Marketing support in Bihar.- Chapter 14: Impact and Policy implications of the Transitions.- Chapter 15: Reconsidering Agricultural marketing in India.- Appendices. | ​The proposed book provides an assessment of an important yet controversial policy initiated by the Indian government and governments of several other developing countries. Marketing reforms, it is claimed, can be a crucial answer to solving the problem of rural poverty in agrarian economies where large sections of populace are engaged in low paying agriculture. On a wider front, these reforms could help in providing growth impetus to an economy and even the global economy at large. Yet, the subject of liberalizing agricultural markets is also part of a broad and perhaps a bitter political debate between national and sub-national policy makers and academic discourses in India and other countries. A clearer understanding and a possible resolution of the issues involved will be decidedly useful. The experience of India, one of the largest and most agriculture-dominated economies, will undoubtedly provide valuable lessons not only for steering the domestic economic policy but also for other countries to set their own policy agenda. The book attempts to capture the evolving reality in a large and diverse country and presents an objective evaluation to enable aspiring investors and those in policy making, food business and civil society to make more informed assessment and decision. | <p>Presents a contemporary picture of the rural markets in India under transition</p><p>Sets an empirical grounding for a theoretical rethinking on pricing mechanism and the role of market intelligence </p><p>Provides a broad outlook on agricultural development for the planners</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-8183-6 | Economics/Management Science | Gil-Pechuán | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Strategies in E-Business | Positioning and Social Networking in Online Markets |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 165 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 165 p. 19 illus., 16 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23150 | Business Strategy/Leadership | KJC | SCI26000 | e-Commerce/e-business | UF | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer US | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Positioning in Online Social Networks Through QDQ Media: An Opportunity for Spanish SMES?.- Modeling the Influence of eWOM on Loyalty Behaviour in Social Network Sites.- Crowdsourcing as a Competitive Advantage for New Business Models.- Analyzing a Successful Incubator Business Model: The Case of Barcelona Activa.- Website Effectiveness for Tourism Accommodation Companies.- Gender in the Elderly Internet Users.- Search Engine of Optimization (SEO) and Ethical Leadership Strategies.- Search Engine Ranking: A SEO Strategy.- The Integration of Social Networks in the Competitiveness of Cooperation Networks: An Analysis to be Applied in Pharmacies.- How Are New Media Changing the Working Environment? What are the Challenges?.- Improving User Experience: A Methodology Proposal for Web Usability Measurement.- The Importance of Trust in Information Security in Interconnected Organisations. | In this volume, the authors apply insights from a variety of perspectives to explore the alignment among strategy, organization design, process and human resource management, and e-business practices on developing successful social networking programs—with particular regard to applying such initiatives against the backdrop of the global financial crisis and challenges to traditional business models. Showcasing in-depth case studies, the authors present emerging approaches to analyze the impact of investment in social networking sites, aligning internal resources, and measuring effects on positioning, branding, and new business creation. The fact that a growing proportion of the world population has a relationship with social networking sites could prove very valuable for companies. The question is whether this represents a business opportunity, whether companies know how to make the most of it and if they will make the necessary efforts to adapt to these new platforms. In the modern world, social networking sites have enormous potential for large as well as small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs); most companies are aware of the need for a presence on social networking sites, but at present their e-business strategies are part of their medium and long-term strategic planning and only a small percentage have been put into practice. In short, this book attempts to answer the following questions: Is there a business opportunity for companies on social networking sites? Do they know how to make the most of it? Are they willing to make the necessary effort to adapt? Can e-business strategies contribute to company creation and the success of already existing businesses? And if so, how? | <p>​Explores alignment of strategy, organization design, human resource management, and e-business practices to maximize the business potential for social networking</p><p>Presents in-depth case studies of social networking strategies in practice</p><p>Focuses on impact of social networking for small and medium-sized enterprises​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-01768-6 | Economics/Management Science | Gleissner | [NAME]; J. Christian Femerling | Logistics | Basics - Exercises - Case Studies | Springer Texts in Business and Economics |  | 1 | 2014 | 301 | Hard cover | Book | XXI, 301 p. 156 illus. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | SCT22016 | Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing | TBC | Business/Economics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Introduction.- The Principles of Logistics.- Logistics Systems.- Logistical Infrastructure.- Transport Systems and Logistics Services.- Warehousing, [NAME], and Picking Systems.- Inventory, Stock, and Provisioning Management.- Logistics Network Planning.- IT in Logistics.- Investment and Financing in Logistics.- Logistics Controlling.- Business Models and Industry Solutions. | Logistics is the ideal book for Bachelor students of logistics, providing a solid foundation as well as a practical guide. In modular and clear form, it explains key concepts, principles, and practices of logistics. Learning objectives as well as several case studies are integrated into each chapter. It features chapters on Principles of Logistics; Logistics Systems; Transport Systems and Logistics Services; Warehousing, Handling and Picking Systems; Inventory, Stock and Provisioning Management; Logistics Network Planning; IT in Logistics; and Logistics Controlling.  In addition, the second fully updated German edition has been extended by the chapters Logistics Infrastructure and Investment and Financing in Logistics. “This book offers, in a very clear and concise manner, access to fundamental management topics of modern logistics. Well-chosen case studies serve to illustrate best practice solutions.”Professor [NAME], member of Logistics Hall of Fame  ”This new textbook facilitates a comprehensive and easy-to-grasp insight into the complex subject area of logistics. The authors have succeeded in presenting a good mix of theoretical foundation and practical application. Due to its clear structure and extensive range of topics, this book is highly suitable not only for students, but also for practitioners.” [NAME], Managing Director, DACHSER GmbH & Co. [NAME] | <p>​Offers a broad range of exercises and case studies </p><p>Written by authors with outstanding logistics industry practice and teaching experience </p><p>Suitable complementary case study book is available</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-1622-7 | Economics/Management Science | Grossbard | [NAME] | On the Economics of Marriage | A Theory of Marriage, Labor and Divorce |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 370 | Hard cover | Book | 370 p. | 0 | approx. | 139.95 | 139.95 | 149.75 | 153.94 | 126.5 | 201 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12111 | Labor Economics | KCF | [NAME] | Family | JHBK | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-11-22 00:00:00 |  |  |  | While this book contains numerous facts and empirical findings and touches on policy issues, its main contribution to the existing literature lies in the theoretical perspective it offers. The core of this book is a general equilibrium theory of labor and marriage presented in Chapter 2, which provides the conceptual framework for the rest of the chapters. Two major implications of the theory are sex ratio effects and compensating differentials in marriage. The book demonstrates how a few core concepts, linked via economic analysis, help explain a multitude of findings based on statistical analyses of data from a wide variety of cultures. It is hoped that readers of this book will improve their understanding of how marriage works to help us design better economic and social policies as well as help people live better and happier lives, making the book of interest to not only economists but sociologists and anthropologists as well. | Provides the first comprehensive economic theory of marriage, spanning a wider variety of aspects of marriage including chapters on labor supply of women and the effect of marriage on productivity at work Surveys an extensive literature on various aspects of marriage written by economists, sociologists, anthropologists and others Presents both theoretical and empirical analysis on the topics discussed | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-01386-2 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Managerial Issues in Finance and Banking | A Strategic Approach to Competitiveness |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 254 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 254 p. 10 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | SCW23180 | Emerging Markets/Globalization | KJSM | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Section I: Global Issues in Economics and Finance.- Section II: Risk Management and Auditing.- Section III: Competitiveness and Management in Financial Institutions.- Section IV: Custom Finance in Theory and Practice. | This book discusses competitive issues related to globalization, financial system and institutions from a managerial perspective. Contributions in this volume cover competitive strategies, risk management, controlling and custom finance in Finance & Banking. The novelty of the book is in demonstrating the innovative solutions to managerial issues in the global financial system. The contributions in this volume are peer-reviewed by the Society for the Study of Business and Finance​. | <p>Presents a research-based strategic view of the banking and financial world​ </p><p>Focuses on risk management and competitive strategies </p><p>Contributions include topics such as Social Media and advertisement perspectives of Banking</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1589-9 | Economics/Management Science | Hiremath | [NAME] | Indian Stock Market | An Empirical Analysis of Informational Efficiency | SpringerBriefs in Economics |  | 1 | 2014 | 122 | Soft cover | Book | XIX, 122 p. 7 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12257 | Financial Economics | KCBM | SCW12022 | Econometrics | KCH | Business/Economics | Brief | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Random Walk Characteristics of Stock Returns.- Nonlinear Dependence in Stock returns.- Mean Reverting Tendency in Stock Returns.- Long Memory in Stock Returns: Theory and Evidence.-Long Memory in Stock Market Volatility.- Summary and Conclusion | India is one of the major emerging economies of the world and has witnessed tremendous economic growth over the last decades. The reforms in the financial sector were introduced to infuse energy and vibrancy into the process of economic growth. The Indian stock market now has the largest number of listed companies in the world. The phenomenal growth of the Indian equity market and its growing importance in the economy is indicated by the extent of market capitalization and the increasing integration of the Indian economy with the global economy. Various schools of thought explain the behaviour of stock returns. The Efficient Market Theory is the most important theory of the School of Neoclassical Finance based on rational expectation and no-trade argument. The book investigates the growth and efficiency of the Indian stock market in the theoretical framework of the Efficiency Market Hypothesis (EMH). The main objective of the present study is to examine the returns behaviour in the Indian equity market in the changed market environment. A detailed and rigorous analysis, made with the help of the sophisticated time series econometric models, is one of the key elements of this volume. The analysis empirically tests the random walk hypothesis and focuses on issues like nonlinear dynamics, structural breaks and long memory. It uses new and disaggregated data on recent reforms and changes in the market microstructure. The data on various indices including sectoral indices help in measuring the relative efficiency of the market and understanding how liquidity and market capitalization affect the efficiency of the market. | <p>​Examines the returns behaviour in the Indian stock/equity market in the changed market environment, particularly in the context of financial market reforms that have been undertaken and are anticipated in the near future</p><p>Investigates the growth and efficiency of the Indian stock market in the theoretical framework of the Efficiency Market Hypothesis</p><p>Employs sophisticated time series econometric models and provides detailed and rigorous analysis of the movements in the Indian Stock Market</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-0-387-71771-5 | Economics/Management Science | Jaillet | [NAME]; [NAME] | Online Optimization |  | International Series in Operations Research & Management Science |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 320 p. | 0 | approx. | 73.15 | 73.15 | 78.27 | 80.47 | 86.5 | 158 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operations Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCM26024 | Operations Research, Management Science | KJT | Management / Business for Professionals | Monograph | Springer US | Planned | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: Uncertainty in optimization.- Online Optimization: An overview.- A-Priori Optimization.- Online Traveling Salesman Problems.- Online Traveling Repairman Problems.- Online Searching.- Online Machine Scheduling.- Value of Information in Online Optimization. | The objective of ONLINE OPTIMIZATION is to provide a systematic survey of the methodology. From the methodological survey, the book then covers a variety of applications of online optimization methods in the domain of Operations Research and Management Science. These applications include a range of problem types, which include the multiple scheduling complex transportation systems, optimizing financial decision problems in 'real time', and complex production problems of all sorts (e.g., whether costs should be reduced or profits should be maximized or scarce resources should be used wisely, etc.). With online optimization the issue of incomplete data is an essential aspect of the scientific challenge. Hence, how well online algorithms can perform and how one can guarantee solution quality—even without knowing all data in advance—are the primary challenges of the online optimization methodology. | <P>The scheduling of all sorts of complex transportation systems and optimizing financial decision problems in "real time" are the most obvious examples of Online Optimization</P>  <P><STRONG>ONLINE OPTIMIZATION</STRONG> is the first systematic application of the methods to OR/MS </P>  <P></P>  <P>These optimization methods are available to guide <EM>quick decisions with limited information</EM> </P>  <P>[NAME] is currently Professor and Head of Civil and Environmental Engineering at MIT. He has worked in this area since he was a graduate student in France, and is considered one of the methodologies leading authorities </P> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-40665-2 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | Openness, Economic Growth and Regional Disparities | The Case of China |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 495 | Hard cover | Book | X, 495 p. 29 illus., 25 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12030 | Economic Growth | KCG | SCX18020 | Political Economy | KCP | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Preface.- Introduction.- Output Growth and Productivity Growth in China.- Growth and Convergence across the Chinese Regions.- Openness and Regional Growth in China.- Openness, Human Capital, and Productivity Growth in the Chinese Regions.- Foreign Direct Investment and Regional Productivity Growth in China.- [NAME], Interregional Capital Mobility, and Convergence across China.- Inputs beyond Capital and Labor, the Neoclassical Growth Framework, and Limits to Growth in China.- Industry Mix and Interregional Disparities in China.- Openness, Structural Factors, and Economic Growth across the Regions in China.- Environmental Quality and “Green” Economic Growth in the Chinese Regions.- Strategic Interaction in Environmental Protection Efforts among Chinese Provincial Governments.- Strategic Competition in Public Spending on Education in Different Chinese Regions.- Trade Openness and Economic Growth in China: Models, Implications, and Some Thoughts.- A Summary and Beyond. | ​Substantial disparities across different Chinese regions are one of the most prominent features in China’s development process. This book investigates the mechanisms through which openness affects regional economic growth and interregional disparities in China. Based on the latest data and employing a variety of panel data regression techniques, it provides readers with new findings that shed light on the effects of openness on China’s regional economic growth and the evolution of the country’s interregional disparities. | <p>Based on a rigorous theoretical framework</p><p>Applies various statistical and econometric methods</p><p>Employs rich and comprehensive data</p><p>Provides in-depth discussions of related topics</p><p>Written for a broad range of readers</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-4-431-54266-7 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | Kyoichi Kijima | Service Systems Science |  | Translational Systems Sciences | 2 | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 280 p. 12 illus. | 0 | approx. | 99.95 | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12006 | Economics general | KC | SCW23008 | Business/Management Science, general | KJ | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer Japan | Planned | 2013-11-22 00:00:00 |  |  | Kyoichi KijimaValue Orchestration in Service Science Perspective Jim SpohrerService Science and Systems Science Irene NgValue Co-creation of New Markets in the Digital Economy Scot SampsonUnified Service Theory and PCN Analysis Roy WisemanPublic Service Systems Practice Yuriko SawataniService R&D Management Takashi MaenoService Science and Service Engineering Anssi SmedlundOrchestration Strategies for Service Platform Business Models Timo Rintamaki and Lasse MitronenService Systems Analysis of Retail Industry  Marja ToivonenFrom customer knowledge to customer understanding – a challenge in the context of service innovation | The systems sciences provide a platform of concepts and language that enables communities of interest to transcend disciplinary boundaries toward developing new knowledge and perspectives. The current book series is intended to help to cultivate a new perspective for social systems sciences: The translational systems sciences that we propose in this series is a new trend within systems sciences motivated by the need for practical applications that help people. The present volume, Service Systems Science, focuses in particular on the value cooperatively created and shared in human activities to realize a resilient and sustainable society in a systems science perspective. Service systems meet basic needs such as food and water, develop social potential through education and health care, and advance our societies through businesses, governments, and social enterprises working in a globalized, networked world.   Service Systems Science International Workshops and Symposia have been held in Tokyo since 2008, inviting prominent, distinguished researchers and practitioners in both systems science and service science fields from Japan and overseas. Every year the workshop spends two full days in closed sessions intensively and extensively arguing hot topics in service science and practices in systems perspective, followed by the symposium where the outcomes of the arguments at the workshop as well as the latest issues in service science are presented in open meetings.   This volume thoroughly updates some of the most important ideas, concepts, and methodologies that have been presented and discussed and systematizes them in the unified framework of service systems science. In addition, we have invited original contributions by dynamic researchers to the volume. As a result, this work comprehensively covers state-of-the-art concepts and methodologies in service systems science by leading researchers and practitioners from the United States, Europe, and Asia. | Presents state-of-the-art concepts and methodologies in service systems science Authors are leading researchers and practitioners from the United States, Europe, and Asia   Contents of workshops and symposia are updated and re-organized especially for this volume | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-40825-0 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; Almas Heshmati | Economic Growth | The New Perspectives for Theory and Policy |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 353 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 353 p. 82 illus., 33 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12030 | Economic Growth | KCG | SCX00000 | Social Sciences, general | J | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction to and Summary of Economic Growth: Perspectives on New Theory and Policy.- Decelerating Agricultural Society: Theoretical and Historical Perspectives.- Accelerating Economic Growth in Industrial Societies: The Process of Expansive Reproduction.- Determinants of Economic Divergence among Accelerating Societies.- The Faster-Accelerating Digital Economy.- The Faster Accelerating Growth of the Knowledge-Based Society.- The Catch-Up Illusion: Why Developing Nations that Experience Rapid Economic Growth Can Never Catch Up with Advanced Countries.- War, Peace and Economic Growth: The Phoenix Factor Reexamined.- The Relationship Among Stock Markets, Banks, Economic Growth, and Industry Development.- The Necessity of a New Industrial Classification Based on Value-Creation Behavior.- Biography of the Authors. | This book shows that the existing theories on economic growth have clear limitations in terms of how much they can effectively contribute to actual economic growth. Therefore, this book presents a more effective theory on economic growth for countries and leaders looking to promote economic growth. It is essentially centered around the theory of economic growth and theory of national development, written for agricultural developing countries pursuing industrialization and late-starting industrialized countries pursuing their own development. Nevertheless, it also makes a significant contribution to the very development of human civilization through the growth of developing countries, late-starting industrialized countries and early industrialized countries throughout the world. | <p>Shows the limitations of current theories on economic growth in their contribution to actual economic growth</p><p>Presents a proper and effective theory on economic growth for countries and leaders looking to promote economic growth</p><p>Centered around the theory of economic growth and national development for countries pursuing industrialization and development</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-9034-0 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; Georg Ch. Pflug; [NAME] | Handbook of Risk Management in Energy Production and Trading |  | International Series in Operations Research & Management Science | 199 | 1 | 2014 | 496 | Hard cover | Book | X, 496 p. 149 illus., 81 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 169.99 | 169.99 | 181.89 | 186.99 | 153 | 226.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCT25007 | Energy Technology | TH | Business/Economics | Handbook | Springer US | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Energy Markets.- Introduction to Price Models for Energy.- Price Dynamics in Electricity Markets.- Price-Driven Hydropower Dispatch Under Uncertainty.- On Cutting Plane Algorithms and Dynamic Programming for Hydroelectricity Generation.- Medium-Term Operational Planning for Hydrothermal Systems.- Stochastic Optimization of Power Generation and Storage Management in a Market Environment.- Risk Measures in Multi-horizon Scenario Trees.- Controlled Islanding as Robust Operator Response under Uncertainty.- Complementarity and Game-theoretical Models for Equilibria in Energy Markets: Deterministic and Risk-averse Formulations.- Optimal Planning and Economic Evaluation of Trigeneration Districts.- Renewable Energy and its Impact on Power Markets.- Copula-Based Hedge ratios for Renewable Power Generation.- Investment in Stochastic Electricity-Production Facilities.- Pricing of Energy Contracts: From Replication Pricing to Swing Options.- Energy Derivatives with Volume Controls.- Risk Hedging Strategies under Energy System and Climate Policy Uncertainties.- Comparative Assessment of Accident Risks in the Energy Sector. | This book presents an overview of the risks involved in modern electricity production, delivery and trading, including technical risk in production, transportation and delivery, operational risk for the system operators, market risks for traders, and political and other long term risks in strategic management. Using decision making under uncertainty as a methodological background, the book is divided into four parts, with Part I focusing on energy markets, particularly electricity markets. Topics include a nontechnical overview of energy markets and their main properties, basic price models for energy commodity prices, and modeling approaches for electricity price processes.Part II looks at optimal decisions in managing energy systems, including hydropower dispatch models, cutting plane algorithms and approximative dynamic programming; hydro-thermal production; renewable; stochastic investments and operational optimization models for natural gas transport; decision making in operating electricity networks; and investment in extending energy production systems.Part III explores pricing, including electricity swing options and the pricing of derivatives with volume control. Part IV looks at long-term and political risks, including energy systems under aspects of climate change, and catastrophic operational risks, particularly risks from terrorist attacks. | <p>First modern book to consider financial and production risk in energy markets </p><p>Examines markets and prices, decision making, renewable sources, and long term risk </p><p>Contributing authors are some of the biggest names in the field​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-39723-3 | Economics/Management Science | Lang | [NAME] | Macro Attractiveness and Micro Decisions in the Mutual Fund Industry | An Empirical Analysis | ZEW Economic Studies | 47 | 1 | 2014 | 174 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 174 p. 17 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12257 | Financial Economics | KCBM | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | General Introduction.- Theoretical Background.- Attractiveness of European Fincanical Centers.- Evidence from Domiciliation Decisions in the Mutual Fund Industry.- Impact of the Domicilation Decision on Fund Fees.- General Conclusion.- Appendix. | This volume addresses the attractiveness of financial centers with a primary focus on the mutual fund industry. It uses different empirical analysis approaches in an attempt to disentangle the reasons for location attractiveness and in order to identify its influence on fund pricing. The presented research tackles an issue that is fundamental to the understanding of organizational behavior in finance – the rationale in the decision-making process of market participants and its consequences for an economy.​ | <p>Gives a broad overview on the attractiveness of the European Financial Centers   </p><p>Unique insight into market participants’ views over time, before, during, and after the financial crisis </p><p>Analyses the effects of market integration for economic welfare    </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-39557-4 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | Chinese Economy in Disequilibrium |  | China Academic Library |  | 1 | 2014 | 240 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 240 p. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12006 | Economics general | KC | SCX18020 | Political Economy | KCP | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Exploring The Issues In Resource Allocation.- Market Regulation And Resource Allocation.- Government Regulation And Resource Allocation.- The Mechanism Of The Operation Of The Economy.- Rationing Equilibrium Of The Commodity Market.- Easing Supply And Demand Mismatch Under Disequilibrium Economic Conditions.- Industrial Restructuring.- Government Regulation On Agriculture.- Establishing The Order Of The Socialist Commodity Economy.- The Standardization Of Institutional Innovation. | Known internationally as ‘Mr. [NAME]’ economist, [NAME] has had a transformative impact on China's economic transition, most notably as an early advocate of ownership reform and in his promotion of shareholding theory. By examining the interrelationship between the government, enterprises and the market, Chinese Economy in Disequilibrium presents an in-depth discussion on the issues of resource allocation, industrial structure, institutional innovation and economic fluctuation in the current Chinese economy under the condition of disequilibrium. Credited with developing the theory of economic disequilibrium, Professor [NAME] distinguishes two types of disequilibrium on the basis of whether or not the majority of firms in the economy are viable profit-makers. In Chinese Economy in Disequilibrium, Professor [NAME] points out that not only has China’s economy been in a state of disequilibrium, but it also has issues with enterprises not being under budget constraint. Given the limitations of market regulation under economic disequilibrium, Professor [NAME] advocates the reform of the enterprise system and upholds the government’s leading role in the establishment of order in the socialist commodity economy. A number of measures are also proposed with the aim of facilitating the transition of China’s economy from disequilibrium to equilibrium. The central theme is that the reform and transition are means to serve economic growth and social development, which would eventually benefit the ordinary citizens in society.[NAME] is a Professor of Economics and [NAME] of Peking University’s Guanghua School of Management. He is one of China’s foremost economists, and the author of twenty books and numerous articles on a wide range of economic subjects including reform and development in China. He has received a number of prestigious awards and honours for his research. As the leading proponent of a market economy in China, Professor [NAME] has had a tremendous influence on China’s economic reform policy over the last three decades. He has served on the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress of China and is currently Vice-Chairman of the Economic Committee of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference. | <p>Professor [NAME] regards this book as the most representative of his academic works on current Chinese economy. Of all his published works, this presents the most in-depth theoretical analysis of economic disequilibrium</p><p>This book adds to the existing literature in English that examines China’s economic development by providing carefully examined alternative perspectives, which scholars and students in the West may not be familiar with</p><p>This Book allows readers to retrace the innovative and bold contributions Professor [NAME] has made to the success of China’s economic transition</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11648 | Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
 | 978-3-642-41111-3 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Innovative Advisory Services in the Virtual World | An Empowerment Perspective | SpringerBriefs in Business |  | 1 | 2014 | 71 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 71 p. 29 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23230 | Services | KNS | SCW23150 | Business Strategy/Leadership | KJC | Management / Business for Professionals | Brief | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Virtual advisors in the virtual [NAME] advisors in various application domains.- Preliminary data collections on user opinions about virtual advisors.- Discussion and Implications.- Conclusions. | How to effectively design and deliver virtual advisory services can be a mystery to many public and private organisations. This study examines the interesting phenomenon of providing virtual advisors to assist users in accomplishing their tasks in the digital world. Based on a thorough analysis of abundant typical applications in various business and government sectors, this book discusses the current status and future trends of virtual advisory services in digital environments. This book also reveals exactly what users expect from such services, and what they hate! It provides thought-provoking guidelines for best practice in the design and provision of virtual advisors on e-portals. | <p>This book can inspire brilliant and creative business ideas, especially for people who are eager to attract more visitors to their online portals</p><p>This book expands the horizons of future shopping environments for customers who are bored with traditional e-commerce websites. These customers are looking for a sense of the human touch, more personal assistance or fun from online shopping</p><p>For educators and educational institutions, this book showcases how to prompt their institution in virtual platforms and how to make learning an enjoyable and fun experience for students</p><p>This book highlights many helpful guidelines and tips on the effective design and delivery of virtual advisory services in order to remain competitive in e-business</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-01353-4 | Economics/Management Science | Malaval | [NAME]; Christophe Bénaroya; [NAME] | Aerospace Marketing Management | A Handbook for the Entire Value Chain | Management for Professionals |  | 1 | 2014 | 587 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 587 p. 375 illus. | 0 | final | 79.99 | 79.99 | 85.59 | 87.99 | 72 | 106.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23059 | Marketing | KJS | [NAME] | Aerospace Technology and Astronautics | TRP | Management / Business for Professionals | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Marketing in the aeronautics industry.- 2. The Individual and Organizational Purchase.- 3. Business Marketing Intelligence.- 4. Market Segmentation and Positioning.- 5. Marketing and Sales Action Plan.- 6. Innovation and Product Management.- 7. Marketing of Services.- 8. Pricing Policy.- 9. Selecting Distribution Channels and Sales Team Management.- 10. Project Marketing.- 11. Communication Policy.- 12. Selecting Media.- 13. Brand Management.- 14. Building Loyalty: Maintenance, [NAME] and Offsets.- 15. Alliance Strategies. | This book presents an overall picture of both B2B and B2C marketing strategies, concepts and tools, in the aeronautics sector. This is a significant update to an earlier book successfully published in the nineties which was released in Europe, China, and the USA. It addresses the most recent trends such as Social Marketing and the internet, Customer Orientation, Project Marketing and Con current Engineering, Coopetition, and Extended Enterprise. Aerospace Marketing Management is the first marketing handbook richly illustrated with executive and expert inputs as well as examples from parts suppliers, aircraft builders, airlines, helicopter manufacturers, aeronautics service providers, airports, defence and military companies, and industrial integrators (tier-1, tier-2). This book is designed as a ready reference for professionals and graduates from both [NAME] and Business Schools. | <p>The sole marketing book dealing with the whole value chain (civil &amp; defence) from parts, engine through airframers to airlines and airports</p><p>The most complete and appealing handbook with accurate and up-to-date case studies</p><p>Enriched by numerous testimonials and contributions from executives and experts​  </p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1628-5 | Economics/Management Science | Marakkath | [NAME] | Sustainability of Indian Microfinance Institutions | A Mixed Methods Approach | India Studies in Business and Economics |  | 1 | 2014 | 184 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 184 p. 33 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | SCW12257 | Financial Economics | KCBM | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1: Introduction.- 2: Literature Review.- 3: Research Objectives and Design.- 4: Quantitative Phase: Identification of Factors Affecting and Discriminating Sustainability.- 5: Intermediate Participant Selection Phase: Assessment of Efficiency and Sustainability.- 6: Qualitative Phase: Management of Factors Affecting and Discriminating Sustainability.- 7: Dangers in Mismanaging the Factors Affecting and Discriminating Sustainability: An Exploration into Indian Microfinance Crisis.- 8: Summary of Findings, Implications and Conclusion.- Appendices.- A1: Operational Definition and Distinction between Operational Self-Sustainability Ratio, Financial Self-Sustainability Ratio and [NAME] Index.- A2: Charnes, Cooper & Rhodes Model and Banker, Charnes & Cooper Model Formulation.- A3: Interview Guide.- A4: Summary of the Qualitative Data Collected During the Interviews.- A5: Group Formation Process in Fourteen Days. | Although 'doing good' is our innate nature, we often get lost in the complexities and view goodness as a distant dream. Making this dream of goodness a reality is often thwarted by thoughts surrounding sustainability. Thus, all good initiatives require a focus on sustainability and this has become one of greatest and most formidable challenges faced by any social enterprise. The book documents the understanding of the sustainability of one of the most celebrated forms of social enterprise of our times — Microfinance Institutions (MFIs) gained through a mixed-methods research investigation. It attempts to answer pertinent questions such as: What are the determinant and discriminating factors for the sustainability of MFIs in India? How are these factors being managed by the operationally efficient Indian MFIs that remained sustainable at reasonable interest rates before the onset of the crisis and ceilings imposition in Indian microfinance markets? What does the Indian microfinance crisis teach us about sustainability management and mismanagement? In a nutshell, the answers show that sustainability is a strategic issue that needs managerial attention and not a matter to be left to serendipity. At a time when the industry is recovering from the adverse effects of a crisis and when there are still contentions as to whether the rate fixed by the regulator is enough for the sustenance of the MFIs, the findings mentioned in the book revive the lost hope for the Indian microfinance industry. By deciphering the strategies used by efficient and sustainable MFIs and discussing the lessons that the crisis has imparted to the Indian microfinance markets, this book will enable Indian MFIs to march towards efficient and sustainable operations without losing focus on their clients. | <p>Documents the understanding of the sustainability of the Microfinance Institutions (MFIs) gained through a mixed-methods research investigation<br>Answers pertinent questions to enable Indian MFIs to march towards efficient and sustainable operations without losing focus on their clients<br>Contains findings to revive lost hope for the Indian microfinance industry at a time of crisis </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-39746-2 | Economics/Management Science | Martínez-López | [NAME] | Handbook of Strategic e-Business Management |  | Progress in IS |  | 1 | 2014 | 1023 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 1023 p. 53 illus. | 0 | final | 199.99 | 199.99 | 213.99 | 219.99 | 180 | 266.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23008 | Business/Management Science, general | KJ | [NAME] | Computer Science, general | UY | Business/Economics | Handbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part A: Background.- Part B: Evolved Strategic Framework for the Management of Companies.- Part C: Key Business Processes, Areas and Activities.- Part D: Emerging Issues, Trends and Opportunities.​ | This research handbook provides a comprehensive, integrative, and authoritative resource on the main strategic management issues for companies within the e-business context. It covers an extensive set of topics, dealing with the major issues which articulate the e-business framework from a business perspective. The handbook is divided into the following e-business related parts: background; evolved strategic framework for the management of companies; key business processes, areas and activities; and, finally, emerging issues, trends and opportunities, with special attention to diverse Social Web-related implications.   The articles are varied, timely and present high-quality research; many of these unique contributions will be especially valued and influential for business scholars and professionals interested in e-business. Many of the contributors are outstanding business scholars who are or have been editors-in-chief of top-ranked management and business journals or have made significant contributions to the development of their respective fields. | <p>Offers a comprehensive and authoritative resource on the main e-business-related strategic management issues for companies</p><p>A unique research handbook in its field, addressing strategic, operational and cutting-edge e-business topics</p><p>Written by research specialists in their respective fields and outstanding business scholars</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-39548-2 | Economics/Management Science | Meinhardt | Holger [NAME] | The Pre-Kernel as a Tractable Solution for Cooperative Games | An Exercise in Algorithmic Game Theory | Theory and Decision Library C | 45 | 1 | 2014 | 242 | Hard cover | Book | XXXIII, 242 p. 8 illus., 4 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | Game Theory/Mathematical Methods | PBUD | SCM13011 | Game Theory, Economics, Social and [NAME]. Sciences | PBUD | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Some Solution Schemes and Game Properties.- The Shapley Value and (Pre-Kernel) as a Fairness Concept.- Fair Division in Cournot Markets.- Some Preliminary Results.- A Pre-Kernel Characterization and Orthogonal Projection.- Characterization of the Pre-Kernel by [NAME] for Computing the Pre-Kernel.- An Upper Dimension Bound of the Pre-Kernel.- [NAME]. | This present book provides an alternative approach to study the pre-kernel solution of transferable utility games based on a generalized conjugation theory from convex analysis. Although the pre-kernel solution possesses an appealing axiomatic foundation that lets one consider this solution concept as a standard of fairness, the pre-kernel and its related solutions are regarded as obscure and too technically complex to be treated as a real alternative to the Shapley value. Comprehensible and efficient computability is widely regarded as a desirable feature to qualify a solution concept apart from its axiomatic foundation as a standard of fairness. We review and then improve an approach to compute the pre-kernel of a cooperative game by the indirect function. The indirect function is known as the Fenchel-Moreau conjugation of the characteristic function. Extending the approach with the indirect function, we are able to characterize the pre-kernel of the grand coalition simply by the solution sets of a family of quadratic objective functions. | <p>Characterizes a fair division rule of game theory by convex analysis </p><p>Proposes tractable formula to solve fair division problems in real life situations </p><p>Provides algorithms to implement vectorized and parallel computer programs designed to solve fair division problems​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-4-431-54477-7 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | Social Systems and Design |  | Translational Systems Sciences | 1 | 1 | 2014 | 200 | Hard cover | Book | X, 200 p. | 0 | approx. | 99.95 | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12006 | Economics general | KC | SCW23008 | Business/Management Science, general | KJ | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer Japan | Planned | 2014-01-15 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Social systems and design – an overview ([NAME]) 2. From design to social systems ([NAME])  3. [NAME], [NAME] and Laszlo: Different approaches or different worlds? ([NAME])  4. [NAME]: Idealized Systems Design ([NAME]) 5. [NAME], evolution and dialogue ([NAME] Doug Walton / [NAME] / [NAME])  6. [NAME]: A Science of Generic Design (Aleco Christakis & [NAME])  7. System Dynamics ([NAME]. From Interactive Management to Cogniscope (Aleco Christakis / [NAME])  9. The Tavistock imprint on organizational design ([NAME])  10. Systems design in organizational change ([NAME])  11. Systems engineers as designers of human systems (INCOSE Systems Science Working Group)  12. Smarter Cities / Smarter Planet as processes of design ([NAME])  13. Community design and feminist perspectives in Latin America ([NAME])  14. Emerging designs in Finland and Africa ([NAME])  15. Teaching social systems design (Aalto University faculty / Saybrook University faculty / U. Penn faculty / Open University faculty…)  ​ | The purpose of this volume is to provide both a practical and a theoretical foundation for those who are interested in the design of human social systems.  It brings together and updates a number of theories, some dating back to the 1950s, as well as providing future direction for an evolving field of study.  The chapters trace the various histories of the theories, providing examples of how they continue to influence work today and discussing their very important potential influences on work into the future.  The theories covered include the idealized design work of Ackoff, social systems design and evolutionary design of [NAME], the open systems work of Emery and Emery, system dynamics by [NAME], and the systems design work of Warfield and Christakis.  Each has influenced ideas about how we might create the organizations and larger social systems that we inhabit.  More importantly, each theory has continued to be used by current theorists and practitioners, and to evolve.  The authors of the chapters either are, or had direct affiliations with, the originators of the theories.  An important contribution of this volume is the description of emerging work in systems and design, where the links with previous theory might not be clear or explicit.  This includes examples of democratic, self-governing work structures, of democratic decision making and design aided by technology, and of large-scale social design built on rigorous computer modeling. | <p>Summarizes and compares the ideas of a number of systems theorists who incorporated design principles into their work through the latter half of the 20th century</p><p>Provides current thinking about systems design theories by the original authors and other professionals who worked directly with them</p><p>Demonstrates how systems design is being applied to projects around the world, creating democratic and sustainable structures in organizations and communities</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-4-431-54561-3 | Economics/Management Science | Nakano | Makoto Nakano; Bayanjargal Purevdorj | Does Reliance on Foreign Markets Make a Difference? |  | SpringerBriefs in Business |  | 1 | 2014 | 56 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 56 p. 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23016 | Accounting/Auditing | KF | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | Business/Economics | Brief | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. Theory and Prior Evidence on Multinationality. 2.1 Benefits and Costs of Multinationality. 2.2 Prior Empirical Evidence on Multinationality and Performance.- 3. Hypotheses.3.1 Multinationality and Profitability. 3.2 Multinationality and Firm Value.- 4. Description of Data and Methodology. 4.1 Description of Data. 4.2Trends in Overseas Operations of Japanese Multinational Companies.4.3 Model.- 5.Empirical Results. 5.1 Descriptive Statistics and Correlations. 5.2 Results and Discussion.- 6. [NAME] and Additional Tests. 6.1 Alternative Measurement Test. 6.2 Regional Breakdown Test.- 7. Conclusion. | This study examines the relationship between multinationality and the performance of Japanese manufacturing companies during the period 1999–2008 by using geographic segment information. Despite the enormous interest in and importance given to multinationality from the academic and business worlds, prior findings about the multinationality–performance relationship are conflicting and inconsistent. The overall results of the present study show that multinationality has a positive impact both on accounting performance and on market-based performance. In additional tests, Japanese electric and electronic equipment companies’ reliance on the Asian market was found to have a negative impact on profitability and no significant impact on firm value, whereas reliance on other foreign markets such as the Americas and the EU had a positive impact on profitability and firm value. The multinationality–performance relationship cannot be generalized and varies among geographic regions. This book contributes to both the multinationality–performance literature and the geographic segment reporting literature by offering empirical evidence about Japanese manufacturing companies and comparing them with prior findings about American companies. ​ | <p>Integrates three fields: accounting, corporate finance, and business</p><p>Investigates multinationality and performance using firm-level geographic segment information</p><p>Explains the financial performance of Japanese manufacturing firms accelerating overseas operations​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02349-6 | Economics/Management Science | Nasrullah | [NAME]; [NAME] | CSR in Private Enterprises in Developing Countries | Evidences from the Ready-Made Garments Industry in Bangladesh | CSR, Sustainability, Ethics & Governance |  | 1 | 2014 | 220 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 220 p. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23200 | Non-Profit Enterprises/Corporate Social Responsibility | KJVX | SCW12014 | Development Economics | KCM | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Understanding of CSR and its standards.- Trends in CSR practices.- CSR practices in the private enterprises of Bangladesh.- CSR and its practices in the ready-made garment (RMG) sector.- CSR in Private Enterprises.- Comparative Experiences of Bangladesh and Vietnam.- Conclusion. | This book examines the growing trend of recognition and practices of CSR in private enterprises in developing countries. It identifies the challenges and deficiencies in these practices and proposes means for improvement. Based on a sound theoretical foundation, this book focusses on the case of Bangladesh and the ready-made garment industry to exemplify the described developments.After a brief introduction the book outlines the standards of Corporate Social Responsibility. It compares the trends in CSR practices both in developed and developing countries and then embarks on CSR practices in the private sector in Bangladesh to finally present a detailed analysis of CSR and its practices in the ready-made garment industry. The book not only compares developing countries with developed, but as well provides an assessment and analysis of different stages of CSR within the South Asian area. | <p>Presents an up to date analysis of the evolution of CSR in private enterprises in South Asia</p><p>Focusses on the importance of CSR for developing countries</p><p>Details the development and importance for the garment and fashion industry</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-4-431-54432-6 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | Developments of International Trade Theory |  | Advances in Japanese Business and Economics | 2 | 2 | 2014 | 174 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 174 p. 38 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12065 | Economic Theory | KCA | SCW12210 | Methodology and the History of Economic Thought | KCA | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Historical Progress of International Trade Theory.- Mercantilism.- Specie-flow Mechanism.- [NAME] and Division of Labour.- Ricardo and Comparative Costs.- [NAME] and Reciprocal Demand.- Mill and [NAME] Industry.- Marx and International Exploitation.- [NAME] and [NAME] Curve.- Modern Theory and Recent Developments of International Trade.- Theory of Production.- Heckscher–Ohlin Theory (1).- Heckscher–Ohlin Theory (2).- Leontief Paradox.- Domestic Distortions.- Export Promotion and Welfare.- Oligopoly.- Immiserizing Growth.- External Economies.- Historical Appendix.- [NAME] and Disequilibrium Economic Theory.- Complete Specialization in Classical Economics. | Developments of International Trade Theory offers the life-long reflections of a distinguished Japanese scholar who pioneered the application of general equilibrium theory to international trade. Written in a style that makes it easily accessible to scholars and students, the book combines standard topics on international trade with a discussion of the evolution of the theory and as well as recent discussions on topics such as immiserizing growth.This book consists of two parts. Part I examines the historical progression of international trade theory, and Part II addresses the modern theory and recent developments of international trade. In this way the book offers a comprehensive evaluation of the non-monetary problems of international economics.Taking advantage of the publication of this new edition, the author includes two new chapters, “[NAME] and Disequilibrium Economic Theory” and “Complete Specialization in Classical Economics”, which readers will profit from reading after they have studied the basic theories of international trade in the main part of the book. | <p>This book requires no prerequisite knowledge of economic theory or micro-economics</p><p>This book guides readers the frontier of the theory</p><p>This book explains and digests economic theory in an easy, understandable way</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-4-431-54534-7 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | Elements of Neo-Walrasian Economics | A Survey | Advances in Japanese Business and Economics | 5 | 1 | 2014 | 192 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 192 p. 61 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12065 | Economic Theory | KCA | [NAME] | Microeconomics | KCC | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Firms and Production.- Households and Consumption.- Market Equilibrium (1).- Market Equilibrium (2).- Perfect and Imperfect Competition.- Optimal Allocation of Resources.- Market Failures.- Optimal Income Distribution.- Microeconomic Foundations of Macroeconomics. | This book aims to explain to the readers the basic idea of the general equilibrium theory, which forms the core of the current mainstream economics called neoclassical school. To understand this theory is absolutely necessary, either to study further or to criticize the contemporary economic theories. The author not only explains traditional theories, but also makes clear the many problems which are still unsolved.As a text book or reference book for those students who are studying microeconomics for the first time, the author recommends the use of Chapter 1, Chapter 2 (except section 9), Chapter 3 (from section 1 to section 3, section 6, section 11), Chapter 4 (from section 1 to section 4), Chapter 5 (from section 1 to section 5, section 8), Chapter 6 (except sections 6 and 7), Chapter 7 (from section 1 to section 5), Chapter 8 (from section 1 to section 6) and Chapter 9 (sections 1, 4 and 7). For more advanced readers, the author recommends the remaining sections and the literature recommended in the last part of each chapter. Problems given at the end of each chapter allow readers to confirm understanding of the content of the chapter and suggest to the readers more advanced studies. Incidentally, the author tried to avoid the use of the advanced mathematics. Only the elementary knowledge of the differential calculus and the linear algebra are required to read this book. | <p>Based on lectures given by the author to students of the University of Tokyo</p><p>Develops classical Walrasian economics into theories of modern microeconomics</p><p>Provides problems and literature for further study</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-40974-5 | Economics/Management Science | Okpara | [NAME]; [NAME] | Corporate Social Responsibility | Challenges, Opportunities and Strategies for 21st Century Leaders | CSR, Sustainability, Ethics & Governance |  | 1 | 2014 | 340 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 340 p. 16 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23200 | Non-Profit Enterprises/Corporate Social Responsibility | KJVX | SCW27000 | Public Administration | JPP | Business/Economics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Conceptual Framework of CSR.- Part II: Global Challenges and Opportunities.- Part III: Sustainability: Implementing CSR in MNCs/MNEs, SMEs, and Family Business.- Part IV:  CSR in Higher Education Institutions around the World. | In today's global business environment it is no longer acceptable that a corporation does well simply by doing good. It is expected. With increasing pressures from stakeholders to improve the bottom line as well as to be good corporate citizens, business leaders face tough decisions. What social issues should we support? What initiatives should we develop that will do the most good for the company as well as the cause? Do we include social messages in our advertising, encourage our employees to volunteer, do we modify our business practices? How do we integrate a new initiative into current strategies? These and other challenges will continue to face future leaders.This book provides thoughtful answers to these important questions, and to many more. The book offers suggestions on how to choose among major worthy causes and also how to measure the amount of good achieved both for the recipients and the companies themselves. Of course, all is not only about challenges, there are loads of opportunities that go along with them but it’s only responsible and sustainable leaders who would be able to spot these opportunities. That is the future which awaits 21st century leaders. | <p>Focusses on issues that are of utmost importance to corporate entities, which aspire to act socially responsible and successful at the same time </p><p>Supports decision making for sustainable strategies </p><p>Provides a basis for senior undergraduate and graduate courses in CSR</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-40278-4 | Economics/Management Science | Perret | [NAME] | Knowledge as a Driver of Regional Growth in the Russian Federation |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 351 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 351 p. 65 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12030 | Economic Growth | KCG | SCW12189 | Regional/Spatial Science | KCP | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Regional Layout of the Russian Federation.- Relevant Economic Terms and Concepts in a Russian Context.- Growth Theoretical Aspects.- Methodology.- On the Importance of Knowledge in the Russian Federation.- Policy Option.- Conclusions. | The Russian Federation has a history of more than twenty years of transformation to a market economy, but as well to a knowledge society, to look back on. This study takes a look at the knowledge generation, knowledge transmission and knowledge use inside the Federation since the early 1990s. Furthermore, in light of the high dependence of the Russian economy on the oil and gas sectors this study analyzes the impact knowledge related factors have on regional income generation following thereby in the direction of Schumpeterian growth theory. The study combines descriptive with empirical analyses to paint a picture as detailed as possible of the Russian knowledge society and its innovative potential. ​ | <p>Comprehensive multi-dimensional approach to Russian innovation system [NAME] backed insights </p><p>Covers the whole process from knowledge generation over to its transmission and usage </p><p>Studies the Russian Federation on a regional level taking into account 80 separate regions​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-9172-9 | Economics/Management Science | Pyles | [NAME] | Applied Corporate Finance | Questions, Problems and Making Decisions in the Real World | Springer Texts in Business and Economics |  | 1 | 2014 | 429 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 429 p. 14 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 74.99 | 74.99 | 80.24 | 82.49 | 67.99 | 100 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | SCW12257 | Financial Economics | KCBM | Business/Economics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | In the Beginning.- Financial Statement Analysis.- Cash Flow.- The Right Frame of Time.- Capital Structure: Borrow it!.- Capital Structure: Sell it off!.- The Rocky Marriage of Risk and Return.- This is so WACC!!.- Capital Budgeting Decisions. | Applied Corporate Finance fills a gap in the existing resources available to students and professionals needing an academically rigorous, yet practically orientated, source of knowledge about corporate finance. Written by an expert in investment analysis, this textbook leads readers to truly understand the principles behind corporate finance in a real world context from both a firm and investor perspective. The focus of this text is on traditional theory applied to a holistic business case study, offering readers both a quantitative and qualitative perspective on such topics as capital budgeting, time value of money, corporate risk, and capital structure. Each section in the book corresponds to the order in which a business makes key financial decisions—as opposed to level of difficulty—allowing readers to grasp a comprehensive understanding of the corporate financial life cycle. Directly addressing the area of corporate finance in an applied setting, and featuring numerous case examples and end-of-chapter discussion questions, and problems, this textbook will appeal to advanced undergraduates majoring in finance, graduate-level students, as well as professionals in need of a quick refresher on corporate financial policy.​ | <p>​​​​First comprehensive textbook on the topic to emphasize both quantitative and qualitative tools for enhanced learning </p><p>Contains in-depth case studies and problems modeled after "real world" business scenarios </p><p>Offers a dynamic presentation ideal for any intermediate or advanced corporate finance course </p><p>Features a solutions manual to aid instructors in implementing the material into classes</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-40399-6 | Economics/Management Science | Rahim | [NAME] | Legal Regulation of Corporate Social Responsibility | A Meta-Regulation Approach of Law for Raising CSR in a Weak Economy | CSR, Sustainability, Ethics & Governance |  | 1 | 2014 | 322 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 322 p. 3 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23200 | Non-Profit Enterprises/Corporate Social Responsibility | KJVX | SCR14002 | Private International Law, International & Foreign Law, Comparative Law | LB | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: Introducing the book.- Chapter 2: Corporate social Responsibility (CSR). Corporate Governance (CG) and Corporate Regulation.- Chapter 3: The Theoretical Basis for the Implementation of CSR Principles Through Legal Regulation.- Chapter 4: The Legal Regulation Strategies for Incorporating CSR Principles in Corporate Self-Regulation.- Chapter6: Legal Regulation of CSR in a Weak Economy: The Case of Bangladesh.- Chapter 7: Concluding the Book. | Even though Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) has become a widely accepted concept promoted by different stakeholders, business corporations' internal strategies, known as corporate self-regulation in most of the weak economies, respond poorly to this responsibility. Major laws relating to corporate regulation and responsibilities of these economies do not possess adequate ongoing influence to insist on corporate self-regulation to create a socially responsible corporate culture.This book describes how the laws relating to CSR could contribute to the inclusion of CSR principles at the core of the corporate self-regulation of these economies in general, without being intrusive in normal business practice. It formulates a meta-regulation approach to law, particularly by converging patterns of private ordering and state control in contemporary corporate law from the perspective of a weak economy. It proposes that this approach is suitable for alleviating regulators' limited access to information and expertise, inherent limitations of prescriptive rules, ensuring corporate commitment, and enhance the self-regulatory capacity of companies.This book describes various meta-regulation strategies for laws to link social values to economic incentives and disincentives, and to indirectly influence companies to incorporate CSR principles at the core of their self-regulation strategies. It investigates this phenomenon using Bangladesh as a case study. | <p>​First book employing a meta-regulation approach to regulating CSR</p><p>Presents a thorough and complete study on legal strategies to promote CSR in weak economies</p><p>Links social values to economic incentives and disincentives to indirectly influence companies to incorporate CSR</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02176-8 | Economics/Management Science | Ramady | [NAME] | Political, Economic and Financial Country Risk | Analysis of the Gulf Cooperation Council |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 271 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 271 p. 94 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12006 | Economics general | KC | SCX18020 | Political Economy | KCP | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I.- Foundation and Key concepts.- GCC Country Risk and the ' Arab Spring '.- Country Risk assessments.- Part II :  Indicators of Country Risk analysis.- Indicators of Financial Risk.- Determinants of Country economic risk.- Country political risk contents.- Part III :  GCC Country  economic , financial and political risk analysis.- Kingdom of Saudi Arabia  risk  analysis.- State of Kuwait risk  analysis.- State of Qatar  risk  analysis.- Kingdom of Bahrain risk  analysis.- Sultanate of Oman risk  analysis.- United Arab Emirates risk  analysis.- GCC Composite Risk : Political risk at the core.- Part IV: Current Challenges.- GCC Inward and Outward Foreign Direct Investment and Capital Flows.- GCC countries and the 'Arab Spring:  : shielded but not immune.- Conclusions and  Recommendations.- Bibliography.- Index​. | “Decades go by and nothing happens; then weeks go by and decades happen”. This apt saying encapsulates the dramatic convulsions taking place across the Arab world that first erupted in 2011 in Tunisia and which rapidly spread to other countries.  These events have affected the lives of ordinary citizens in many more ways than had been intended when the ‘Arab Spring’ broke out, with the endgame still not very clear as demonstrated in countries like Egypt, Syria and  Libya.By comparison, with some exceptions, the six countries comprising the Gulf Cooperation Council have been relatively unaffected by the general turbulence and uncertainties lapping around them. However, geopolitical shifts involving global superpower rivalries, combined with revolutionary breakthroughs in the non-conventional hydrocarbon energy sector are threatening to challenge the importance of the Arabian Gulf as the world’s leading suppliers of energy, putting their economies under fiscal stress.  The author examines such challenges by: • Providing the  first in-depth statistical  analytical assessment of  the GCC  countries  using monthly  data over the period 2001 -2013  for the three risk categories- economic, financial and political risks- and their  sub –components so as  to enable  policymakers  enhance  components  with low  risk , while  addressing components with perceived  higher risk, • Assessing FDI and capital  inflows and outflows  before and after the “Arab Spring” , and how to  encourage FDI inflows,  • Inter –Arab and GCC trade and synergies in power transmission , transportation links and establishing new hubs of centers of manufacturing  excellence ,  • Exploring private sector-led growth models to reduce forecasted unemployment.  Being complacent is not an option for the GCC. The aim of the book is that having a better understanding of each of the GCC countries’ individual risk parameters will enable the GCC meet future challenges and reduce the chances of a negative ‘Arab Spring’ occurring in the region.    [NAME] is a Visiting Associate Professor at the Department of Finance and Economics, King Fahd University of Petroleum and Minerals. His main research interests are the economics of the Middle East and Saudi Arabia in particular, as well as money and banking He also held senior positions with international financial institutions in the Arabian Gulf and Europe. | <p>​Examines empirically each GCC country’s political, financial, and economic risk to explore the macro drivers of each type of GCC country risk </p><p>Investigates the relationship between capital flow inflows and outflows and the drivers of country risk </p><p>Explores the GCC since the onset of the Arab Spring in 2011 and how each region will meet future challenges​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02404-2 | Economics/Management Science | Ramful | [NAME] | Recreational Drug Consumption | An Economic Perspective | Developments in Health Economics and Public Policy | 11 | 1 | 2014 | 160 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 160 p. 14 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12270 | Health Economics | KCQ | SCW12197 | Social Policy | KCP | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Literature Review.- An Overview of Recreational Drug Consumption in Australia.- Modelling Consumption of Individual Drugs.- Modelling Multiple Drug Use using a Multivariate Approach.- Modelling Alcohol Consumption by Levels using an Ordered Generalised Extreme Value (OGEV) Model.- Drinking Patterns and Earnings.- Summary, Policy Implications and Further Research. | Recreational drug policies and regulations are complex issues with many dimensions. This book attempts to answer several questions raised in current drug policy debates. Developing cost-effective drug programs and policies require a sound knowledge of drug users and their characteristics and the relationship across drugs. Who are the drug users? Can demographic factors help towards predicting drug usage? What sub-population groups should be targeted for drug campaigns and educational programs? Can a drug policy aimed at discouraging the use of one drug likely to affect the use of other drugs which are its economic substitutes or complements? What are the implications of drug use? Policymakers and researchers in the area of health and social development would find this book very useful. | <p>Investigates recreational drug consumption, in particular illicit drugs</p><p>Provides empirical evidence on socio-economic and demographic determinants, decriminalization, and effectiveness of price policies</p><p>Establishes economic relationships across various licit and illicit drugs</p><p>Provides important insights on drinking patterns and the association between individuals’ drinking behavior and their earnings​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1658-2 | Economics/Management Science | Callaghan | [NAME]; Chetan Ghate; [NAME]; [NAME] Rathinam | Global Cooperation Among G20 Countries | Responding to the Crisis and Restoring Growth |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 364 | Hard cover | Book | I, 364 p. 51 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW1212X | Macroeconomics/Monetary Economics | KCB | SCW12257 | Financial Economics | KCBM | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1. Introduction.- Chapter 2. Keynote: The G-20 since 2008: Some reflections on the experience and the road ahead.- Part I: Eurozone Crisis: Short-Run Challenges and Options.- Chapter 3. Overcoming the Euro Area Crisis: Reforms and Results.- Chapter 4. Predicting the Euro: A Practitioner’s Perspective.- Chapter 5. Monetary Integration in Europe and the Drawbacks of Centralization.- Chapter 6. Reflections on the Euro Crisis.- Part II: Rebalancing the Global Economy.- Chapter 7. The G20, IMF and Global Imbalances: The Policy Makers Perspective.- Chapter 8. Global Imbalances: Causes and Policies to Address Them.- Chapter 9. Exchange Rate Flexibility and Economic Rebalancing in China.- Chapter 10. Global Imbalances and Financial Fragility.- Part III: Financial Sector Regulation.- Chapter 11. Financial Regulatory Reforms: Not far enough or Overkill?.- Chapter 12. Asian Perspectives for Financial Regulatory Reforms after the Global Financial Crisis (GFC).- Chapter 13. The Challenge of Financial Stability and Regulation from a European Perspective.- Chapter 14. Financial Regulatory Reforms: Striking a Balance.- Part IV: A New Framework for Reforming the International Monetary System.- Chapter 15. Reforming the International Monetary System: an Institutional Perspective.- Chapter 16. Strengthening the International Monetary System.- Chapter 17. [NAME], Credit Lines, and Funding Liquidity.- Part V: Capital Controls and Emerging Market Economies (EMEs).- Chapter 18. [NAME] in an Open Economy and the Role of G-20 in Global Macroeconomic Policy Coordination.- Chapter 19. Managing the Risks Associated with Volatile Capital Flows.- Chapter 20. On an Asian Monetary Union: What Does the Evidence tell Us?.- Part VI: Austerity and Growth.- Chapter 21. The Macro-economic Policy Response to the International Financial and Economic Crisis and the G20.- Chapter 22. Austerity, Growth, and Public Policy.- Chapter 23. India and Fiscal Austerity. | At the outbreak of the global financial crisis, 2008, the G20 was widely acknowledged as helping prevent an even more serious decline in the global economy. It helped to calm the panic in financial markets and articulate a set of possible policy options to restore global stability and growth. However, as the dual-track recovery set in, policy options for advanced economies and EMEs diverged. Within this context, this book will explore the scope for cooperation amongst the G20 and the diverging challenges and the intricate interconnectedness of policy options between advanced economies and the EMEs within the G20. | <p>Presents a forward-looking, rigorously researched viewpoint on the challenges facing the global economy both from the perspectives of advanced and emerging G20 countries </p><p></p><p></p><p>Provides alternative perceptions of various stakeholders in global economic governance —policy makers from G20 countries, central bankers, academics and industry representatives</p><p></p><p>Among the few books in India on G20 issues with specific analytical input for India’s future involvement in the G20</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1652-0 | Economics/Management Science | Ray | [NAME]; S. Siva Raju | Implementing Corporate Social Responsibility | Indian Perspectives |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 175 p. | 0 | approx. | 99.95 | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23200 | Non-Profit Enterprises/Corporate Social Responsibility | KJVX | SCW12197 | Social Policy | KCP | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer India | Planned | 2013-12-02 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Articles: 1. Social responsibility and the Indian Entrepreneur.- 2. Deconstructing the debates on CSR.- 3. An agenda for CSR of SMEs in India.- 4. CSR in Indian PSUs.- 5. Impact assessment of CSR: approaches and issues.- 6. Role of district administration in community and social development through CSR initiatives.- Case Studies: [NAME] at Indian Oil Corporation.- [NAME] at Steel Authority of India.- c. CSR at Tata Motors.- d. CSR at Shipping Corporation of India Limited.- e. CSR at Oil and Natural Gas Corporation. | ​Corporate Social Responsibility has gained new legitimacy in India with two recent guidelines aimed to streamline CSR in Indian public and private sector. The need for structure and systems to manage CSR is the call of the day. The new mandate calls for new thinking in planning, implementing, monitoring, evaluating and communicating CSR work across all stakeholder groups. This book is one of the first attempts to address the practical issues and managerial challenges in delivering social impact through CSR. Authoritative articles focus on issues in CSR in India while corporate case studies highlight best practices and challenges faced by Indian managers. The proposed book will be a collection of articles and case studies focussed on Corporate Social Responsibility. The content was presented in the 1st National Conference on Corporate Social Responsibility co-organized by Tata Institute of Social Sciences (TISS), Mumbai and Xavier Institute of Management Bhubaneswar (XIMB). The book will feature only selected articles and cases and as such can be seen as a much needed reference book on CSR in India. | <p>Presents experiences of both researchers and practitioners, from theory and practice of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), to provide the readers with an enhanced understanding of its trends, best practices and some key learning issues</p><p>Satisfies the need for practical knowledge in the area of CSR for students in business schools, law schools as well as corporate managers who have to plan and implement their CSR programmes</p><p>Contains case studies of CSR projects implemented by corporations</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02383-0 | Economics/Management Science | Rüdiger | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] Gonzáaez | Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Economic Crisis | Lessons for Research, Policy and Practice |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 204 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 204 p. 14 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23130 | Entrepreneurship | KJH | SCW23121 | Innovation/Technology Management | [NAME] | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 The value of discovery of opportunities and innovation for entrepreneurship in a context of crisis.- Chapter 2 Antecedents and consequences of export-entrepreneurial orientation in times of crisis.- Chapter 3 Effects of the 2008 crisis on the importance of innovation for start-ups.- Chapter 4 Is technological innovation and R&D enough?.- Chapter 5 Conditioning factors for entrepreneurship in the context of economic crisis.- Chapter 6 The role of innovation on the entrepreneurial function in an economic crisis context.- Chapter 7 Managing innovation during economic changes and crisis.- Chapter 8 Entrepreneurial orientation and ambidexterity: A good combination for firms against the crisis.- Chapter 9 Entrepreneurial risk without return?.- Chapter 10 The role of Social Capital in family firms to explain innovation capabilities in recession time.- Chapter 11 Women's Entrepreneurship: Conditional factors in times of crisis.- Chapter 12 Do we need innovative trust intermediaries in the digital economy?.- Chapter 13 The relationship between value co-creation and customer trust in the service provider.- Chapter 14 Young Entrepreneurers in culture, tourism, fashion and spots in recession time.- Chapter 15 Concept and practical impact of the Isoquant Scheme for service-innovations.- Chapter 16 Co-creation in a B2B market: potential effects in customer satisfaction and loyalty in time of crisis.- Chapter 17 How institutional context shape entrepreneurship and innovation in a context of economic crisis. ​ | This book looks at entrepreneurship and innovation as ways out of the economic crisis in Europe and other regions, and examines the main theoretical issues and practices related to this analysis. The volume addresses such questions as: From an institutional perspective, how do economic crisis conditions affect different types of entrepreneurs and entrepreneurship? Is it useful for public policymakers and entrepreneurs to understand the basic characteristics of entrepreneurial activity, relations between the institutional environment and entrepreneurship and among entrepreneurship, innovation and social change? Featuring case studies from several industries and countries, and a variety of methodological, theoretical, and empirical approaches, the authors build a compelling narrative on the dynamics of entrepreneurship and innovation as drivers of economic growth and organizational renewal. They demonstrate that the strategic and operational relationships that entrepreneurship creates within and outside the enterprise are a fundamental route for leading and mobilizing economic and social resources that permit innovation at the organizational level and in relationships with suppliers, customers, and other stakeholders - in turn, enabling technological innovation, creating new revenue streams through new productive activities and new demand, and ultimately facilitating emergence from economic crisis. The authors consider social, gender, and generational aspects of entrepreneurship, as well as the institutional conditions necessary to promote entrepreneurial activity. | <p>Explores how entrepreneurship and innovation can provide a way out of the economic crisis in Europe and other regions </p><p>Features case studies from a variety of industries </p><p>Explores social, gender, and generational aspects of entrepreneurship​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-39817-9 | Economics/Management Science | Schofield | [NAME] | Mathematical Methods in Economics and Social Choice |  | Springer Texts in Business and Economics |  | 2 | 2014 | 310 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 310 p. 95 illus. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | Game Theory/Mathematical Methods | PBUD | SCW12065 | Economic Theory | KCA | Business/Economics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Sets, Relations and Preferences.- Linear Spaces and Transformations.- Topology and Convex Optimisation.- Differential Calculus and Smooth Optimisation.- Singularity Theory and General Equilibria.- Topology and Social Choice. | In recent years, the usual optimization techniques, which have proved so useful in microeconomic theory, have been extended to incorporate more powerful topological and differential methods, and these methods have led to new results on the qualitative behavior of general economic and political systems. These developments have necessarily resulted in an increase in the degree of formalism in the publications in the academic journals. This formalism can often deter graduate students. The progression of ideas presented in this book will familiarize the student with the geometric concepts underlying these topological methods, and, as a result, make mathematical economics, general equilibrium theory, and social choice theory more accessible. | <p>Presents an overview of mathematical techniques useful in mathematical economics, general equilibrium theory and social choice theory</p><p>Indispensable methods for research in quantitative economics</p><p>With a new chapter on Topology and Social Choice</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-01281-0 | Economics/Management Science | Seck | [NAME] | Regional Economic Integration in West Africa |  | Advances in African Economic, Social and Political Development |  | 1 | 2014 | 272 | Hard cover | Book | X, 272 p. 26 illus., 23 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12014 | Development Economics | KCM | SCW12189 | Regional/Spatial Science | KCP | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part I: Private Sector.- Part II: Regional Macroeconomic Policy.- Part III: Regional Trade.- Part IV: Labor Markets and Policy. | ​This book presents a number of key studies pertaining to the most pressing challenges of economic regional integration in West Africa. The issues of monetary coordination, foreign exchange volatility, taxation, savings and macroeconomic convergence are investigated from a regional perspective.  The characteristics of West Africa’s trade policy are reviewed and assessed in comparison to that of the Southern African Development Community (SADC). The extent to which regional integration can tackle the challenge of unemployment is the focus of studies on labour markets. Development of the private sector and coordination of regional cross-border transportation are examined through the lens of economic collaboration between Arab and African countries.  The book provides fresh new answers to persistent development questions and sheds new light on long-held views that are either incomplete or no longer true. It also opens new perspectives on the search for sustainable avenues for Africa’s development. In this regard, it may contribute to the emergence of a new paradigm on Africa’s development process and its science-based, policy-oriented implementation. | <p>Promotes a better understanding of challenges and proposed solutions for regional integration in West Africa</p><p>Scientific analysis of latest African economic events and evolutions</p><p>Collects contributions from African researchers on analysis of African economies</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02182-9 | Economics/Management Science | Sengupta | [NAME] | Theory of Innovation | A New Paradigm of Growth |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 154 | Hard cover | Book | X, 154 p. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12030 | Economic Growth | KCG | SCW12170 | R & D/Technology Policy | [NAME] | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Contents.- Theory of Innovation.- Innovation Models.- Schumpeterian Innovation.- Endogenous Innovation.- Innovation Diversity: Industry Applications.- Innovation Challenges.- Managing Innovation.- References. | The current economic theory of innovation mainly analyses the technology factor and its impact on economic growth. In today's world, growth in information technology and knowledge of new ideas has altered the business paradigm dramatically. Modern economies have undergone a dynamic shift from material manufacturing to a new information technology model with research and development (R&D) and human capital. Through information and communications technology efficient information usage has achieved substantial productivity gains through learning by doing and incremental innovations. The present volume discusses this new paradigm in terms of both theory and industry applications, including [NAME] in his innovation model and the emphasis on new innovations replacing the old. Growth of business networking and R&D consortium have dramatically helped the modern business to reduce their unit costs and improve efficiency. This volume presents some new models emphasizing knowledge sharing and R&D cooperation. Rapid growth in recent times in some south Asian countries have been cited as growth miracles are largely caused by knowledge spillover and learning by doing, and this volume also investigates the role of incremental innovations. With a strong focus and extension of the current theory of innovation and industry growth experiences of both the US and Asian countries, this book will be of interest to MBA and graduate students in economics, innovation management, and applied industrial economics. | <p>Provides a significant extension of the current theory of innovation  </p><p>Focuses on industry growth experiences of both US and Asian countries  </p><p>Extends the Schumpeterian model of innovations toward market rivalry and managerial challenges </p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1631-5 | Economics/Management Science | Singh | [NAME] | A Critical Impulse to e-Governance in the Asia Pacific |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 184 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 184 p. 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12197 | Social Policy | KCP | SCW27000 | Public Administration | JPP | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: From Governance to e-Governance.- Chapter 2: Epistemology and Theoretical Explorations of e-Governance.- Chapter 3: Developmental Aspirations and Networked Readiness.- Chapter 4: Towards sustainability of e-governance.- Chapter 5: Information Technology and the Role of Government  in Australia: Political Ideology and Discourse in the ‘Asian Century’.- Chapter 6: Privacy, Control and the Law. | This book presents a comparative study of the vision, ability and dynamism on the part of governments in selected Asian Pacific countries as they engage in the distribution of e-governance. Consequently, it creates a platform for mutual learning and offers a dispassionate evaluation of mega e-projects. It is an interdisciplinary study of information and communication technology within mainstream social science research and attempts to bridge the gap in empirical research between the nature of technology and the manner in which it is governed. The analysis shows that hegemonic and panoptic structures of surveillance and control may derail efforts to establish sustainable e-governance, while a liberal futuristic framework with open socio-technology networks on Big Data analytics, IPv6 and [NAME] may strengthen the trend towards democratizing institutions. Further, the book highlights the extraordinary energy being generated in the emerging new world through their use of the internet and suggests how governments could translate this into a new wealth of economic opportunities, social inclusion and equitable development, in addition to achieving the MDGs (Millenium Development Goals). Lastly, it emphasizes the importance of a visionary approach, which, wherever present, has been able to sustain e-governance by meaningfully linking the micro to the macro and heritage to the horizon. | <p>Presents a comparative study of governments’ vision, ability and dynamism with regard to adopting e-governance in Asia Pacific countries</p><p>This interdisciplinary study of information and communications technology (ICT) within mainstream social science research provides readers with a more holistic understanding of technology issues</p><p>Highlights the extraordinary energy being generated in the emerging new world through their newfound access to the Internet and suggests how governments could translate this into economic opportunities, social inclusion and equitable development</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11648 | Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
 | 978-3-319-02032-7 | Economics/Management Science | Sönmez | Alper Sönmez | Multinational Companies, Knowledge and Technology Transfer | Turkey's Automotive Industry in Focus | Contributions to Management Science |  | 1 | 2014 | 312 | Hard cover | Book | X, 312 p. 26 illus., 24 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23121 | Innovation/Technology Management | [NAME] | SCT17047 | Automotive Engineering | TRC | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. Multinational Companies, Knowledge and Technology Transfer: Theoretical Framework.- 3. Research Methodology and Design.- 4. Survey Findings: Descriptive Analysis.- 5. Survey Findings: Econometric Analysis.- 6. Findings and Analysis of the Interviews.- 7. Conclusion. | This book provides evidence on how FDI leads to knowledge and technology transfers towards domestic firms by paying attention to the role of multinational companies. The author presents a comprehensive empirical research conducted at firm-level in the Turkish automotive industry. Using a representative sample of face-to-face in-depth interviews with top-executives and a survey of top level managers of domestic suppliers, the research analyzes the existence, channels, intensity and determinants, and the kind of transfers that occur at both inter- and intra-firm level in the industry. The author contends that policies aimed at attracting FDI flows should be re-examined under the findings and insights of this study since it is a necessary – although not sufficient - condition to have an efficient absorptive capacity level and/or skilled human capital stock in order to benefit from these flows. This study has policy implications for the automotive industry as well as practical recommendations for the public institutions and top-executives in emerging country companies and multinationals in order to conceive and implement science and technology policies in supporting the knowledge transfers. | <p>Explains the knowledge and technology transfer process of MNCs in an emerging economy</p><p>Reveals the types, channels and determinants of knowledge transfer at inter and intra-firm levels</p><p>Insights from interviews and survey of top managers of automotive manufacturers and suppliers in Turkey</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-7452-4 | Economics/Management Science | Spiess | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Tourism Development in the GCC States | Reconciling Economic Growth, Conservation and Sustainable Development |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. | 0 | approx. | 99.95 | 99.95 | 106.95 | 109.95 | 86.5 | 127.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW1209X | International Economics | KCL | SCW23180 | Emerging Markets/Globalization | KJSM | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-11-29 00:00:00 |  |  | ​1. The Price of Branding: tourism and the elusive search for 'culture' among Emiratis in Dubai, UAE.- 2.State-society relations, economic change, and tourism in the GCC states.- 3. Who are We? Tourism and National Identity in Jordan and Qatar.- 4. Planning for and Management of Sustainable Tourism within Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) in Saudi Arabia.- 5. Sustainability Questions on GCC Investments in Sports: A Critical assessment of UAE and Qatari Football.- 6. [NAME]: The Potential of Geotourism in Saudi Arabia.- 7. National Tourism Organizations in the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC).- 8. Towards a Long-Term Tourism Paradigm for the Gulf​ | ​Tourism is one of the world's largest as well as fastest growing industries and the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) member states are expected to be increasingly important engines of such growth, and tourism promotion is often considered an integral element of their economic strategies. The sector is generally publicized as a vital source of employment, revenue, foreign exchange benefits, public infrastructure, diversification and inducement in reviving national pride. Nevertheless tourism as a catalyst for economic development can be a controversial device. While certain short term economic benefits clearly arise from an expanding tourism industry in the Gulf economies, its unsustainable rapid development has had detrimental environmental, socio-cultural and security impacts, particularly because this industry is dependent on and a major user of natural resources and habitually collides with the values, skills, and aspirations of GCC nationals.  This book develops new strategies to avoid past errors and proposes remedial actions to those currently unsustainable development pathways. In consideration of the fact that all types of tourism will eventually have a negative impact on the fragile environments of the GCC, we will take a closer look at the net social benefit of tourism development, to encapsulate economic, social and environmental benefits and costs, and ask whether benefits outweigh costs overall. Such an approach will include nonmonetary values and will allow the necessary trade-offs across economic, social and environmental domains. Concurrently, research indicates that in their aggressive pursuit of tourism development, Gulf governments either failed to address or deliberately ignored the critical question of local employment, ergo it is also crucial to assess the status quo, discuss why tourism has or has not been able to succeed with the set policy goals and especially elaborate the political rationale behind these deficiencies.​ | ​Develops new strategies to avoid past errors and proposes remedial actions to currently unsustainable tourism development pathways  Investigates the effect of unsustainable rapid development and its detrimental environmental, socio-cultural and security impacts  Examines the net social benefit of tourism development, to encapsulate economic, social and environmental benefits and costs, and asks whether benefits outweigh costs overall​ | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1637-7 | Economics/Management Science | Sridhar | [NAME]; [NAME] | Urbanization in Asia | Governance, Infrastructure and the Environment |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 279 | Hard cover | Book | I, 279 p. 90 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12014 | Development Economics | KCM | SCW12162 | Public Finance & Economics | KFFD | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Implementation of MGNREGA: A Study of two Gram Panchayats in Jhalawar, Rajasthan.- ‘Total Sanitation Campaign’ intervention for a semi-urban village through ‘Public-People-Private’ partnership.- Making the Connection between Informal Self-employment and Temporary Migration: Lessons from the Cycle Rickshaw Sector.- Benchmarking cities: Evidence from India.- Central and state urban infrastructure programs in Karnataka: What do we learn?.- Risk allocation in concession agreements for PPP road projects in India.- Value of Travel Time Saved in Modal Shift from Bus to Metro Case Study: [NAME] (West) [NAME] Station.- Hidden Cost in Public Infrastructure Project: A Case Study of Kolkata East-West Metro.- Impact of Urban Policy Reform: A Case Study of the Informal Sector in Solid Waste Management in Delhi.- Estimating economic costs of municipal solid waste management.- A study of small and micro enterprise regulatory impediments in Fiji.- Trends of land-use change in India.- Exploring the relationship between urban form and residential energy use in Bandung, Indonesia.- Urbanization and the Environment: An Asian Perspective. | This work focuses on urban governance in the developing world, its aim being to bring a holistic perspective to the debate on urban governance in Asia and around the globe. It has been divided into three sections: The first section is on rural interventions as they influence urbanization and its problems/solutions. The second focuses on urban governance, infrastructure programs, service delivery reforms and their evaluation. The third and final section focuses on urbanization and the environment.In the first section, we present evaluations of India’s rural programs including the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA), and of India’s Total Sanitation Campaign. This section covers the transition from rural to urban areas, and highlights coping mechanisms in urban areas and policy implications for urban governance, from the viewpoint of rural migrants.The section on urban governance, infrastructure and service delivery is the most in-depth and consists of papers that present state-of-the-art research on many aspects of infrastructure such as cost and time overruns, risks and their mitigation, assessments of the metro rail, and services such as solid waste management.The focus of the final section is on urbanization and the environment. Here we examine land use change in India, the relationship between urban form and residential energy use in Bandung, Indonesia, and end by depicting a cautiously optimistic view of Asia’s urbanization-environment nexus. | <p>Deals with urban governance, infrastructure, public service delivery and the environment in Asia</p><p>Presents state-of-the-art research on urbanization issues in Asia</p><p>Brings a holistic perspective to the debate on urban governance in Asia, by taking into account rural interventions, along with urban adaptations, programs and infrastructure, as well as the impact of urbanization on the environment</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1559-2 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Flexible Enterprise |  | Flexible Systems Management |  | 1 | 2014 | 355 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 355 p. 91 illus., 69 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23075 | Organization/Planning | KJU | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I Enterprise and Strategic Flexibility.- Chapter 1: The Concept of Flexible Enterprise.- Chapter 2: Creating Enterprise Flexibility through Service Oriented Architecture.- Chapter 3: Defining Strategic Flexibility.- Chapter 4: Flexible Strategy Framework for Managing Continuity and Change in E-government.- Chapter 5: Government [NAME]   in Managing Competition through Flexibility in Telecom Industry of India: A Policy Perspective.- Chapter 6: Theoretical Roots of Flexible Strategy Game-card: An Evolving Strategic Performance Management Framework.- Part II: Organizational Flexibility.- Chapter 7: Architecting Flexible Organizations.- Chapter 8: Towards Understanding the Effects of Outsourcing on the Flexibility Dynamic of System of Systems.- Chapter 9: Creating Order out of [NAME] through Intuitive Flexibility.- Chapter 10: Framework for Utilization of Global Resources for Knowledge Creation and Application through Flexible Organizations.- Chapter 11: Flexibility, Controllability and Risk Measurement Metrics in Changing Pattern of Business Environment.- Part III: Business Process and Information Systems Flexibility.- Chapter 12: On How Agile Systems Gracefully Migrate Across Next-Generation Life Cycle Boundaries.- Chapter 13: In Pursuit of Workflow Breakthroughs Using Just Enough Process Management.- Chapter 14: Developing Flexible Business Process Management Systems Using Modular Computing Technologies.- Chapter 15: Rapid Deployment Approach through Flexible System Design: Breakthrough in Technology Innovation and Process Optimization for eClinical Trials.- Chapter 16: Information Systems Flexibility in Organizations: Conceptual Models and Research Issues.- Part IV: Operations Flexibility.- Chapter 17: Flexibility via Virtual Cellular System for Variability.- Chapter 18: Role of Manpower Flexibility in Lean Manufacturing.- Chapter 19: Supply Chain Flexibility: Some Perceptions.- Chapter 20: Marketing Flexibilities: Lessons from the Corporate. | The need for enterprise flexibility in an era of rapidly advancing technology, increasing competition, and globalization, is apparent. Flexibility can be thought of as an ability of the enterprise to quickly and efficiently respond to market changes and to bring new products and services quickly to the market place. Beyond this definition, a truly flexible enterprise should proactively change the market through its ability to create new and innovative products and services. The proposed book is intended to provide a conceptual framework of ‘Flexible Enterprise’ supported by researches/case applications in various types of flexibilities exhibited by a flexible enterprise. The selected papers from a variety of issues concerning the planning and operation of a flexible enterprise are organized into following four parts:I Enterprise and Strategic FlexibilityII Organizational FlexibilityIII Business Process and Information Systems FlexibilityIV Operations Flexibility | <p>First comprehensive collection of research works on the concept of enterprise flexibility</p><p>Provides conceptualization of various types of flexibility at one place</p>Contains literature reviews, case studies and empirical studies on different facets of Flexible Enterprise | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-4-431-54579-8 | Economics/Management Science | Takemura | [NAME] | Behavioral Decision Theory | Psychological and Mathematical Descriptions of Human Choice Behavior |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 210 p. 34 illus. | 0 | approx. | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | [NAME] | Game Theory/Mathematical Methods | PBUD | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer Japan | Planned | 2013-11-17 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface I. Behavioral Decision Theory and the Idea of It. Chapter 1 Decision-making Phenomenon and Behavioral Decision Theory: 1. What is decision-making? 2. Structure of preference relations and decision-making problems. 3. Decision-making and uncertainty. 4. Approaches to decision-making research and behavioral decision theory Column II. Preference [NAME] and Description of the Phenomenon. Chapter 2 Ordinal Utility and Preference Reversal Phenomenon: 1. What is utility? 2. Does a weak order empirically hold? 3. Preference reversal phenomenon. Chapter 3 Causes of the Preference Reversal Phenomenon: 1. Summary of the preference reversal phenomenon. 2. Explanation based on regret theory that assumes non-transitivity. 3. Explanation based on a 'deviation from procedural invariance' that does not assume non-transitivity. Chapter 4 Psychology of Preference Reversals and Prominence Hypothesis: 1. Prominence hypothesis and preference reversal phenomenon. 2. Contingent weighting model. 3. Verification experiments for the contingent weighting model. 4. How to interpret a deviation from procedural invariance: The scale compatibility principle III. Expected Utility Theory and Its Counterexamples. Chapter 5 Expected Utility Theory and Psychology: 1. The idea of the St. Petersburg paradox and expected utility. 2. Relevance between Fechner’s psychophysics and logarithmic utility function. 3. Possible psychophysical laws and utility function. 4. Study of the measurement of utility based on the expected utility theory. Chapter 6 Axioms and [NAME] Utility Theory:1. Decision making under risk and premises of expected utility theory. 2. Axiomatic system of expected utility theory. 3. Counterexamples of expected utility theory IV. Decision Making and Prospect Theory. Chapter 7. Preference Paradox and Nonlinear Expected Utility Theory1. Relations between independence axiom and paradoxes2. Non-additive probability and nonlinear utility [NAME]. Basic assumptions of prospect theoryChapter 8. Prospect Theory and Decision Making Phenomena1. Empirical research on value function and reflection effect2. Empirical research on value function and loss aversion3. Empirical research on probability weighting function4. Cumulative prospect theory5. Experiments on cumulative prospect theoryV. Framing Effect and Descriptions of It Chapter 9. Framing Effect of Decision Making1. What type of phenomenon is the framing effect?2. Why can utility theory not explain the framing effect?3. Framing effect in social life4. Framing effect and mental accounting5. Robustness of the framing effect Chapter 10. Theories Used to Explain the Framing Effect1. Using prospect theory to explain the framing effect2. Problems of prospect [NAME]. Basic assumptions of the contingent focus model as an alternative explanation4. Mathematical expressions of contingent focus [NAME]. Verification experiment of the contingent focus modelVI. Decision-Making Process and Its Theory Chapter 11. Decision-Making Process1. Multi-attribute decision-making and information search2. Various decision strategies3. Categories of decision strategies4. How to identify decision [NAME]. Task dependence of decision strategies6. Emotions and decision strategies7. Justification of decisions and process after decision making Chapter 12. Behavioral Decision Theories that Explain Decision-making processes1. Dominance structure search model2. Adaptive decision-maker model3. Metacognitive mechanism [NAME]. Behavioral decision theory and neuroeconomics5. Future of behavioral decision theory6. Future philosophical issues concerning behavioral decision theory Subjective IndexAuthor Index | This book provides an overview of behavioral decision theory and related research findings. In brief, behavioral decision theory is a general term for descriptive theories to explain the psychological knowledge related to decision-making behavior. It is called a theory, but actually it is a combination of various psychological theories, for which no axiomatic systems, such as the utility theory widely used in economics, have been established; it is often limited to qualitative knowledge. However, as suggested in the studies of [NAME], who won the Nobel Prize for Economics in 1978, and [NAME], who won the prize in 2002, the psychological methodology and knowledge of behavioral decision theory have been applied widely in such fields as economics, business administration, and engineering, and are expected to become more useful in the future. This book explains various behavioral decision theories related to decision-making processes. Numerous models have been proposed to explain the psychological processes related to such a selection of decision strategies, and this book also introduces some new models that are useful to explain decision-making processes. The book concludes with speculation about the future of modern behavioral decision theories while referring to their relation to fields associated with neuroscience, such as neuroeconomics, that have been developed in recent years. In addition, each chapter includes a bibliography that can be referred to when studying more details related to behavioral decision theory. Reading this book requires no advanced expertise; nonetheless, an introductory knowledge of psychology, business administration, and economics, and approximately a high school graduate’s level of mathematics should facilitate the reader’s comprehension of the content. | <p>Presents the conceptual and mathematical framework of decision-making processes and explains how decision making can be better understood and explained</p><p>Provides a re-interpretation of existing theories and proposes a new overview of decision behaviors by integrating mathematical and psychological perspectives</p><p>Introduces a new behavioral decision theory that differs substantially from the theoretical system proposed by [NAME] and [NAME] Tversky</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02224-6 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | The Internal Structure of U. S. Consumption Expenditures |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 200 | Hard cover | Book | X, 200 p. 30 illus., 29 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12006 | Economics general | KC | SCW12030 | Economic Growth | KCG | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Preface.- A Different Way of Looking at Consumption Behavior.- Stability of The Internal Structure of Consumption Expenditures.- Stability of The Internal Structure of Consumption Expenditure II: Interpretation and Further Analyses.- Effects of A Change In Expenditures For One Good on Expenditures of Other Goods.- Background, Interpretation, and Speculation.- A Brief Look at Intra-Budget Coefficients by Quintiles of Consumption Expenditure.- Estimation of Price Elasticities With Data From The BLS Consumer Expenditure Surveys.- Summary, Conclusions, and Final Exercises.- Appendix 1 Data and Definitions.- Appendix 2 Distributions of Residuals and Differences In Expenditure and Budget-Share Coefficients.- Appendix 3 Data Used in Chapter 7.- References.- Index.​ | Usually, when we consider the information that is given in a household budget survey, we do so in terms of expenditures for different goods and services and how these relate to income, prices, and socio demographic factors such as age, family size, and education. Allocation of expenditures amongst different categories of consumption is seen as being determined by tastes and preferences acting in conjunction with a constraint imposed by prices and income. The parameters thus obtained are obviously useful in analyzing the impact on consumption resulting from changes in income and prices (should the latter be available), but income and price elasticities, in themselves, say little about the internal structure of consumption spending. How expenditures for housing, transportation, and personal care to pick three standard categories of consumption spending – are related to expenditures for food, for example, has never been a direct focus of empirical study. This book focuses on these relationships and provides insight into consumer behavior that complements and goes beyond that given by conventional price and income elasticities, making it of interest to students as well as economists in both government and academia concerned with consumer behavior. | <p>​Investigates consumer behavior beyond the conventional price and income elasticities</p><p>Provides in-depth statistical analysis of consumer spending and behavior</p><p>Examines the US allocation of expenditures amongst different categories of consumption​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-01398-5 | Economics/Management Science | Thomopoulos | [NAME] | Assembly Line Planning and Control |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 145 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 145 p. 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Assembly Systems.- Some Fundamentals.- Preliminary Planning.- Inventory Replenishments.- Single Model Assembly.- [NAME]-Stock Assembly.- [NAME]-Order Assembly.- Postponement Assembly.- One Station Assembly.- Similarity Index.- Learning Curves. | ​Assembly Line Planning and Control describes the basic fundamentals of assembly lines for single model lines, mixed model make-to-stock lines, mixed model make-to-order lines and for one-station assembly. The book shows how to select the quantity of units to schedule for a shift duration, compute the number of operators needed on a line, set the conveyor speed, coordinate the main line with sub-assembly lines, assign the work elements to the operators on the line, sequence the models down the line, sequence the jobs down the line, calculate the part and component requirements for a line and for each station, determine the replenish needs of the parts and components from the suppliers, compute the similarity between the models being produced and show applications, use learning curves to estimate time and costs of assembly, and measure the efficiency of the line. The material is timeless and the book will never become obsolete. The author presents solutions with easy-to-understand numerical examples that can be applied to real-life [NAME] | <p>​Concise monograph brings field completely up to date</p><p>Covers all the fundamentals of the subject</p><p>Author is among the most prominent names in the field​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02065-5 | Economics/Management Science | Tiwari | [NAME]; [NAME] | Aiming Big with Small Cars | Emergence of a Lead Market in India | India Studies in Business and Economics |  | 1 | 2014 | 234 | Hard cover | Book | X, 234 p. 78 illus., 42 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23121 | Innovation/Technology Management | [NAME] | SCW23180 | Emerging Markets/Globalization | KJSM | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1.Setting the Scene: The Changing Innovation Landscape.- 2.Developing Countries and Innovation: Innovation Opportunities Spread Globally.- 3.Exploring Opportunities for Global Innovation: Contribution of the Lead Market Strategy.- 4.Growing Demand for Affordable Solutions: India as an Emerging Hub for Frugal Designs.- 5.Need for a Rethink: Challenging the Conventional Wisdom on Innovation Strategies.- 6.Investigating India’s Small Car Industry: Emergence of a Lead Market for Frugal Designs.- 7.Profile of India’s Automobile Industry.- 8.Role of Small Cars in India’s Passenger Car Segment.- 9.Shaping the Context.- 10.Conclusions. | This book focuses on the small car segment of India's automotive industry to explain the emergence of lead markets. The authors contend that the current understanding of lead markets does not sufficiently explain the business practices that are born out of the intensified globalization of innovation. Lead markets are considered crucial for the global diffusion of new products and this book investigates whether sustainable lead markets can also emerge in developing economies, and if so, under which conditions. The authors question the conventional wisdom and propose updates and extensions to the lead market theory to better reflect the changing ground realities on ground. | <p>Critical analysis of today’s dominant logic and extension of lead market paradigm</p><p>Delivers new assessment tools for identifying emerging lead markets</p><p>Explores opportunities for frugal innovations and their constituent characteristics</p><p>Detailed analysis of a sunrise industry in India​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-01170-7 | Economics/Management Science | Tsionas | [NAME] | The Euro and International Financial Stability |  | Financial and Monetary Policy Studies | 37 | 1 | 2014 | 295 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 295 p. 5 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW1212X | Macroeconomics/Monetary Economics | KCB | SCW12162 | Public Finance & Economics | KFFD | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Introduction.- 2 What Went Wrong With the Euro?.- 3 Public Debt: Introductory Remarks.- 4 Was the Eurozone an Acceptable Currency Union?.- 5 Preconditions of a Monetary Union.- 6 What Was the Theory Behind the Formation of EMU?.- 7 Will the Eurozone Dissolve Into Its Constituents?.- 8 Can There Be an Efficient Dissolution of a Monetary Union?.- 9 Complete Fiscal Freedom in the Transition Period?.- 10 Understanding Crises and Recessions.- 11 [NAME] to a Dissolution of the Euro?.- 12 On the Destabilizing Effects of Bailouts.- 13 On Sound Money and Credit Conditions.- 14 The Case of Free Banking.- 15 The Explosion of Public Debts.- 16 The Current Policies of the ECB.- 17 Some Remarks on the Greek Problem.- 18 Can There Be Stable Currencies After the Euro?.- 19 The Gold Standard and Free Banking.- 20 An Unexpected Supporter of the Gold Standard.- 21 Fundamental Problems of the Eurozone.- 22 Stability and the Eurozone.- 23 Conditions for Genuine Financial and Monetary Stability.- 24 International Financial Stability.- 25 On Monetary Policies.- 26 A New Fiscal Policy?.- 27 The 'Price Puzzle'.- 28 Re-Distributional Effects of Austerity Measures.- 29 Further Remarks on International Financial Stability.- 30 The Accommodation of Public Debt by Commercial Banks.- 31 The Consequence of the Market's Responses.- 32 Is Eurozone Effectively a Socialist Commonwealth?.- 33 Banking Efficiency.- 34 Banking and Regulation.- 35 Policy and Institutional Change in Southern Europe.- 36 Was the Euro a Bad or a Good Idea?.- 37 The Role of the Rate of Profit.- 38 International Industrial Structure.- 39 Capital Structure and Financial Stability.- 40 International Empirical Evidence on the ABC's of Recessions. | As a result of the financial crisis, the weaknesses of the Eurozone, including the public debt crisis, materialized in severe depressions in certain of its country members. In this monograph, the author analyzes structural weaknesses of the Eurozone and argues that they can be traced to (i) institutional differences, (ii) differences in the economic structures, (iii) the fundamental inability of European Bureaucracy to deal with crises, and (iv) the extreme rigidity of markets which prevents a general equilibrium in product and credit markets. He concludes that whether the Eurozone is sustainable, depends on future monetary and credit policies, and discusses the implications of reforming it in the best interest of the international banking and financial system. The recent policies of the ECB of “cheap” credit expansion are examined in detail. The approach of the work is along the lines of von Mises’ and [NAME] Austrian tradition; additionally, substantive international empirical evidence supporting this Austrian approach is presented. | <p>​Analysis of international financial stability in the context of Austrian economics</p><p>Examines the future of the Euro and the European Union</p><p>Introduction to the Austrian economists’ way of thinking ([NAME] and von Mises)</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-39752-3 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME] | Dynamic Governance of Energy Technology Change | [NAME] transitions towards sustainability | Sustainability and Innovation |  | 1 | 2014 | 250 | Hard cover | Book | X, 250 p. 60 illus., 12 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12170 | R & D/Technology Policy | [NAME] | SC112000 | Energy Policy, Economics and Management | TH | Business/Economics | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1 Introduction.- Part I: Theory and Methods.- Part II: Fields of Analysis: Clean Personal Road Transportation and Energy- Efficient Housing.- Part III: Research and Policy Implications: Mastering the Challenges of Socio-Technical Transitions in Theory and Practice. | Formulating effective responses to the global challenges of mitigating climate change and securing a sustainable energy future requires a clear understanding of the interdependent causalities between institutions, local decision making, strategic alliances and eco-innovations, as well as policies. It has been acknowledged that the linear “Manhattan project” model is not an adequate governance model for mastering the dynamic complexity of socio-technical transitions; therefore this book aims at advancing research on systematic transition management models. It offers qualitative and quantitative analyses of socio-technical transitions in road transportation and housing, bringing together tailored theorizing on sustainability transitions and applied system dynamics modeling. It highlights the interconnected causal feedbacks that are required to overcome the lock-in situation in road transportation and housing fueled by fossil energies. Showing which concerted actions and framework conditions are required in the transition phases in order to initiate and sustain socio-technical transition, it serves as a guide to model-based strategy making, policy design and analyses in support of sustainable futures. | <p>The book assists policy makers in long term policy making and helps them to overcome policy resistance</p><p>It informs entrepreneurial decision makers of promising technology substitution pathways for meeting policy targets on time</p><p>The book reflects on analytical methods of transition mapping and modeling that help to advance the expertise of researchers in the field</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-39622-9 | Economics/Management Science | Vanderbroeck | [NAME] | Leadership Strategies for Women | Lessons from Four Queens on Leadership and Career Development | Management for Professionals |  | 1 | 2014 | 115 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 115 p. 20 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23040 | Management/Business for Professionals | KJM | SCW23150 | Business Strategy/Leadership | KJC | Management / Business for Professionals | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- I Cleopatra VII: Leveraging Difference.- II Isabella of Spain: A woman With Visions.- III Elizabeth I of England: Managing a Team of Men.- IV Catherine the Great: Leading Strategic Growth.- V Four Queens: Lessons in Career Development.- VI Four Queens: Lessons in Leadership. | How do women leaders make it to the top of an organization? How can women stay at the top when most of their colleagues are men? What should women do to exercise leadership well? This book tells the stories of four powerful women who knew the answers to these three questions. Therefore, this book also explicitly identifies the key factors in these leaders’ career success, and it elucidates the competencies that enabled the women to exercise leadership effectively. The four success stories offer women who already serve in leadership roles and those who aspire to become great leaders both inspiration and practical lessons that can be applied to real-world challenges. | <p>A fresh and unique perspective on the topic of women leadership and careers </p><p>Do’s and don’ts on how to progress your career and be successful as a woman in a man’s world </p><p>Real examples of successful women leaders that can inspire both current and future women leaders​</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-40437-5 | Economics/Management Science | Vanhoucke | [NAME] | Project Management with Dynamic Scheduling | [NAME], Risk Analysis and Project Control |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 310 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 310 p. 122 illus., 59 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCW23075 | Organization/Planning | KJU | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- I Scheduling without resources.- II Scheduling with resources.- III Project control.- IV Scheduling with software.- V Conclusions.- Index. | The topic of this book is known as dynamic scheduling, and is used to refer to three dimensions of project management and scheduling: the construction of a baseline schedule and the analysis of a project schedule’s risk as preparation of the project control phase during project progress. This dynamic scheduling point of view implicitly assumes that the usability of a project’s baseline schedule is rather limited and only acts as a point of reference in the project life cycle. Consequently, a project schedule should especially be considered as nothing more than a predictive model that can be used for resource efficiency calculations, time and cost risk analyses, project tracking and performance measurement, and so on.In this book, the three dimensions of dynamic scheduling are highlighted in detail and are based on and inspired by a combination of academic research studies at Ghent University (www.ugent.be), in-company trainings at Vlerick Business School (www.vlerick.com) and consultancy projects at OR-AS (www.or-as.be). First, the construction of a project baseline schedule is a central theme throughout the various chapters of the book, and is discussed from a complexity point of view with and without the presence of project resources. Second, the creation of an awareness of the weak parts in a baseline schedule is discussed at the end of the two baseline scheduling parts as schedule risk analysis techniques that can be applied on top of the baseline schedule. Third, the baseline schedule and its risk analyses can be used as guidelines during the project control step where actual deviations can be corrected within the margins of the project’s time and cost reserves.The second edition of this book has seen corrections, additions and amendments in detail throughout the book. Moreover Chapter 15 on 'Dynamic Scheduling with ProTrack' has been completely rewritten and extended with a section on 'ProTrack as a research tool'. | <p>Overview of project scheduling principles available in literature</p><p>Integration of scheduling, risk and control</p><p>Use of software stimulated (students version available)</p><p>Topics based on many research projects and real-life projects</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-39714-1 | Economics/Management Science | vom Brocke | Jan vom Brocke; [NAME] | Enterprise Content Management in Information Systems Research | Foundations, Methods and Cases | Progress in IS |  | 1 | 2014 | 296 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 296 p. 36 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW26007 | Business Information Systems | KJQ | SCI18040 | Information Systems Applications (incl. Internet) | UNH | Management / Business for Professionals | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part A: Foundation and Trends.- Part B: Methods and Tools.- Part C: Examples and Cases. | This book collects ECM research from the academic discipline of Information Systems and related fields to support academics and practitioners who are interested in understanding the design, use and impact of ECM systems. It also provides a valuable resource for students and lecturers in the field.“Enterprise content management in Information Systems research – Foundations, methods and cases” consolidates our current knowledge on how today’s organizations can manage their digital information assets. The business challenges related to organizational information management include reducing search times, maintaining information quality, and complying with reporting obligations and standards. Many of these challenges are well-known in information management, but because of the vast quantities of information being generated today, they are more difficult to deal with than ever. Many companies use the term “enterprise content management” (ECM) to refer to the management of all forms of information, especially unstructured information. While ECM systems promise to increase and maintain information quality, to streamline content-related business processes, and to track the lifecycle of information, their implementation poses several questions and challenges: Which content objects should be put under the control of the ECM system? Which processes are affected by the implementation? How should outdated technology be replaced? Research is challenged to support practitioners in answering these questions. | <p>Provides a research perspective on ECM that is oriented towards bridging the gap between ECM research and practice</p><p>Takes a holistic view of ECM research, covering the foundations and methods of ECM implementation and offering sample applications</p><p>Connects technological and managerial research on ECM, involving not only technologies, but also strategies, methods, and processes</p><p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-40611-9 | Economics/Management Science | Wang | [NAME] | Poverty Alleviation Investment and Private Economy in China | An Exploration of The Guangcai Programme |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 160 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 160 p. 8 illus. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23200 | Non-Profit Enterprises/Corporate Social Responsibility | KJVX | SCW23121 | Innovation/Technology Management | [NAME] | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Chapter I: The Development of the Guangcai Programme.- Chapter II: The Development of the Guangcai Programme.- Chapter III：Theoretical Structure of the Guangcai Programme.- Chapter IV：The Guangcai Programme and the Poverty Alleviation Mechanism of NGOs.- Chapter V：The Guangcai Programme and the Transformation of China's Poverty Alleviation.- Chapter VI：The Guangcai Programme and Transformation of Poverty-Alleviation Model.​ | This book explores the mechanisms and significance of China’s private economy participating in poverty alleviation. By basing its analysis on theories of development economics and public economics, the book stresses practical significance and abandons unreasonable assumptions. It uses a systematic set of statistical analysis tools and descriptive statistics to provide a multidimensional and highly visual format. Beyond the traditional qualitative comparison of countries, it also introduces quantitative comparison. Considering the increasing concern and curiosity about China’s booming economy and rising private sector, the book is highly topical, offering readers theoretical insights into China’s poverty alleviation mechanisms and essential information on the role played by the private economy in social and economic development.​ | <p>The first book to take the "Guangcai Model" as the point of departure for analyzing the participation mechanisms of the private sector in Chinese poverty alleviation</p><p>Cutting-edge concept and innovative approach to the poverty alleviation mechanisms of Chinese NGOs from a theoretical perspective</p><p>Employs systematic analytical tools and is supported by economic theories, guaranteeing accurate results and a visually clear format ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-1-4614-9049-4 | Economics/Management Science | Washburn | [NAME] | Two-Person Zero-Sum Games |  | International Series in Operations Research & Management Science | 201 | 4 | 2014 | 194 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XII, 194 p. 56 illus., 8 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23067 | Operation Research/Decision Theory | KJT | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer US | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Single Person Background.- Maxmin Versus Minmax.- Matrix Games.- [NAME] (Multistage) Games.- Games with a [NAME] of Strategies.- Blotto Games.- Network Interdiction.- Search Games.- Miscellaneous Games. | Two-person zero-sum game theory deals with situations that are perfectly competitive—there are exactly two decision makers for whom there is no possibility of cooperation or compromise. It is the most fundamental part of game theory, and the part most commonly applied. There are diverse applications to military battles, sports, parlor games, economics and politics. The theory was born in World War II, and has by now matured into a significant and tractable body of knowledge about competitive decision making. The advent of modern, powerful computers has enabled the solution of many games that were once beyond computational reach.Two-Person Zero-Sum Games, [NAME]. offers an up-to-date introduction to the subject, especially its computational aspects. Any finite game can be solved by the brute force method of enumerating all possible strategies and then applying linear programming. The trouble is that many interesting games have far too many strategies to enumerate, even with the aid of computers. After introducing ideas, terminology, and the brute force method in the initial chapters, the rest of the book is devoted to classes of games that can be solved without enumerating every strategy. Numerous examples are given, as well as an extensive set of exercises. Many of the exercises are keyed to sheets of an included Excel workbook that can be freely downloaded from the SpringerExtras website. This new edition can be used as either a reference book or as a textbook. | <p>Updated 4th Edition that is devoted entirely to TPZS games </p><p>Explains how to solve interesting types of two-person zero-sum games that have a large number of strategies available to the adversaries </p><p>Includes chapter exercises and a downloadable Excel workbook that utilizes Excel’s built-in Solver​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02071-6 | Economics/Management Science | Weresa | [NAME] | Innovation, Human Capital and Trade Competitiveness | How Are They Connected and Why Do They Matter? | Innovation, Technology, and Knowledge Management |  | 1 | 2014 | 539 | Hard cover | Book | I, 539 p. 129 illus. | 0 | final | 129.99 | 129.99 | 139.09 | 142.99 | 117 | 173.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12049 | Economic Policy | KCP | SCW12189 | Regional/Spatial Science | KCP | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Part I Human Capital and Innovations vs. Competitive Advantages in Foreign Trade.- Chapter 1 Theoretical Grounds of the Development of Long-Term Competitive Advantages in International Trade.- Chapter 2 Human Capital and Innovation: Basic Concepts, Measures and Interdependencies.- Chapter 3 Concept of National Innovation System and International Competitiveness: Theoretical Approach.- Chapter 4 Innovations and Human Capital as Determinants of the Competitiveness of Nations in International Trade: the Model Approach.- Part II Changes in Competitive Advantages in Foreign Trade and National Innovation System Development: Comparing Countries in Europe, North America and Asia.- Chapter 5 International Competitiveness of Countries with Dynamic Innovation Systems.- Chapter 6 International Competitiveness of Countries with Performing Innovation Systems.- Chapter 7 International Competitiveness of Countries with Catching up Innovation Systems.- Chapter 8 International Competitiveness of Countries with Unbalanced Innovation Systems.- Summary and Conclusions Regarding Economic Policies Supporting Medium- and Long-Term Competitive Position of Domestic Goods on Foreign Markets. ​ | This work focuses on researching and establishing the importance of human capital and innovation as determinants of competitive advantages in international trade—in the context of rapidly evolving technological advancement, globalization, and economic integration. The processes that accompany the shift from industrial economics to a knowledge-based economy are currently the object of interest of both scientists, politicians, investors and entrepreneurs. In many countries, the traditional sources of socioeconomic development, such as low labor costs, availability of inexpensive raw materials, and favorable geographic location are waning. These economies are searching for new sources of competitive advantage that will allow for maintaining growth, among other things by boosting participation in international trade.The book explores non-traditional drivers of competitiveness in both theory and practice. First, chapters 1 through 4 present theoretical and methodological aspects of the relationships among international trade, human capital and innovation. Here the authors address the controversy associated with the concept of competitiveness itself and its measurement, while paying special attention to the political development of comparative advantages related to international trade. The second part of the monograph, chapters 5 through 8, is of empirical nature. This section contains case studies of selected countries that represent models of various national innovation systems. Finally, the theoretical and practical aspects are integrated, allowing policymakers and financial and business leaders to consider how their decisions can influence their countries’ competitive positions through their investments in innovation and human capital. | <p>Explores the interface between innovation, human capital and competitive advantages in international trade</p><p>Integrates theory, policy, and practice</p><p>Features 12 in-depth country case studies from Europe, Asia, and the Americas     ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11647 | Engineering
 | 978-3-642-40373-6 | Economics/Management Science | Wernz | Johannes Wernz | Bank Management and Control | Strategy, Capital and Risk Management | Management for Professionals |  | 1 | 2014 | 120 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 120 p. 35 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | SCM13062 | Quantitative Finance | KF | Management / Business for Professionals | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Outline.- 2 Bank Management and Steering.- 3 Banks in their Regulatory and Economic Environment.- 4 Risk Modeling and Capital - Credit Risk (Loans).- 5 Risk Modeling and Capital - Counterparty Credit Risk (EPE).- 6 Risk Modeling and Capital - Credit Risk (Securitizations).- 7 Risk Modeling and Capital - Market Risk.- 8 Risk Modeling and Capital - Operational Risk.- 9 Risk Modeling - Asset Liability Management (ALM).- 10 Appendix: A-IRB Formulas for the Derivation of Risk-Weighted Assets.- 11 Appendix: Credit Portfolio Modeling.- 12 Appendix: Country Risk/Issuer Risk.- 13 Appendix: Settlement Risk ans Systemic Risk.- 14 Appendix: Historical Data. | Strategic planning, including the required quantitative methods, is an essential part of bank management and control. In this book capital, risk and yield are treated comprehensively and seamlessly. And a thorough introduction to the advanced methods of risk management for all sectors of banking is discussed. In addition, directly applicable concepts and data such as macroeconomic scenarios for strategic planning and stress testing as well as detailed scenarios for operational risk and advanced concepts for credit risk are presented in straightforward language. The book analyzes the effects of macroeconomic and regulatory developments such as the set of Basel III rules on planning, and it also presents and discusses the consequences for actively meeting these challenges, especially in terms of capital. A wealth of essential background information from practice, international observations and comparisons, along with numerous illustrative examples, make this book a useful resource for established and future professionals in bank management, risk/return management, controlling and accounting. | <p>​Provides a comprehensive view on Basel III, advanced methods, capital optimization </p><p>Explains in detail advanced methods within risk management </p><p>Describes macroeconomic scenarios for implementation</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-642-40748-2 | Economics/Management Science | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Gambling Dynamism | The Macao Miracle |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 202 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 202 p. 22 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99.99 | 99.99 | 106.99 | 109.99 | 90 | 133.5 | English | Economics/Management Science | SCW12006 | Economics general | KC | SCX22040 | Cultural Studies | JFC | Business/Economics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Preface.- Abbreviations and Acronyms.- Gambling and Society: A Theoretical Revisiting of the Issue.- Macao and Globalization: A Gambling Perspective.- The Return to Chinese Sovereignty: A Historical Turning Point.- Gambling Expansion and Economic Growth.- Gambling Expansion and Social Change.- Gambling Expansion and Political Development.- National/Regional Integration and Local Development.- The First Decade and the Road Ahead.- Chronology of Gambling Events in Macao.- Glossary. | Four years after the actual implementation of its casino deregulation policy, Macao has surpassed Las Vegas as the world’s top gambling destination in terms of annual turnover. Also, various recent surveys have put Macao at the very top of the list in terms of per capita GDP, as its economy grew shortly after the resumption of Chinese sovereignty. How could a tiny city without any natural resources on the southern coast of China have managed to achieve such a miraculous level of development? This book presents an unparalleled study of Macao’s economic dynamism and its gambling industry not only by merging historical and current developments, but also by presenting solid subjective and objective indicators and evidence. It offers an indispensable resource for students, researchers, and general readers looking to understand Macao’s gambling miracle. | <p>A ground-breaking analysis based on a series of longitudinal objective and subjective indicators, not seen in other books on Macao’s gambling industry </p><p>Socio-economic theories on casino gambling drawn not only from both the West and the East, with particular attention paid to Macao’s unique characteristics in the history of East-meets-West </p><p>Explores the potential as well as the possible pitfalls of Macao’s gambling-based economy</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-81-322-1598-1 | Mathematics | Adhikari | [NAME]; [NAME] | Basic Modern Algebra with Applications |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 545 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 545 p. 55 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | SCM11000 | Algebra | PBF | SCM11043 | [NAME] and [NAME] | PBF | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Prerequisites: Basics of Set Theory and Integers.- Groups: Introductory Concepts.- Actions of Groups, Topological Groups and semigroups.- Rings: Introductory Concepts.- Ideals of Rings: Introductory concepts.- Factorization in Integral [NAME] and in Polynomial Rings.- Rings with Chain Conditions.- Vector Spaces.- Modules.- Algebraic Aspects of Number Theory.- Algebraic Numbers.- Introduction to Mathematical Cryptography.- Appendix A: Some Aspects of Semirings.- Appendix B: Category Theory.- Appendix C: A Brief Historical Note. | The book is primarily intended as a textbook on modern algebra for undergraduate mathematics students. It is also useful for those who are interested in supplementary reading at a higher level. The text is designed in such a way that it encourages independent thinking and motivates students towards further study. The book covers all major topics in group, ring, vector space and module theory that are usually contained in a standard modern algebra text. In addition, it studies semigroup, group action, Hopf's group, topological groups and [NAME] groups with their actions, applications of ring theory to algebraic geometry, and defines Zariski topology, as well as applications of module theory to structure theory of rings and homological algebra. Algebraic aspects of classical number theory and algebraic number theory are also discussed with an eye to developing modern cryptography. Topics on applications to algebraic topology, category theory, algebraic geometry, algebraic number theory, cryptography and theoretical computer science interlink the subject with different areas. Each chapter discusses individual topics, starting from the basics, with the help of illustrative examples. This comprehensive text with a broad variety of concepts, applications, examples, exercises and historical notes represents a valuable and unique resource. | <p>Presents self-contained algebra text for independent study</p><p>Provides problem-solving techniques for better grasp of the topic</p><p>Discusses applications of algebra to number theory, primality testing, cryptography, geometry and topology​</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-01254-4 | Mathematics | Agarwal | [NAME]; Donal O’Regan; [NAME] | Constant-Sign Solutions of Systems of Integral Equations |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 648 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 648 p. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99 | 146.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12090 | Integral Equations | PBKL | [NAME] | Ordinary Differential Equations | PBKJ | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction and Preliminaries.- System of Fredholm Integral Equations: Existence of a Constant-Sign Solution.- System of Fredholm Integral Equations: Eigenvalues.- System of Fredholm Integral Equations: Triple Constant-Sign Solutions.- System of Fredholm Integral Equations: Existence of a Constant-Sign Lp Solution.- System of Fredholm Integral Equations: Semipositone and Singular Case.- Systems of Fredholm and Volterra Integral Equations: Integrable Singularities.- Systems of Higher Order Boundary Value Problems: Integrable Singularities.- System of Volterra Integral Equations: Integrable Singularities.- Systems of Fredholm and Volterra Integral Equations: the Singular Case.- System of Singular Fredholm Integral Equations.- System of Singular Integral Equations of [NAME] Type.- System Modeling the Spread of Interdependent Epidemics: Constant-Sign Periodic Solutions.- System of Hill’s Equations: Constant-Sign Periodic Solutions.- System of Integral Equations: Constant-Sign Periodic and Almost Periodic Solutions.- System of Fredholm Integral Equations: Solutions in Orlicz Spaces.- System of Volterra Integral Equations: Constant-Sign Solutions in Orlicz Spaces.- System of Urysohn Integral Equations: Existence of a Constant-Sign Solution.- System of Fredholm Integral Equations: Existence Results via Brezis-Browder Arguments.- System of Volterra Integral Equations: Existence Results via Brezis-Browder Arguments.- Bibliography.- Subject Index. | This monograph provides a complete and self-contained account of the theory, methods, and applications of constant-sign solutions of integral equations. In particular, the focus is on different systems of Volterra and Fredholm equations. The presentation is systematic and the material is broken down into several concise chapters. An introductory chapter covers the basic preliminaries. Throughout the book many examples are included to illustrate the theory. The book contains a wealth of results that are both deep and interesting.    This unique book will be welcomed by mathematicians working on integral equations, spectral theory, and on applications of fixed point theory and boundary value problems. | <p>Features numerous examples</p><p>Contains a wealth of new results</p><p>Fills a gap in the literature</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-02128-7 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | A textbook on Ordinary Differential Equations |  | UNITEXT | 73 | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 360 p. | 0 | approx. | 44.99 | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 40.99 | 60 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Ordinary Differential Equations | PBKJ | SCM12007 | Analysis | PBK | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-15 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 First order linear differential equations.- 2 Theory of first order differential equations.- 3 First order nonlinear differential equations.- 4 Existence and uniqueness for systems and higher order equations.- 5 Second Order Equations.- 6 Higher Order Linear Equations.- 7 Systems of First Order Equations.- 8 Qualitative analysis of 2×2 systems and nonlinear second order equations.- 9 Sturm Liouville eigenvalue theory.- 10 Solutions by infinite series and Bessel functions.- 11 Laplace transform.- 12 Stability Theory.- 13 Boundary Value problems.- [NAME] to Selected Exercises. | The book is a primer of the theory of Ordinary Differential Equations. Each chapter is completed by a broad set of exercises; the reader will also find a set of solutions of selected exercises. The book contains many interesting examples as well (like the equations for the electric circuits, the pendulum equation, the logistic equation, the [NAME]-Volterra system, and many other) which introduce the reader to some interesting aspects of the theory and its applications. The work is mainly addressed to students of Mathematics, Physics, Engineering, Statistics, Computer Sciences, with knowledge of Calculus and [NAME], and contains more advanced topics for further developments, such as (i) Laplace transform; (ii) Stability theory and (iii) existence of solutions to Boundary Value problems. | <p>Application to applied sciences</p><p>Rich of exercises with a set of selected solutions</p><p>Concise, rigorous, clear in analyzing the solutions</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8892-7 | Mathematics | Amster | Pablo Amster | Topological Methods in the Study of Boundary Value Problems |  | Universitext |  | 1 | 2014 | 250 | Soft cover | Book | X, 250 p. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 29.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM12007 | Analysis | PBK | [NAME] | Ordinary Differential Equations | PBKJ | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer US | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Introduction.- Shooting type methods.- The Banach Fixed Point Theorem.- Schauder’s Theorem and applications.- Topological degree: an introduction.- Applications.- Basic facts on metric and normed spaces.- Brief review of ODE’s.- Hints and Solutions to Selected Exercises. | This textbook is devoted to the study of some simple but representative nonlinear boundary value problems by topological methods. The approach is elementary, with only a few model ordinary differential equations and applications, chosen in such a way that the student may avoid most of the technical difficulties and focus on the application of topological methods. Only basic knowledge of general analysis is needed, making the book understandable to non-specialists. The main topics in the study of boundary value problems are present in this text, so readers with some experience in functional analysis or differential equations may also find some elements that complement and enrich their tools for solving nonlinear problems. In comparison with other texts in the field, this one has the advantage of a concise and informal style, thus allowing graduate and undergraduate students to enjoy some of the beauties of this interesting branch of mathematics. Exercises and examples are included throughout the book, providing motivation for the reader. | <p>Some simple but representative problems in nonlinear analysis are [NAME]>Only basic knowledge of main topics in general analysis is needed, making the book easy-to-understand for non-specialists too</p><p>Concise and informal style, thus allowing also undergraduate students to enjoy some of the beauties of this interesting field of Mathematics</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4471-5495-2 | Mathematics | Audin | [NAME]; [NAME] | Morse Theory and Floer Homology |  | Universitext |  | 1 | 2014 | 574 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 574 p. 114 illus. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 49.99 | 93.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM21006 | Geometry | PBM | SCM21022 | Differential Geometry | PBMP | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Distribution rights for France: EDP Sciences, Les Ulis Cedex A, France | Introduction to Part I.- Morse Functions.- Pseudo-Gradients.- The [NAME] Complex.- [NAME], Applications.- Introduction to Part II.- What You Need To Know About Symplectic Geometry.- The Arnold Conjecture and the Floer Equation.- The Maslov Index.- Linearization and Transversality.- Spaces of Trajectories.- From Floer To Morse.- [NAME]: Invariance.- Elliptic Regularity.- Technical Lemmas.- Exercises for the Second Part.- Appendices: What You Need to Know to Read This Book. | This book is an introduction to modern methods of symplectic topology. It is devoted to explaining the solution of an important problem originating from classical mechanics: the '[NAME] conjecture', which asserts that the number of 1-periodic trajectories of a non-degenerate Hamiltonian system is bounded below by the dimension of the homology of the underlying manifold.The first part is a thorough introduction to [NAME] theory, a fundamental tool of differential topology. It defines the [NAME] complex and the [NAME] homology, and develops some of their applications.Morse homology also serves a simple model for Floer homology, which is covered in the second part. Floer homology is an infinite-dimensional analogue of Morse homology. Its involvement has been crucial in the recent achievements in symplectic geometry and in particular in the proof of the [NAME] conjecture. The building blocks of Floer homology are more intricate and imply the use of more sophisticated analytical methods, all of which are explained in this second part.The three appendices present a few prerequisites in differential geometry, algebraic topology and analysis.The book originated in a graduate course given at Strasbourg University, and contains a large range of figures and exercises. Morse Theory and Floer Homology will be particularly helpful for graduate and postgraduate students. | <p>Translation of the popular French textbook</p><p>Provides a unified presentation of Morse theory and Floer homology that is unique in the English language</p><p>Explains all the required background on symplectic geometry, differential geometry, algebraic topology and analysis</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-00890-5 | Mathematics | Bellout | [NAME]; [NAME] | Incompressible Bipolar and Non-Newtonian Viscous Fluid Flow |  | Advances in Mathematical Fluid Mechanics |  | 1 | 2014 | 538 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 538 p. 16 illus. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99 | 146.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Mathematical Physics | PHU | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Acknowledgements.- I Incompressible Multipolar Fluid Dynamics.- II Plane Poiseuille Flow of Incompressible Bipolar Viscous Fluids.- III Incompressible Bipolar Fluid Dynamics: Examples of Other Flows and Geometries.- IV General [NAME] and Uniqueness Theorems for Incompressible Bipolar and non-Newtonian Fluid Flow.- V Attractors for Incompressible Bipolar and non-Newtonian Flows: Bounded Domains and Space Periodic Problems.- VI Inertial Manifolds, Orbit Squeezing, and Attractors for Bipolar Flow in Unbounded Channels.- A.I Notation, Definitions, and Results from Analysis.- A.II Estimates Involving the Rate of Deformation Tensor.- A.III The Spectral Gap Condition.- Bibliography.- Index.​ | The theory of incompressible multipolar viscous fluids is a non-Newtonian model of fluid flow, which incorporates nonlinear viscosity, as well as higher order velocity gradients, and is based on scientific first principles. The Navier-Stokes model of fluid flow is based on the Stokes hypothesis, which a priori simplifies and restricts the relationship between the stress tensor and the velocity. By relaxing the constraints of the Stokes hypothesis, the mathematical theory of multipolar viscous fluids generalizes the standard Navier-Stokes model. The rigorous theory of multipolar viscous fluids  is compatible with all known thermodynamical processes and the principle of material frame indifference; this is in contrast with the formulation of most non-Newtonian fluid flow models which result from ad hoc assumptions about the relation between the stress tensor and the velocity. The higher-order boundary conditions, which must be formulated for multipolar viscous flow problems, are a rigorous consequence of the principle of virtual work; this is in stark contrast to the approach employed by authors who have studied the regularizing effects of adding artificial viscosity, in the form of higher order spatial derivatives, to the Navier-Stokes model.   A number of research groups, primarily in the United States, Germany, Eastern Europe, and China, have explored the consequences of multipolar viscous fluid models; these efforts, and those of the authors, which are described in this book, have focused on the solution of problems in the context of specific geometries, on the existence of weak and classical solutions, and on dynamical systems aspects of the theory.  <br />This volume will be a valuable resource for mathematicians interested in solutions to systems of nonlinear partial differential equations, as well as to applied mathematicians, fluid dynamicists, and mechanical engineers with an interest in the problems of fluid mechanics. | <p>Exceptionally well-written and strong presentation of the case for bipolar fluids </p><p>Provides a comprehensive and consolidated reference for the multipolar fluid model </p><p>Presents applications of the model to standard as well as non-standard problems​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-0-387-92715-2 | Mathematics | Birkenmeier | [NAME]; [NAME]; SYED T RIZVI | Extensions of Rings and [NAME] |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 432 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 432 p. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | SCM11000 | Algebra | PBF | SCM12066 | Functional Analysis | PBKF | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | Available | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 | 2013-08-01 00:00:00 |  | Preliminaries and Basic Results.- Injectivity and Some of Its Generalizations.- Baer, [NAME], and Quasi-Baer Rings.- Baer, Quasi-Baer Modules, and Their Applications.- Triangular Matrix Representations and Triangular Matrix Extensions.- Matrix, Polynomial, and Group Ring Extensions.- Essential Overring Extensions - Beyond the Maximal Ring of Quotients.- Ring and [NAME] of Ring Extensions.-  Applications to Rings of Quotients and C* Algebras.- Open Problems and Questions.- References.- Index. | The focus of this monograph is the study of rings and modules which have a rich supply of direct summands with respect to various extensions. The first four chapters of the book discuss rings and modules which generalize injectivity (e.g., extending modules), or for which certain annihilators become direct summands (e.g., [NAME] rings). Ring extensions such as matrix, polynomial, group ring, and essential extensions of rings from the aforementioned classes are considered in the next three chapters. A theory of ring and module hulls relative to a specific class of rings or modules is introduced and developed in the following two chapters. While applications of the results presented can be found throughout the book, the final chapter mainly consists of applications to algebra and functional analysis. These include obtaining characterizations of rings of quotients as direct products of prime rings and descriptions of certain C*-algebras via (quasi-)Baer rings.  Extensions of Rings and [NAME] introduces for the first time in book form: * Baer, quasi-Baer, and [NAME] modules   * The theory of generalized triangular matrix rings via sets of triangulating idempotents * A discussion of essential overrings that are not rings of quotients of a base ring and Osofsky's study on the self-injectivity of the injective hull of a ring * Applications of the theory of quasi-Baer rings to C*-algebras Each section of the book is enriched with examples and exercises which make this monograph useful not only for experts but also as a text for advanced graduate courses. Historical notes appear at the end of each chapter, and a list of Open Problems and Questions is provided to stimulate further research in this area.  With over 400 references, Extensions of Rings and [NAME] will be of interest to researchers in algebra and analysis and to advanced graduate students in mathematics. | <p>First research monograph to explore in detail the "extensions" of rings and modules</p><p>Begins with basic notions, terminology, definitions and a description of the classes of rings and modules covered in this book</p><p>Mathematical interdisciplinary applications covered throughout, including <i>C</i>*-algebras</p><p>Notes and exercises at the end of each chapter, and open problems at the end of each part, lend text accessible to students</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-01735-8 | Mathematics | Borceux | [NAME] | A Differential Approach to Geometry | [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 466 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 466 p. 159 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM21006 | Geometry | PBM | SCM21022 | Differential Geometry | PBMP | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Preface.- 1.The Genesis of Differential Methods.- 2.Plane Curves.- 3.A Museum of Curves.- 4.Skew Curves.- 5.Local Theory of Surfaces.- 6.Towards Riemannian Geometry.- 7.Elements of Global Theory of Surfaces.- Appendices: A.Topology.- B.Differential Equations.- Index.- Bibliography. ​ | This book presents the classical theory of curves in the plane and three-dimensional space, and the classical theory of surfaces in three-dimensional space. It pays particular attention to the historical development of the theory and the preliminary approaches that support contemporary geometrical notions. It includes a chapter that lists a very wide scope of plane curves and their properties. The book approaches the threshold of algebraic topology, providing an integrated presentation fully accessible to undergraduate-level students.   At the end of the 17th century, Newton and Leibniz developed differential calculus, thus making available the very wide range of differentiable functions, not just those constructed from polynomials. During the 18th century, [NAME] applied these ideas to establish what is still today the classical theory of most general curves and surfaces, largely used in engineering. Enter this fascinating world through amazing theorems and a wide supply of surprising examples. Reach the doors of algebraic topology by discovering just how an integer (= the [NAME]-Poincaré characteristics) associated with a surface gives you a lot of interesting information on the shape of the surface. And penetrate the intriguing world of Riemannian geometry, the geometry that underlies the theory of relativity.   The book is of interest to all those who teach classical differential geometry up to quite an advanced level. The chapter on Riemannian geometry is of great interest to those who have to “intuitively” introduce students to the highly technical nature of this branch of mathematics, in particular when preparing students for courses on relativity. | <p>Pays particular attention to historical development and preliminary approaches that support the contemporary geometrical notions </p><p>Links classical surface theory in the three dimensional real space to modern Riemannian geometry </p><p>Can be used to teach classical differential geometry up to an advanced level ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-01732-7 | Mathematics | Borceux | [NAME] | An Algebraic Approach to Geometry | Geometric Trilogy II |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 440 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 440 p. 118 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM21006 | Geometry | PBM | SCM21050 | Projective Geometry | PBM | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​ Introduction.- Preface.- 1.The Birth of Analytic Geometry.- 2.Affine Geometry.- 3.More on Real Affine Spaces.- 4.Euclidean Geometry.- 5.Hermitian Spaces.- 6.Projective Geometry.- 7.Algebraic Curves.- Appendices: A.Polynomials Over a Field.- B.Polynomials in Several Variables.- C.Homogenous Polynomials.- D.Resultants.- E.Symmetric Polynomials.- F.Complex Numbers.- G.Quadratic Forms.- H.Dual Spaces.- Index.- Bibliography.​ | This is a unified treatment of the various algebraic approaches to geometric spaces. The study of algebraic curves in the complex projective plane is the natural link between linear geometry at an undergraduate level and algebraic geometry at a graduate level, and it is also an important topic in geometric applications, such as cryptography.   380 years ago, the work of Fermat and Descartes led us to study geometric problems using coordinates and equations. Today, this is the most popular way of handling geometrical problems. Linear algebra provides an efficient tool for studying all the first degree (lines, planes, …) and second degree (ellipses, hyperboloids, …) geometric figures, in the affine, the Euclidean, the Hermitian and the projective contexts. But recent applications of mathematics, like cryptography, need these notions not only in real or complex cases, but also in more general settings, like in spaces constructed on finite fields. And of course, why not also turn our attention to geometric figures of higher degrees? Besides all the linear aspects of geometry in their most general setting, this book also describes useful algebraic tools for studying curves of arbitrary degree and investigates results as advanced as the Bezout theorem, the [NAME] paradox, topological group of a cubic, rational curves etc.   Hence the book is of interest for all those who have to teach or study linear geometry: affine, Euclidean, Hermitian, projective; it is also of great interest to those who do not want to restrict themselves to the undergraduate level of geometric figures of degree one or two. | <p>Unified treatment of the various algebraic approaches of geometric spaces </p><p>Provides a full treatment, perfectly accessible at a bachelor level, of all algebraic ingredients necessary to develop all the major aspects of  the theory of algebraic curves </p><p>Pays attention to the geometric figures of higher degree​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-01729-7 | Mathematics | Borceux | [NAME] | An Axiomatic Approach to Geometry | [NAME] I |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 440 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 440 p. 287 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM21006 | Geometry | PBM | SCM23009 | History of Mathematical Sciences | PBX | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Introduction.- Preface.- 1.The Prehellenic Antiquity.- 2.Some Pioneers of Greek Geometry.- 3.Euclid’s Elements.- 4.Some Masters of Greek Geometry.- 5.Post-Hellenic Euclidean Geometry.- 6.Projective Geometry.- 7.Non-Euclidean Geometry.- 8.Hilbert’s Axiomatics of the Plane.- Appendices: A.Constructibily.- B.The Three Classical Problems.- C.Regular Polygons.- Index.- Bibliography.​ | Focusing methodologically on those historical aspects that are relevant to supporting intuition in axiomatic approaches to geometry, the book develops systematic and modern approaches to the three core aspects of axiomatic geometry: Euclidean, non-Euclidean and projective. Historically, axiomatic geometry marks the origin of formalized mathematical activity. It is in this discipline that most historically famous problems can be found, the solutions of which have led to various presently very active domains of research, especially in algebra. The recognition of the coherence of two-by-two contradictory axiomatic systems for geometry (like one single parallel, no parallel at all, several parallels) has led to the emergence of mathematical theories based on an arbitrary system of axioms, an essential feature of contemporary mathematics. This is a fascinating book for all those who teach or study axiomatic geometry, and who are interested in the history of geometry or who want to see a complete proof of one of the famous problems encountered, but not solved, during their studies: circle squaring, duplication of the cube, trisection of the angle, construction of regular polygons, construction of models of non-Euclidean geometries, etc. It also provides hundreds of figures that support intuition.   Through 35 centuries of the history of geometry, discover the birth and follow the evolution of those innovative ideas that allowed humankind to develop so many aspects of contemporary mathematics. Understand the various levels of rigor which successively established themselves through the centuries. Be amazed, as mathematicians of the 19th century were, when observing that both an axiom and its contradiction can be chosen as a valid basis for developing a mathematical theory. Pass through the door of this incredible world of axiomatic mathematical theories! | <p>Focuses on historical aspects  </p><p>Supports contemporary approaches of the three aspects of axiomatic geometry: Euclidean, non-Euclidean and projective</p><p>Includes full solutions to all famous historical problems of classical geometry and hundreds of figures  ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-01804-1 | Mathematics | Borceux | [NAME] | Geometric Trilogy | Axiomatic, [NAME] and [NAME] to Geometry |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 1350 | Hard cover | Book | 1350 p. 3 volume-set. | 0 | final | 249 | 249 | 266.43 | 273.9 | 224.5 | 331.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM21006 | Geometry | PBM | SCM23009 | History of Mathematical Sciences | PBX | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-12-18 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The Trilogy intends to introduce the reader to the multiple complementary aspects of geometry, paying attention to the historical birth and growth of the ideas and results, and concluding with a contemporary presentation of the various topics considered. Three essentially independent volumes approach geometry via the axiomatic, the algebraic and the differential points of view.  The “ruler and compass” approach to geometry, developed by the Greek mathematicians of the Antiquity, remained the only reference in Geometry – and even in Mathematics -- for more than two millenniums. The fruitless efforts for solving the so-called “classical problems” of Greek geometry lead eventually to a deeper reflection on the axiomatic bases of geometry, and in particular to the discovery of projective geometry and non-Euclidean geometries.  During the Renaissance, mathematicians start liberating themselves from the “ruler and compass” dogma and use algebraic techniques to investigate geometric situations. The nineteenth century, with the birth of linear algebra and the theory of polynomials, opens new doors and in particular, the fascinating world of algebraic curves.  The introduction of differential calculus during the eighteenth century allows widening considerably the range of curves and surfaces considered. The notion of curvature –under multiple forms -- imposes itself as an essential tool for studying the properties of curves and surfaces. And a keen study of some geometrical properties of surfaces gives rise to the theory of algebraic topology.  This trilogy is of interest to all those who have to teach or study geometry and need to have a good global overview of the numerous facets of this fascinating topic. It provides both the intuitive and the technical ingredients needed to find one’s way through Euclidean, non-Euclidean, projective, algebraic or differential geometry at a high level. | <p>Focuses on historical aspects</p><p>Supports contemporary approaches of the three aspects of axiomatic geometry: Euclidean, non-Euclidean and projective</p><p>Includes full solutions to all famous historical problems of classical geometry and hundreds of figures</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8865-1 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Waves in Neural Media | From Single Neurons to Neural Fields | Lecture Notes on Mathematical Modelling in the Life Sciences |  | 1 | 2014 | 436 | Soft cover | Book | XIX, 436 p. 151 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM13100 | Mathematical Models of Cognitive Processes and Neural Networks | PBWH | SCM31020 | Physiological, Cellular and Medical Topics | PBW | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Part I Neurons.- Single Neuron Modeling.- Traveling Waves in One-Dimensional Excitable Media.- Wave Propagation Along Spiny Dendrites.- Calcium Waves and Sparks.- Part II Networks.- Waves in Synaptically-Coupled Spiking Networks.- Population Models and Neural Fields.- Waves in Excitable Neural Fields.- Neural Field Model of Binocular Rivalry Waves.- Part III Development and Disease.- Waves in the Developing and the Diseased Brain.- Index. | ​Waves in Neural Media: From Single Neurons to Neural Fields surveys mathematical models of traveling waves in the brain, ranging from intracellular waves in single neurons to waves of activity in large-scale brain networks. The work provides a pedagogical account of analytical methods for finding traveling wave solutions of the variety of nonlinear differential equations that arise in such models. These include regular and singular perturbation methods, weakly nonlinear analysis, Evans functions and wave stability, homogenization theory and averaging, and stochastic processes. Also covered in the text are exact methods of solution where applicable. Historically speaking, the propagation of action potentials has inspired new mathematics, particularly with regard to the PDE theory of waves in excitable media. More recently, continuum neural field models of large-scale brain networks have generated a new set of interesting mathematical questions with regard to the solution of nonlocal integro-differential equations.  Advanced graduates, postdoctoral researchers and faculty working in mathematical biology, theoretical neuroscience, or applied nonlinear dynamics will find this book to be a valuable resource. The main prerequisites are an introductory graduate course on ordinary differential equations or partial differential equations, making this an accessible and unique contribution to the field of mathematical biology. | <p>​Covers an extensive array of topics ranging from sub-cellular to tissue level biology</p><p>Can serve as an entry point for biologists wishing to learn about mathematical modeling</p><p>Provides an excellent introduction to mathematical neuroscience from the perspective of dymanical systems</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-39523-9 | Mathematics | Bungartz | Hans-Joachim Bungartz; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] Borne | Modeling and Simulation | An Application-Oriented Introduction | Springer Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics and Technology |  | 1 | 2013 | 413 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 413 p. 158 illus., 6 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 44.99 | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 40.99 | 60 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Computational Science and Engineering | PDE | SCM1400X | Computational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis | PBKS | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Introduction.- 2 The necessary instruments in brief.- Part I Playing – deciding – planning: A modeling warm-up.- 3 Game theory.- 4 Group decisions.- 5 Schedules.- 6 Wiener processes.- Part II Traffic on highways and data highways: A trip through the simulation pipeline.- 7 Macroscopic simulation of traffic.- 8 Microscopic simulation of traffic.- 9 Stochastic traffic simulations.- Part III Dynamic systems: Cause, effect and interaction.- 10 Population dynamics.- 11 Controllers.- 12 Chaos theory.- Part IV Physics on the computer: The switch to number crunchers.- 13 Molecular dynamics.- 14 Thermal conduction.- 15 Fluid mechanics.- 16 Global illumination in computer graphics.- Closing remarks.- Bibliography.- Index. | This book provides an introduction to mathematical and computer-oriented modeling and to simulation as a universal methodology. It therefore addresses various model classes and their derivations. And it demonstrates the diversity of approaches that can be taken: be it discrete or continuous, deterministic or stochastic. A common underlying theme throughout the book are the means in which one obtains practical simulation results from these different abstract models. Subsequent to a brief review of the mathematical tools that are required, the concept of the simulation pipeline, 'from model derivation to the simulation', is applied to 14 example scenarios from diverse fields such as 'Game theory - deciding - planning', 'Traffic on highways and data highways', 'Dynamical systems' and 'Physics in the computer'. Whether it is game theory or mathematical finance, traffic or control theory, population dynamics or chaos, or molecular dynamics, continuum mechanics or computer graphics - the reader gains insight into the world of simulation in a descriptive yet systematic way. | <p>Covering a wide range of modeling-driven domains: decisions, traffic, dynamical systems, physics</p><p><p>Motivated by concrete relevant scenarios, but not application-bound</p><p><p>Looking at modeling and simulation as a general methodology for science and engineering fed by mathematics and informatics</p><p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8826-2 | Mathematics | Cakoni | [NAME]; [NAME] | A Qualitative Approach to Inverse Scattering Theory |  | Applied Mathematical Sciences | 188 | 1 | 2014 | 287 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 287 p. 15 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | SCT24000 | Electrical Engineering | THR | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer US | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Functional Analysis and Sobolev Spaces.- 2. Ill-Posed Problems.- 3. Scattering by Imperfect Conductors.- 4. Inverse Scattering Problems for Imperfect Conductors.- 5. Scattering by Orthotropic Media.- 6. Inverse Scattering Problems for Orthotropic Media.- 7. Factorization Methods.- 8. Mixed Boundary Value Problems.- 9. Inverse Spectral Problems for Transmission Eigenvalues.- 10. A Glimpse at Maxwell's Equations. | Inverse scattering theory is an important area of applied mathematics due to its central role in such areas as medical imaging , nondestructive testing and geophysical exploration. Until recently all existing algorithms for solving inverse scattering problems were based on using either a weak scattering assumption or on the use of nonlinear optimization techniques. The limitations of these methods have led in recent years to an alternative approach to the inverse scattering problem which avoids the incorrect model assumptions inherent in the use of weak scattering approximations as well as the strong a priori information needed in order to implement nonlinear optimization techniques. These new methods come under the general title of qualitative methods in inverse scattering theory and seek to determine an approximation to the shape of the scattering object as well as estimates on its material properties without making any weak scattering assumption and using essentially no a priori information on the nature of the scattering object. This book is designed to be an introduction to this new approach in inverse scattering theory focusing on the use of sampling methods and transmission eigenvalues. In order to aid the reader coming from a discipline outside of mathematics we have included background material on functional analysis, [NAME] spaces, the theory of ill posed problems and certain topics in in the theory of entire functions of a complex variable. This book is an updated and expanded version of an earlier book by the authors published by Springer titled Qualitative Methods in Inverse Scattering Theory Review of Qualitative Methods in Inverse Scattering Theory All in all, the authors do exceptionally well in combining such a wide variety of mathematical material and in presenting it in a well-organized and easy-to-follow fashion. This text certainly complements the growing body of work in inverse scattering and should well suit both new researchers to the field as well as those who could benefit from such a nice codified collection of profitable results combined in one bound volume. SIAM Review, 2006 | <p>Provides a basic introduction to direct and inverse scattering theory</p><p>Introduces the main themes of the new qualitative approach to inverse scattering theory</p><p>Provides a systematic approach to the theory of transmission eigenvalues  which at this time is an extremely active area of research in inverse scattering theory</p><p>Offers a basic introduction to the advanced mathematics needed to understand current research papers in inverse scattering theory</p><p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8476-9 | Mathematics | Cho | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Stability of Functional Equations in Random Normed Spaces |  | Springer Optimization and Its Applications | 86 | 1 | 2013 | 246 | Hard cover | Book | XIX, 246 p. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12066 | Functional Analysis | PBKF | SCM26008 | Optimization | PBU | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer New York | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-09 00:00:00 |  | Preface.- 1. Preliminaries.- 2. Generalized Spaces.- 3. Stability of Functional Equations in Random Normed Spaces Under Special t-norms.- 4. Stability of Functional Equations in Random Normed Spaces Under Arbitrary t-norms.- 5. Stability of Functional Equations in random Normed Spaces via Fixed Point Method.- 6. Stability of Functional Equations in Non-Archimedean Random Spaces.- 7. Random Stability of Functional Equations Related to Inner Product Spaces.- 8. [NAME] and Stability Results.​ | This book discusses the rapidly developing subject of mathematical analysis that deals primarily with stability of functional equations in generalized spaces. The fundamental problem in this subject was proposed by [NAME] in 1940 for approximate homomorphisms. The seminal work of [NAME] in 1941 and that of [NAME] in 1978 have provided a great deal of inspiration and guidance for mathematicians worldwide to investigate this extensive domain of research.The book presents a self-contained survey of recent and new results on topics including basic theory of random normed spaces and related spaces; stability theory for new function equations in random normed spaces via fixed point method, under both special and arbitrary t-norms; stability theory of well-known new functional equations in non-Archimedean random normed spaces; and applications in the class of fuzzy normed spaces. It contains valuable results on stability in random normed spaces, and is geared toward both graduate students and research mathematicians and engineers in a broad area of interdisciplinary research. | <p>​Presents results proved in detail with several outlines examples to make the presentation of the theory well understood by large audiences</p><p>Discusses useful research to  both pure and applied mathematicians who search for both new and old results</p><p>Presents written results for scientists and engineers who are orienting their study in the language of  interdisciplinary research​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8225-3 | Mathematics | Chulaevsky | [NAME]; [NAME] | Multi-scale Analysis for Random Quantum Systems with Interaction |  | Progress in Mathematical Physics | 65 | 1 | 2014 | 238 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 238 p. 5 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12066 | Functional Analysis | PBKF | SCP19013 | Mathematical Methods in Physics | PHU | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Part I Single-particle Localisation.- A Brief History of [NAME] Localization.- Single-Particle MSA Techniques.- Part II Multi-particle Localization.- Multi-particle Eigenvalue Concentration Bounds.- Multi-particle MSA Techniques.- References.- Index. | The study of quantum disorder has generated considerable research activity in mathematics and physics over past 40 years. While single-particle models have been extensively studied at a rigorous mathematical level, little was known about systems of several interacting particles, let alone systems with positive spatial particle density. Creating a consistent theory of disorder in multi-particle quantum systems is an important and challenging problem that largely remains open. Multi-scale Analysis for Random Quantum Systems with Interaction  presents the progress that had been recently achieved in this area.  The main focus of the book is on a rigorous derivation of the multi-particle localization in a strong random external potential field. To make the presentation accessible to a wider audience, the authors restrict attention to a relatively simple tight-binding [NAME] model on a cubic lattice Zd.  This book includes the following cutting-edge features: an introduction to the state-of-the-art single-particle localization theory an extensive discussion of relevant technical aspects of the localization theorya thorough comparison of the multi-particle model with its single-particle counterpart a self-contained rigorous derivation of both spectral and dynamical localization in the multi-particle tight-binding [NAME] model.  Required mathematical background for the book includes a knowledge of functional calculus, spectral theory (essentially reduced to the case of finite matrices) and basic probability theory. This is an excellent text for a year-long graduate course or seminar in mathematical physics. It also can serve as a standard reference for specialists. | <p>Introduces the reader to a recent progress in this field</p><p>Attract attention to possible directions for future research</p><p>Presents new and exciting research the first time in the literature and includes all necessary background material</p>Presents new and exciting research the first time in the literature and includes all necessary background material | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-01588-0 | Mathematics | Ciungu | Lavinia Corina Ciungu | Non-commutative Multiple-Valued Logic Algebras |  | Springer Monographs in Mathematics |  | 1 | 2014 | 276 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 276 p. 8 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM24005 | Mathematical Logic and Foundations | PBC | SCM11124 | Order, Lattices, Ordered [NAME] | PBF | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-05 00:00:00 |  | Pseudo-BCK algebras.- Pseudo-hoops.- Residuated lattices.- Other non-commutative multiple-valued logic algebras.- Classes of non-commutative residuated structures.- States on multiple-valued logic algebras.- Measures on pseudo-BCK algebras.- Generalized states on residuated [NAME] with internal states. | This monograph provides a self-contained and easy-to-read introduction to non-commutative multiple-valued logic algebras; a subject which has attracted much interest in the past few years because of its impact on information science, artificial intelligence and other subjects.   A study of the newest results in the field, the monograph includes treatment of pseudo-BCK algebras, pseudo-hoops, residuated lattices, bounded divisible residuated lattices, pseudo-MTL algebras, pseudo-BL algebras and pseudo-MV algebras. It provides a fresh perspective on new trends in logic and algebras in that algebraic structures can be developed into fuzzy logics which connect quantum mechanics, mathematical logic, probability theory, algebra and soft computing.   Written in a clear, concise and direct manner, Non-Commutative Multiple-Valued [NAME] will be of interest to masters and PhD students, as well as researchers in mathematical logic and theoretical computer science. | <p>First monograph which treats unitary the non-commutative multiple-valued logic algebras from general to particular; that is, from pseudo-BCK algebras to pseudo-MV algebras</p><p>Explains the development of the field over the past few decades </p><p>Presents a fresh view on new trends in logic and algebra</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-02367-0 | Mathematics | Conway | [NAME] | A Course in Point Set Topology |  | Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics |  | 1 | 2014 | 128 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 128 p. | 0 | final | 29.99 | 29.99 | 32.09 | 32.99 | 26.99 | 40 | English | Mathematics | SCM28000 | Topology | PBP |  |  |  | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​​Metric Spaces.- Topological Spaces.- Continuous Real-Valued Functions.- Appendix.- Bibliography.- Terms.- Symbols. | This textbook in point set topology is aimed at an upper-undergraduate audience. Its gentle pace will be useful to students who are still learning to write proofs. Prerequisites include calculus and at least one semester of analysis, where the student has been properly exposed to the ideas of basic set theory such as subsets, unions, intersections, and functions, as well as convergence and other topological notions in the real line. Appendices are included to bridge the gap between this new material and material found in an analysis course. Metric spaces are one of the more prevalent topological spaces used in other areas and are therefore introduced in the first chapter and emphasized throughout the text. This also conforms to the approach of the book to start with the particular and work toward the more general. Chapter 2 defines and develops abstract topological spaces, with metric spaces as the source of inspiration, and with a focus on Hausdorff spaces. The final chapter concentrates on continuous real-valued functions, culminating in a development of paracompact spaces. | <p>Features undergraduate material in metric spaces, abstract topological spaces, and continuous real-valued functions</p><p>Develops the material from the more particular to the general concepts</p><p>Contains many exercises of varying difficulty</p><p>Includes interesting historical notes</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-02498-1 | Mathematics | Corazza | [NAME]; [NAME] | Mathematical and Statistical Methods for Actuarial Sciences and Finance |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 325 p. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM13062 | Quantitative Finance | KF | SCM13080 | Actuarial Sciences | KFFN | Mathematics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Weak form efficiency of selected European stock markets: alternative testing approaches ([NAME], [NAME], C. Perna).- An empirical comparison of variable selection methods in competing risks model ([NAME], M. Restaino, L. Sensini).- A comparison between different numerical schemes for the valuation of unit-linked contracts embedding a surrender option (A.R. Bacinello, [NAME], A. Montealegre).- Dynamic tracking error with shortfall control using stochastic programming (D. Barro, E. Canestrelli).- Firm’s volatility risk under microstructure noise ([NAME], [NAME] responsible mutual funds: an efficiency comparison among the European countries ([NAME], S. Funari).- Fitting financial returns distributions: a mixture normality approach ([NAME], [NAME] concentration risk measurements in credit portfolios (R. Calabrese, [NAME] pricing models: light and shadows in correlation role (R. Cocozza, [NAME] strategies for Defined Benefit pension plans risk management (I. Colivicchi, [NAME], E. Vannucci).- Particle Swarm Optimization for preference disaggregation in multicriteria credit scoring problems (M. Corazza, [NAME], R. Gusso).- Time series clustering on lower tail dependence for portfolio selection ([NAME], P. Zuccolotto).- Solvency Analysis of Defined Benefit pension schemes (P. Devolder, G. Piscopo).- Stochastic actuarial valuations in double-indexed pension annuity assessment ([NAME], A. Orlando, M. Sibillo).- Testing for Normality when the sampled distribution is [NAME] (C. Franceschini, [NAME] On the RODEO method for variable selection ([NAME], [NAME] Parrella).- Portfolio allocation using Omega function: an empirical analysis ([NAME], [NAME], G. Zambruno).- Investment rankings via an objective measure of riskiness: a case study (M. Marina, M. Resta).- A squared rank assessment of the difference between US and European firm valuation ratios (M. Marozzi).- A behavioural approach to the pricing of European options (M. Nardon, P. Pianca).- Threshold structures in economic and financial time series ([NAME], C.D. Vitale).- Intelligent algorithms for trading the Euro-Dollar in the foreign exchange market ([NAME], [NAME], P. Ippoliti).- Risk management and capital allocation for Non-Life insurance companies ([NAME], [NAME], M. Ialenti).- Modelling asymmetric behaviour in time series: identification through PSO (C. Pizzi, F. Parpinel).- Valuation of collateralized funds of hedge fund obligations: a Basket Option pricing approach ([NAME], C. Corradi).- Valuation of R&D investment opportunities using the Least-Squares Monte Carlo method (G. Villani).- The determinants of interbank contagion: do patterns matter? ([NAME], [NAME], [NAME]). | The interaction between mathematicians and statisticians has been revealed to be an eﬀective approach for dealing with actuarial, insurance and ﬁnancial problems, both from an academic perspective and from an operative one. The collection of original papers presented in this volume pursues precisely this purpose. It covers a wide variety of subjects in actuarial, insurance and ﬁnance ﬁelds, all treated in the light of the successful cooperation between the above two quantitative approaches. Some of the main topics considered in this volume are: mathematical methods and models for actuarial science, insurance and ﬁnance (behavioural ﬁnance; coherent and no-coherent risk measures; credit scoring approaches; Data Envelopment Analysis; dynamic stochastic programming; ﬁnancial contagion models; ﬁnancial ratios; intelligent ﬁnancial trading systems; multicriteria methods; Particle Swarm Optimization; performance measures; portfolio optimization; pricing methods for structured and no-structured derivatives; risk management; solvency analysis; stochastic actuarial valuation methods); statistical methods and models for actuarial science, insurance and ﬁnance (alternative testing approaches; clustering techniques; mixture normality approaches; [NAME]-based methods; nonlinear parameter estimation techniques; nonlinear threshold models; skewed distribution analysis; time series analysis tools; variable selection methods); applications of the above listed methods and models (to banks; collateralized fund obligations; credit portfolios; deﬁned beneﬁt pension plans; double-indexed pension annuities; Eﬃcient Market Hypothesis; exchange markets; ﬁnancial time series; ﬁrms; hedge funds; non-life insurance companies; returns distributions; socially responsible mutual funds; unit-linked contracts).This book is addressed to academicians, Ph.D. students, practitioners, professionals and researchers. Anyway, it can be of interest also for enthusiasts having some quantitative basis. | <p>Contains both mathematical and statistical issues</p><p>Presents the most advanced research results in actuarial sciences, insurance and finance</p><p>Contains theoretical and applicative perspectives</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8452-3 | Mathematics | Corless | [NAME]; [NAME] | A Graduate Introduction to Numerical Methods | From the Viewpoint of Backward Error Analysis |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 168 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 168 p. 188 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.99 | 79.99 | 85.59 | 87.99 | 72 | 106.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM1400X | Computational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis | PBKS | [NAME] | Computational Science and Engineering | PDE | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Computer Arithmetic & Fundamental Concepts of Computation.- Polynomials and Series.- Rootfinding and Function Evaluation.- Solving Ax = b .- Solving Ax =l x.- Structured Linear Systems.-Iterative Methods.- Polynomial and Rational Interpolation.- The Discrete Fourier Transform.- Numerical Integration.- Numerical Differentiation and Finite Differences.- Numerical Solution of ODEs.-  Numerical Methods for ODEs.- Numerical Solutions of Boundary Value Problems.- Numerical Solution of Delay DEs.- Numerical Solution of PDEs.​ | This book provides an extensive introduction to numerical computing from the viewpoint of backward error analysis. The intended audience includes students and researchers in science, engineering and mathematics. The approach taken is somewhat informal owing to the wide variety of backgrounds of the readers, but the central ideas of backward error and sensitivity (conditioning) are systematically emphasized. The book is divided into four parts: Part I provides the background preliminaries including floating-point arithmetic, polynomials and computer evaluation of functions; Part II covers numerical linear algebra; Part III covers interpolation, the FFT and quadrature; and Part IV covers numerical solutions of differential equations including initial-value problems, boundary-value problems, delay differential equations and a brief chapter on partial differential equations.The book contains detailed illustrations, chapter summaries and a variety of exercises as well some Matlab codes provided online as supplementary material.“I really like the focus on backward error analysis and condition. This is novel in a textbook and a practical approach that will bring welcome attention.' [NAME] | <p>​Provides consistent development of formulae using barycentric interpolation</p><p>Independence of chapters allowing for greater teaching flexibility</p><p>Integration with [NAME] and Maple, many algorithms presented in pseudocode</p> | Students | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8525-4 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Hermitian Analysis | From Fourier Series to Cauchy-Riemann Geometry | Cornerstones |  | 1 | 2013 | 203 | Hard cover | Book | X, 203 p. 27 illus., 19 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM12058 | Fourier Analysis | PBKF | SCM21022 | Differential Geometry | PBMP | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​   ​Preface.- Introduction to Fourier series.- [NAME] transform on R.- Geometric considerations.- Appendix.- References.- Index. | ​​Hermitian Analysis: From Fourier Series to Cauchy-Riemann Geometry provides a coherent, integrated look at various topics from undergraduate analysis. It begins with [NAME] series, continues with [NAME] spaces, discusses the [NAME] transform on the real line, and then turns to the heart of the book, geometric considerations. This chapter includes complex differential forms, geometric inequalities from one and several complex variables, and includes some of the author's results. The concept of orthogonality weaves the material into a coherent whole. This textbook will be a useful resource for upper-undergraduate students who intend to continue with mathematics, graduate students interested in analysis, and researchers interested in some basic aspects of CR Geometry. The inclusion of several hundred exercises makes this book suitable for a capstone undergraduate Honors class.​ | <p>​Many examples and hundreds of exercises are provided to promote understanding</p><p>Uses the concept of orthogonality to unify various mathematical topics</p><p>Includes accessible content designed to lead students from undergraduate- to research-level mathematics</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8853-8 | Mathematics | Dasgupta | Abhijit Dasgupta | Set Theory | With an Introduction to Real Point Sets |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 400 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 400 p. 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 44.99 | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 40.99 | 60 | English | Mathematics | SCM24005 | Mathematical Logic and Foundations | PBC | SCM12007 | Analysis | PBK | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 0 Preliminaries.- 1 Sets, Relations, and Functions.- Part I Dedekind: Numbers.- 2 The Dedekind-Peano Axioms.- 3 Dedekind's Theory of the Continuum.- Postscript I: What Exactly Are the Natural Numbers?.- Part II Cantor: Cardinals, [NAME], and Ordinals.- 4 Cardinals: Finite, Countable, and Uncountable.- 5 Cardinal Arithmetic and the Cantor Set.- 6 Orders and Order Types.- 7 Dense and Complete Orders.- 8 Well-Orders and Ordinals.- 9 Alephs, Cofinality, and the Axiom of Choice.- 10 Posets, Zorn's Lemma, Ranks, and Trees.- Postscript II: Infinitary Combinatorics.- Part III Real Point Sets.- 11 Interval Trees and Generalized Cantor Sets.- 12 Real Sets and Functions.- 13 The Heine-Borel and Baire Category Theorems.- 14 Cantor-Bendixson Analysis of Countable Closed Sets.- 15 Brouwer's Theorem and [NAME]'s Theorem.- 16 Borel and Analytic Sets.- Postscript III: Measurability and Projective Sets.- Part IV Paradoxes and Axioms.- 17 Paradoxes and Resolutions.- 18 Zermelo-Fraenkel System and [NAME] of Modern Set Theory.- Appendices.- References.- List of Symbols and Notations.- Index. | What is a number? What is infinity? What is continuity? What is order?Answers to these fundamental questions obtained by late nineteenth century mathematicians such as Dedekind and Cantor gave birth to Set Theory. This book presents classical set theory in an intuitive but concrete manner.To allow flexibility of topic selection in courses, the book is organized into four largely independent parts with distinct 'mathematical flavors.' Part I begins with the Dedekind-Peano axioms and ends with the construction of real numbers. The core Cantor-Dedekind theory of cardinals, orders, and ordinals appears in Part II. Part III focuses on the real continuum. Foundational issues and formal axioms only appear in Part IV. Each part ends with a postscript chapter discussing topics beyond the scope of the main text, ranging from philosophical remarks to glimpses into modern landmark results of set theory such as the resolution of [NAME]'s problems on projective sets using determinacy of infinite games and large cardinals.Separating the meta-mathematical issues into an optional fourth part at the end makes this textbook suitable for students interested in any field of mathematics, not just for those planning to specialize in logic or foundations. There is enough material in the text for a year-long undergraduate course. For shorter one-semester or one-quarter courses, a variety of arrangements of topics are possible. The book will be a useful resource for both experts working in a relevant or adjacent area and beginners wanting to learn set theory via self-study. | <p>Provides essential set-theoretic prerequisites for graduate work </p><p>Preserves a classical flavor by incorporating historical threads </p><p>Includes many examples of the use of set theory in topology, analysis, and algebra </p><p>Features flexible organization allowing a variety of topical arrangements in various courses </p><p>Provides extensive problem sets for practice and challenge, many of which are designed for student participation in the development of the main material            </p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8614-5 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Constructive Nonsmooth Analysis and Related Topics |  | Springer Optimization and Its Applications | 87 | 1 | 2013 | 273 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 273 p. 31 illus., 7 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM26008 | Optimization | PBU | SCM14018 | Algorithms | PBKS | Mathematics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Constructive Noonsmooth Analysis and Related Topics (V. Demyanov, [NAME], [NAME] in Nonsmooth Analysis (S.S. Kutateladze).- Demyanov Difference in Infinite Dimensional Spaces ([NAME], D. Pallaschke, [NAME] Reduction of Metric Regularity Properties (A.D. Ioffe).- Construction of Pairs of Reproducing Kernel Banach Spaces (P.G. Georgiev, [NAME], P.M. Pardalos).- On the Regularization Method in Nondifferentiable Optimization Applied to Hemivariational Inequalities (N. Ovcharova, J. Gwinner).- Dynamics and Optimization of Multibody Systems in the Presence of Dry Friction ([NAME] Steepest Descent for Two-Dimensional Problems of Calculus in Variations (M.V. Dolgopolik, G.Sh.Tamasyan).- On a Quantitative Semicontinuity Property of Variational Systems with Applications to Perturbed Quasidifferentiable Optimization (A. Uderzo).- Some Remarks on Bi-Level Vector Extremum Problems (C. Antoni, [NAME] for Lexicographic Vector Equilibrium Problems ([NAME], [NAME], [NAME], N.H. Thao).- The Best Linear Separation of Two Sets ([NAME], [NAME] Alternance Form of Optimality Conditions in the Finite-Dimensional Space (V.F. Demyanov, V.N. Malozemov).- Optimal Multiple Decision Statistical Procedure for Inverse Covariance Matrix ([NAME], P.A. Koldanov).- Conciliating Generalized Derivatives (J.-P. Penot).- The Nonsmooth Path of [NAME] (S.S. Kutateladze).- Two Giants From St. Petersburg (S.S. Kututeladze).- Convex Analysis and Optimization in the Past 50 Years: Some Snapshots (J.-B. Hiriart-Urruty). | This volume contains a collection of papers based on lectures and presentations delivered at the International Conference on Constructive Nonsmooth Analysis (CNSA) held in St. Petersburg (Russia) from June 18-23, 2012. This conference was organized to mark the 50th anniversary of the birth of nonsmooth analysis and nondifferentiable optimization and was dedicated to [NAME] and the late B.N. Pshenichnyi, [NAME], and N.Z. Shor, whose contributions to NSA and NDO remain invaluable.The first four chapters of the book are devoted to the theory of nonsmooth analysis. Chapters 5-8 contain new results in nonsmooth mechanics and calculus of variations. Chapters 9-13 are related to nondifferentiable optimization, and the volume concludes with four chapters containing interesting and important historical chapters, including tributes to three giants of nonsmooth analysis, convexity, and optimization: [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]. The last chapter provides an overview and important snapshots of the 50-year history of convex analysis and optimization. | <p>Focuses on Nonsmooth Analysis, a modern and powerful instrument in applied mathematics</p><p>Presents minimax theory an important area in optimization theory covering a number of nonsmooth problems, is presented</p><p>Includes applications in engineering and solutions to nonsmooth real-world problems, optimization problems for dynamical systems</p><p>Presents methods for dealing with difficult optimization problems in global optimization</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-01999-4 | Mathematics | Denk | [NAME]; [NAME] | General [NAME] in $L_p$ and Applications |  | Operator Theory: Advances and Applications | 239 | 1 | 2014 | 250 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 250 p. | 0 | approx. | 84.95 | 84.95 | 90.9 | 93.45 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | [NAME] | Mathematical Physics | PHU | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-12-20 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction and Outline.- 1 The joint time-space H(infinity)-calculus.- 2 The Newton polygon approach for mixed-order systems.-3 Triebel-Lizorkin spaces and the Lp-Lq setting.- 4 Application to parabolic differential equations.- List of figures.-Bibliography.- List of symbols.- Index. ​ | In this text, a theory for general linear parabolic partial differential equations is established which covers equations with inhomogeneous symbol structure as well as mixed-order systems. Typical applications include several variants of the Stokes system and free boundary value problems. We show well-posedness in Lp-Lq-Sobolev spaces in time and space for the linear problems (i.e., maximal regularity) which is the key step for the treatment of nonlinear problems. The theory is based on the concept of the Newton polygon and can cover equations which are not accessible by standard methods as, e.g., semigroup theory. Results are obtained in different types of non-integer Lp-Sobolev spaces as Besov spaces, Bessel potential spaces, and Triebel–Lizorkin spaces. The last-mentioned class appears in a natural way as traces of Lp-Lq-Sobolev spaces. We also present a selection of applications in the whole space and on half-spaces. Among others, we prove well-posedness of the linearizations of the generalized thermoelastic plate equation, the two-phase Navier–Stokes equations with [NAME]–Scriven surface, and [NAME] two-phase [NAME] problem with [NAME]–Thomson correction.​ | <p>General approach to non-standard parabolic equations and systems</p><p>Unified treatment in several types of non-integer <i>Lp</i>-Sobolev spaces </p><p>Applicable to a large class of equations, e.g. to free boundary value problems and to equations in fluid dynamics and thermoelasticity ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8662-6 | Mathematics | Dragan | [NAME]; [NAME]; Adrian-Mihail Stoica | [NAME] in Robust Control of Linear Stochastic Systems |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 442 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 442 p. 10 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM13070 | Systems Theory, Control | GPFC | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preliminaries to Probability Theory and Stochastic Differential Equations.- Linear Differential Equations with Positive Evolution on Ordered Banach Spaces.- Exponential Stability in Mean Square.- Structural Properties of Linear Stochastic Systems.- A Class of Nonlinear Differential Equations on an Ordered Linear Space of Symmetric Matrices with Applications to Riccati Differential Equations of Stochastic Control.- Linear Quadratic Optimization Problems for Linear Stochastic Systems.- Stochastic H2 Optimal Control.- Stochastic Version of the Bounded Real Lemma and Applications.- Robust Stabilization of Linear Stochastic Systems. | This second edition of Mathematical Methods in the Robust Control of Linear Stochastic Systems includes a large number of recent results in the control of linear stochastic systems. More specifically, the new results presented are: - A unified and abstract framework for Riccati type equations arising in the stochastic control- Stability and control problems for systems perturbed by homogeneous [NAME] processes with infinite number of states- [NAME] control problem and numerical procedures- Linear differential equations with positive evolution on ordered [NAME] spaces with applications for stochastic systems including both multiplicative white noise and [NAME] jumps represented by a [NAME] chain with countable infinite set of states-  Kalman filtering for stochastic systems subject both to state dependent noise and [NAME]  H∞ reduced order filters for stochastic systems The book will appeal to graduate students, researchers in advanced control engineering, finance, mathematical systems theory, applied probability and stochastic processes, and numerical analysis.From [NAME] of the First Edition: This book is concerned with robust control of stochastic systems. One of the main features is its coverage of jump Markovian systems. … Overall, this book presents results taking into consideration both white noise and [NAME] chain perturbations. It is clearly written and should be useful for people working in applied mathematics and in control and systems theory. The references cited provide further reading sources. ([NAME], [NAME], Issue 2007 m)This book considers linear time varying stochastic systems, subjected to white noise disturbances and system parameter [NAME] jumping, in the context of optimal control … robust stabilization, and disturbance attenuation. … The material presented in the book is organized in seven chapters. … The book is very well written and organized. … is a valuable reference for all researchers and graduate students in applied mathematics and control engineering interested in linear stochastic time varying control systems with Markovian parameter jumping and white noise disturbances.(Zoran [NAME], SIAM Review, [NAME]. 49 (3), 2007) | <p>Updates the previous edition to include recent results in robust control of linear stochastic systems</p><p>Presents the treatment of the fundamental properties of stochastic systems subjected both to multiplicative white noise and to jump [NAME] perturbations</p><p>Proposes new numerical algorithms to solve coupled matrix algebraic Riccati equations</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-0348-0728-9 | Mathematics | Eidelman | Yuli Eidelman; [NAME]; [NAME] | Separable Type Representations of Matrices and [NAME] |  | Operator Theory: Advances and Applications | 234/235 | 1 | 2013 | 788 | Hard cover | Book | 788 p. 2 volume-set. | 0 | final | 149.99 | 149.99 | 160.49 | 164.99 | 135 | 200 | English | Mathematics | SCM11094 | Linear and [NAME], Matrix Theory | PBF | [NAME] | Numerical Analysis | PBKS | Mathematics | Monograph | [NAME] | Planned | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This two-volume work presents a systematic theoretical and computational study of several types of generalizations of separable matrices. The primary focus is on fast algorithms (many of linear complexity) for matrices in semiseparable, quasiseparable, band and companion form. The work examines algorithms of multiplication, inversion and description of eigenstructure and includes a wealth of illustrative examples throughout the different chapters.   The first volume consists of four parts. The first part is mainly theoretical in character, introducing and studying the quasiseparable and semiseparable representations of matrices and minimal rank completion problems. Three further completions are treated in the second part. The first applications of the quasiseparable and semiseparable structure are included in the third part, where the interplay between the quasiseparable structure and discrete time varying linear systems with boundary conditions play an essential role. The fourth part includes factorization and inversion fast algorithms for matrices via quasiseparable and semiseparable structures. The work is based mostly on results obtained by the authors and their coauthors. Due to its many significant applications and accessible style, the text will be a valuable resource for engineers, scientists, numerical analysts, computer scientists and mathematicians alike. The second volume, consisting of four parts, addresses the eigenvalue problem for matrices with quasiseparable structure and applications to the polynomial root finding problem. In the first part the properties of the characteristic polynomials of principal leading submatrices, the structure of eigenspaces and the basic methods for computing eigenvalues are studied in detail for matrices with quasiseparable representation of the first order. The second part is devoted to the divide and conquer method, with the main algorithms also being derived for matrices with quasiseparable representation of order one. The QR iteration method for some classes of matrices with quasiseparable representations of any order is studied in the third part. This method is then used in the last part in order to provide a fast solver for the polynomial root finding problem. The work is based mostly on results obtained by the authors and their coauthors. Due to its many significant applications and accessible style, the text will be a valuable resource for engineers, scientists, numerical analysts, computer scientists and mathematicians alike. | <p>Self-contained two-volume monograph with material developed over the last 30 years </p><p>Systematic theoretical and computational study of several types of generalizations of separable matrices </p><p>Many illustrative examples in different chapters of the book</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8434-9 | Mathematics | Elefteriadou | Lily Elefteriadou | An Introduction to Traffic Flow Theory |  | Springer Optimization and Its Applications | 84 | 1 | 2013 | 249 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 249 p. 97 illus., 79 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM26008 | Optimization | PBU | SCT23004 | Civil Engineering | TN | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part 1.- 1. Modeling the Motion of a Single Vehicle.- 2. Modeling Vehicle Interactions and the Movement of Groups of Vehicles.- Part 2.- 3. The Traffic Stream: Traffic Flow Performance Characteristics.- 4. Capacity.- 5. Traffic Operational Performance Measures.- Part 3.- 6. Analytical Models for Bottleneck and Queuing Evaluations.- 7. Simulation Modeling.- Part 4.- 8. Freeways.- 9. Signalized Intersections and Networks.- 10. Unsignalized Intersections.- 11. Two-Lane Highways.- Appendix A.- Appendix B.- Index. | This text provides a comprehensive and concise treatment of the topic of traffic flow theory and includes several topics relevant to today’s highway transportation system. It provides the fundamental principles of traffic flow theory as well as applications of those principles for evaluating specific types of facilities (freeways, intersections, etc.). Newer concepts of Intelligent transportation systems (ITS) and their potential impact on traffic flow are discussed. State-of-the-art in traffic flow research and microscopic traffic analysis and traffic simulation have significantly advanced and are also discussed in this text. Real world examples and useful problem sets complement each chapter.This textbook is meant for use in advanced undergraduate/graduate level courses in traffic flow theory with prerequisites including two semesters of calculus, statistics, and an introductory course in transportation. The text would also be of interest to transportation professionals as a refresher in traffic flow theory, or as a reference. Students and engineers of diverse backgrounds will find this text accessible and applicable to today’s traffic issues. | <p>First textbook to address the modern advances in traffic flow theory in 20 years</p><p>Contains real-world examples and a problem set in each chapter</p><p>Discusses topics such as microscopic traffic analysis and traffic simulation and includes research related to traffic flow</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-540-59000-2 | Mathematics | Fedorov | [NAME]; [NAME]. Fedorov; Valerij Vasilievich Kozlov | A Memoir on Integrable Systems |  | Springer Monographs in Mathematics |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 280 p. 40 illus. | 0 | final | 84.95 | 84.95 | 90.9 | 93.45 | 78 | 122 | English | Mathematics | SCM12007 | Analysis | PBK | SCM12082 | Global Analysis and Analysis on Manifolds | PBKS | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Classical Mechanics and Lie Groups.- Systems With an Invariant Measure.- Integrable Systems, Lax Pairs and Confocal Quadrics.- Explicit Solutions.- References.- Index. | Integrable dynamical systems are usually associated with Hamiltonian ones. The present book considers the bigger class of systems which are not (at least a priori) Hamiltonian but possess tensor invariants, in particular, an invariant measure. Such systems are as rare as Hamiltonian ones that have additional first integrals and therefore must be considered as number one candidates for integrable problems. Several integrability theorems related to the existence of tensor invariants are formulated. The authors display the geometrical background of some classical and new hierarchies of integrable systems and give their explicit solution in terms of theta-functions.  Most of the results discussed in this book have not been published before, so that this book will be immensely useful both to specialists in analytical dynamics who are interested in integrable problems and those in algebraic geometry who are looking for applications. | The book contains hitherto unpublished, important results in dynamical systems theory.. | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-7643-8503-3 | Mathematics | Gasquet | Olivier Gasquet; [NAME]; [NAME]; François Schwarzentruber | [NAME] | An Introduction to Modal Logics via Tableaux | Studies in Universal Logic |  | 1 | 2014 | 220 | Soft cover | Book | XVI, 220 p. 73 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM24005 | Mathematical Logic and Foundations | PBC | SCM00009 | Mathematics, general | PB | Mathematics | Monograph | [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1 Modelling things with graphs.- 2 Talking about graphs.- 3 The basics of the model construction method.- 4 Logics with simple constraints on models.- 5 Logics with transitive accessibility relations.- 6 Model Checking.- 7 Modal logics with transitive closure.- Bibliography.- Index. | Possible worlds models were introduced by [NAME] in the early 1960s. Basically, a possible world's model is nothing but a graph with labelled nodes and labelled edges. Such graphs provide semantics for various modal logics (alethic, temporal, epistemic and doxastic, dynamic, deontic, description logics) and also turned out useful for other nonclassical logics (intuitionistic, conditional, several paraconsistent and relevant logics). All these logics have been studied intensively in philosophical and mathematical logic and in computer science, and have been applied increasingly in domains such as program semantics, artificial intelligence, and more recently in the semantic web. Additionally, all these logics were also studied proof theoretically. The proof systems for modal logics come in various styles: Hilbert style, natural deduction, sequents, and resolution. However, it is fair to say that the most uniform and most successful such systems are tableaux systems. Given logic and a formula, they allow one to check whether there is a model in that logic. This basically amounts to trying to build a model for the formula by building a tree. This book follows a more general approach by trying to build a graph, the advantage being that a graph is closer to a [NAME] model than a tree. It provides a step-by-step introduction to possible worlds semantics (and by that to modal and other nonclassical logics) via the tableaux method. It is accompanied by a piece of software called LoTREC (www.irit.fr/Lotrec). LoTREC allows to check whether a given formula is true at a given world of a given model and to check whether a given formula is satisfiable in a given logic. The latter can be done immediately if the tableau system for that logic has already been implemented in LoTREC. If this is not yet the case LoTREC offers the possibility to implement a tableau system in a relatively easy way via a simple, graph-based, interactive language. | <p>Aims at filling the gap between existing introductory and advanced textbooks</p><p>Introduces to the most important modal logics with multiple modalities from the perspective of the associated reasoning tasks</p><p>Concentrates on the most general and powerful reasoning method for modal logics: tableaux systems</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-0348-0438-7 | Mathematics | Giorgi | [NAME]; [NAME] | Traces and Emergence of Nonlinear Programming |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 431 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 431 p. | 0 | final | 79.99 | 79.99 | 85.59 | 87.99 | 72 | 106.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Computational Science and Engineering | PDE | SCM23009 | History of Mathematical Sciences | PBX | Mathematics | Collected works | [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Preface and Acknowledgements.- Introductory Chapter: A Historical View of Nonlinear Programming: Traces and Emergence.-  18 historical articles. | The book contains reproductions of the most important papers that gave birth to the first developments in nonlinear programming. Of particular interest is [NAME]  often quoted Master Thesis, which is published for the first time. The anthology includes an extensive preliminary chapter, where the editors trace out the history of mathematical programming, with special reference to linear and nonlinear programming.​ | <p>The book offers for the first time a collection of the basic historical papers on nonlinear programming   </p><p>The book includes a full version of the famous Master Thesis of [NAME] (1939), where the main theorem of nonlinear programming appeared for the first time   </p><p>The book provides a useful history of mathematical programming​</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8467-7 | Mathematics | Griffiths | [NAME]; [NAME] | Rational Homotopy Theory and Differential Forms |  | Progress in Mathematics | 16 | 2 | 2013 | 224 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 224 p. 46 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME] | PBPD | SCM11035 | Category Theory, Homological Algebra | PBC | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Introduction.- 2 Basic Concepts.- 3 CW Homology Theorem.- 4 The Whitehead Theorem and the Hurewicz Theorem.-  5 Spectral Sequence of a Fibration.- 6 Obstruction Theory.- 7 Eilenberg-MacLane Spaces, Cohomology, and Principal Fibrations.- 8 Postnikov Towers and Rational Homotopy Theory.- 9 deRham's theorem for simplicial complexes.- 10 Differential Graded Algebras.- 11 Homotopy Theory of DGAs.- 12 DGAs and Rational Homotopy Theory.- 13 The Fundamental Group.- 14 Examples and Computations.- 15 Functorality.- 16 The [NAME] Lemma.- 17 Quillen's work on Rational Homotopy Theory.- 18 A1-structures and C1-structures.- 19 Exercises. | This completely revised and corrected version of the well-known Florence notes circulated by the authors together with E. Friedlander examines basic topology, emphasizing homotopy theory. Included is a discussion of Postnikov towers and rational homotopy theory. This is then followed by an in-depth look at differential forms and [NAME] theorem on simplicial complexes. In addition, [NAME]’s results on computing the rational homotopy type from forms is presented.  New to the Second Edition: *Fully-revised appendices including an expanded discussion of the [NAME] lemma*Presentation of a natural proof of a [NAME] spectral sequence result *Updated content throughout the book, reflecting advances in the area of homotopy theoryWith its modern approach and timely revisions, this second edition of Rational Homotopy Theory and Differential Forms will be a valuable resource for graduate students and researchers in algebraic topology, differential forms, and homotopy theory. | <p>Second edition with fully updated content</p><p>Includes a readable introduction for non-specialists</p><p>Provides many elementary examples and exercises</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-01332-9 | Mathematics | Hardin | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Mathematics of Coordinated Inference | A Study of Generalized Hat Problems | Developments in Mathematics | 33 | 1 | 2013 | 109 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 109 p. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM24005 | Mathematical Logic and Foundations | PBC | SCM28000 | Topology | PBP | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. ​Introduction.- 2. The Finite Setting.- 3. The Denumerable Setting: Full Visibility.- 4. The Denumerable Setting: One-Way Visibility.- 5. Dual Hat Problems and the Uncountable.- 6. Galvin's Setting: Neutral and Anonymous Predictors.- 7. The Topological Setting.- 8. Universality of the μ-Predictor.- 9. Generalizations and Galois-Tukey Connections.- Bibliography.- Index. | Two prisoners are told that they will be brought to a room and seated so that each can see the other. Hats will be placed on their heads; each hat is either red or green. The two prisoners must simultaneously submit a guess of their own hat color, and they both go free if at least one of them guesses correctly. While no communication is allowed once the hats have been placed, they will, however, be allowed to have a strategy session before being brought to the room. Is there a strategy ensuring their release? The answer turns out to be yes, and this is the simplest non-trivial example of a “hat problem.” This book deals with the question of how successfully one can predict the value of an arbitrary function at one or more points of its domain based on some knowledge of its values at other points. Topics range from hat problems that are accessible to everyone willing to think hard, to some advanced topics in set theory and infinitary combinatorics. For example, there is a method of predicting the value f(a) of a function f mapping the reals to the reals, based only on knowledge of f's values on the open interval (a – 1, a), and for every such function the prediction is incorrect only on a countable set that is nowhere dense. The monograph progresses from topics requiring fewer prerequisites to those requiring more, with most of the text being accessible to any graduate student in mathematics. The broad range of readership includes researchers, postdocs, and graduate students in the fields of set theory, mathematical logic, and combinatorics. The hope is that this book will bring together mathematicians from different areas to think about set theory via a very broad array of coordinated inference problems. | <p>​Presents a comprehensive treatment of material previously available in journals only </p><p>Contains a number of new results and extensions of known results</p><p>States a number of open and accessible problems  </p><p>Unified notation is used for a cohesive presentation</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-94-6239-023-2 | Mathematics | Hart | K.P. Hart; P [NAME]; [NAME] | Recent Progress in General Topology III |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 882 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 882 p. 34 illus., 1 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM28000 | Topology | PBP | SCM11132 | Topological Groups, [NAME] | PBG | Mathematics | Contributed volume | Atlantis Press | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Topological Homogeneity.- Some Recent Progress Concerning Topology of Fractals.- A biased view of topology as a tool in functional analysis.- Large scale versus small scale.- Descriptive aspects of Rosenthal compacta.- Minimality conditions in topological [NAME] update on Topology.- Topics in Dimension Theory.- Representations of dynamical systems on Banach spaces.- Generalized metrizable [NAME] in Coarse Geometry.- Selections and Hyperspaces.- [NAME] Theory.- Almost disjoint families and topology.- Some Topics in Geometric Topology II.- Topological aspects of dynamics of pairs, tuples and sets.- Continuous selections of multivalued mappings.- The combinatorics of open covers.- Covering properties.- Paratopological and semitopological groups vs topological groups. | The book presents surveys describing recent developments in most of the primary subfields of General Topology, and its applications to Algebra and Analysis during the last decade, following the previous editions (North Holland, 1992 and 2002). The book was prepared in connection with the Prague Topological Symposium, held in 2011. During the last 10 years the focus in General Topology changed and therefore the selection of topics differs from that chosen in 2002. The following areas experienced significant developments: Fractals, Coarse Geometry/Topology, Dimension Theory, Set Theoretic Topology and Dynamical Systems. | <p>Authoritative surveys by leading experts</p><p>Coverage of newly developing areas</p><p>Third volume in prestigious series giving a panoramic view of the field</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-0348-0624-4 | Mathematics | Iosevich | [NAME]; Elijah Liflyand | Decay of the Fourier Transform | Analytic and Geometric Aspects |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 350 p. | 0 | approx. | 94.95 | 94.95 | 101.6 | 104.45 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12007 | Analysis | PBK | SCM12058 | Fourier Analysis | PBKF | Mathematics | Monograph | [NAME] | Planned | 2014-02-28 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- Introduction.- Chapter 1. Basic properties of the Fourier transform.- Chapter 2. Oscillatory integrals and Fourier transforms in one variable.- Chapter 3. The [NAME] transform of an oscillating function.- Chapter 4. The [NAME] transform of a radial function.- Chapter 5. Multivariate extensions.- Appendix.- Bibliography.​ | The Plancherel formula says that the L^2 norm of the function is equal to the L^2 norm of its Fourier transform. This implies that at least on average, the [NAME] transform of an L^2 function decays at infinity. This book is dedicated to the study of the rate of this decay under various assumptions and circumstances, far beyond the original L^2 setting. Analytic and geometric properties of the underlying functions interact in a seamless symbiosis which underlines the wide range influences and applications of the concepts under [NAME] | Only book where the decay rate of the [NAME] transform is the dominant theme Systematic examination of the concepts Focus on interaction between the analytic and geometric approaches of [NAME] theory​ | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4471-5459-4 | Mathematics | Jovanović | [NAME]; [NAME] | Analysis of Finite Difference Schemes | For Linear Partial Differential Equations with Generalized Solutions | Springer Series in Computational Mathematics | 46 | 1 | 2014 | 408 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 408 p. 7 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Numerical Analysis | PBKS | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Distributions and function spaces.- Elliptic boundary-value problems.- Finite difference approximation of parabolic problems.- Finite difference approximation of hyperbolic problems. | This book develops a systematic and rigorous mathematical theory of finite difference methods for linear elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic partial differential equations with nonsmooth solutions.  Finite difference methods are a classical class of techniques for the numerical approximation of partial differential equations. Traditionally, their convergence analysis presupposes the smoothness of the coefficients, source terms, initial and boundary data, and of the associated solution to the differential equation. This then enables the application of elementary analytical tools to explore their stability and accuracy. The assumptions on the smoothness of the data and of the associated analytical solution are however frequently unrealistic. There is a wealth of boundary – and initial – value problems, arising from various applications in physics and engineering, where the data and the corresponding solution exhibit lack of regularity.  In such instances classical techniques for the error analysis of finite difference schemes break down. The objective of this book is to develop the mathematical theory of finite difference schemes for linear partial differential equations with nonsmooth solutions.  Analysis of Finite Difference Schemes is aimed at researchers and graduate students interested in the mathematical theory of numerical methods for the approximate solution of partial differential equations. | <p>Develops a systematic and rigorous theory for the construction and analysis of finite difference methods</p><p>Presents the theory with minimal regularity conditions i.e. for PDEs with nonsmooth solutions and data</p><p>Partially accessible to advanced undergraduate and masters students interested in numerical analysis</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-02068-6 | Mathematics | Kabanov | [NAME]; [NAME]; Thaleia Zariphopoulou | Inspired by Finance | The Musiela Festschrift |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 536 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 536 p. 30 illus., 13 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99 | 146.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM13062 | Quantitative Finance | KF |  |  |  | Mathematics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​R. [NAME] and [NAME]:Forward Start Foreign Exchange Options under Heston’s Volatility and the CIR Interest R.- A. Bensoussan and [NAME]:Real Options with Competition and Incomplete Market.- [NAME] and [NAME]:Dynamic Hedging of Counterparty Exposure.- L. Campi:A Note on Market Completeness with American Put Options.- S. Cawston and [NAME]:An f -Divergence Approach for Optimal Portfolios in Exponential Lévy Models.- B. Chouaf and [NAME]:Optimal Investment with Bounded VaR for Power Utility Functions.- [NAME], [NAME] and M.-A. Morlais:Three Essays on [NAME] with Variable Exit Times.- S. Darses and [NAME]:Mean Square Error and Limit Theorem for the Modified Leland Hedging Strategy with a Constant Transaction Costs Coefficient.- [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]:Conditional Default Probability and Density.- R. Douady:Yield Curve Smoothing and Residual Variance of Fixed Income Positions.- E. Eberlein and D. B. Madan:Maximally Acceptable Portfolios.- P. V. Gapeev:Some Extensions of Norros’ Lemma in Models with Several Defaults.- [NAME] and [NAME]:On the Pricing of Perpetual American Compound Options.- E. Gobet and [NAME]:New Approximations in Local Volatility Models.- P. Hepperger:Low-Dimensional Partial Integro-Differential Equations for High-Dimensional Asian Options.- C. Kardaras:A Time BeforeWhich Insiders Would Not Undertake Risk.- [NAME], [NAME], M. Rubtsov:Sensitivity with Respect to the Yield Curve:Duration in a Stochastic Setting.- M. Kijima and [NAME]. Siu:On the First Passage Time under Regime-Switching with [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]:Strong Consistency of the Bayesian Estimator for the Ornstein–Uhlenbeck Process.- I. Molchanov and [NAME]:Multiasset Derivatives and Joint Distributions of Asset Prices.- [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME]:Pricing of Volume-Weighted Average Options:Analytical Approximations and Numerical Results.- [NAME] and Th. Zariphopoulou:A Class of Homothetic Forward Investment Performance Processes with Non-Zero Volatility.- E. Presman:Solution of Optimal Stopping Problem Based on a Modification of Payoff Function.- [NAME] and [NAME]. Zürcher:A [NAME] to Static Hedges.- [NAME]:Optimal Stopping of Seasonal Observations and Projection of a [NAME] Chain.​ | The present volume is dedicated to Marek Musiela, an eminent scholar and practitioner who is perhaps best-known for his important contributions to problems of derivative pricing, theory of term structure of interest rates, theory of defaultable securities and other topics in modern mathematical finance. It includes 25 research papers by 47 authors, established experts and newcomers alike, that cover the whole range of the 'hot' topics in the discipline. The contributed articles not only give a clear picture about what is going on in this rapidly developing field of knowledge but provide methods ready for practical implementation. They also open new prospects for further studies in risk management, portfolio optimization, and financial engineering. | <p>Written by experts</p><p>Provides methods ready for practical implementation</p><p>Opens perspectives for further studies in risk management</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-9154-5 | Mathematics | Karp | [NAME]; [NAME] | Handbook on the History of Mathematics Education |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 822 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 822 p. 21 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 249 | 249 | 266.43 | 273.9 | 224.5 | 331.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM23009 | History of Mathematical Sciences | PBX | SCO25000 | Mathematics Education | JNU | Mathematics | Handbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1.History and Methodology of the Field.- 1.On historiography of teaching and learning mathematics.- 2.The History of Mathematics Education: Developing a Research Methodology.- Part 2.Mathematics Education in Different Epochs and in Different Regions: Antiquity and the Middle Ages.- 3.Mathematics Education in Antiquity.- 4.Mathematics Education in Oriental Antiquity and the Middle Ages.- 5.Teaching the Mathematical Sciences in Islamic Societies, 8th-17th Centuries.- 6.Mathematics Education in the European Middle Ages.- Part 3.Mathematics Education in Different Epochs and in Different Regions: Pre-Modern Period.- 7.Mathematics Education in Europe in the Pre-Modern Period.- 8.Mathematics Education in East Asia in the Pre-modern Period.- 9.Mathematics Education in the Americas in the Pre-Modern Period.- Part 4.Mathematics Education in Different Epochs and in Different Regions: Modern Period.- 10.Secondary School Mathematics Teaching in Italy from the Early Nineteenth Century to the Mid-Twentieth Century.- 11.Mathematics Education in France: 1800-1980.- 12.Mathematics Education in Germany (Modern Times).- 13.Mathematics Education in the United Kingdom.- 14.Mathematics Education in Spain and Portugal.- 15.Mathematics Education in Russia.- 16.Mathematics Education in the United States and Canada.- 17.Mathematics Education in Latin America.- 18.Mathematics Education in Modern Asia.- 19.Mathematics Education in Africa.- 20.Mathematics Education in Islamic Countries in the Modern Time: Case Study of Tunisia.- Part 5.History of Teaching Mathematical Subjects in School.- 21.History of Teaching Arithmetic.- 22.Notes for a History of the Teaching of Algebra.- 23.History of Teaching Geometry.- 24.History of Teaching Calculus.- 25.History of Teaching Vocational Mathematics.- 26.Mathematics Teaching Practices.- Part 6.Issues and Processes Across Borders.- 27.History of International Cooperation in Mathematics Education.- 28.History of Tools and Technologies in Mathematics Education.- 29.History of Mathematics Teacher Education. | This is the first comprehensive International Handbook on the History of Mathematics Education, covering a wide spectrum of epochs and civilizations, countries and cultures. Until now, much of the research into the rich and varied history of mathematics education has remained inaccessible to the vast majority of scholars, not least because it has been written in the language, and for readers, of an individual country. And yet a historical overview, however brief, has become an indispensable element of nearly every dissertation and scholarly article. This handbook provides, for the first time, a comprehensive and systematic aid for researchers around the world in finding the information they need about historical developments in mathematics education, not only in their own countries, but globally as well.Although written primarily for mathematics educators, this handbook will also be of interest to researchers of the history of education in general, as well as specialists in cultural and even social history. | <p>At present there is no text that presents the history of mathematics education across the world</p><p>Systematically describes the historical development of teaching methods for specific subjects: i.e. algebra, geometry, calculus</p><p>The first book that presents the history of mathematics education as a unified process across the world, including the history of cross-influences and cooperation</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-38840-8 | Mathematics | Khovanskii | [NAME]; [NAME]; Valentina [NAME] | [NAME], Coverings, and Riemann Surfaces |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 81 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 81 p. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM11051 | Field Theory and Polynomials | PBF | SCM11078 | Group Theory and Generalizations | PBG | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 Galois Theory: 1.1 Action of a Solvable Group and [NAME] by Radicals.- 1.2 Fixed Points under an Action of a Finite Group and Its Subgroups.- 1.3 Field Automorphisms and Relations between Elements in a Field.- 1.4 Action of a k-Solvable Group and Representability by [NAME] 1.5 Galois Equations.- [NAME] with a Galois Equation.- 1.7 The Fundamental Theorem of Galois Theory.- 1.8 A Criterion for Solvability of Equations by Radicals.- 1.9 A Criterion for Solvability of Equations by [NAME] 1.10 Unsolvability of Complicated Equations by [NAME] Equations.- 1.11 Finite Fields.- Chapter 2 Coverings: 2.1 Coverings over Topological Spaces.- 2.2 Completion of Finite Coverings over [NAME] Surfaces.- Chapter 3 Ramified Coverings and Galois Theory:  3.1 Finite Ramified Coverings and Algebraic Extensions of Fields of Meromorphic Functions.- 3.2 Geometry of Galois Theory for Extensions of a Field of Meromorphic Functions.- References.- Index | The first part of this book provides an elementary and self-contained exposition of classical [NAME] theory and its applications to questions of solvability of algebraic equations in explicit form. The second part describes a surprising analogy between the fundamental theorem of Galois theory and the classification of coverings over a topological space. The third part contains a geometric description of finite algebraic extensions of the field of meromorphic functions on a Riemann surface and provides an introduction to the topological Galois theory developed by the author. All results are presented in the same elementary and self-contained manner as classical [NAME] theory, making this book both useful and interesting to readers with a variety of backgrounds in mathematics, from advanced undergraduate students to researchers. | <p>Classical [NAME] theory and classification of coverings are explained from scratch</p><p>Gentle introduction to the cutting edge of research</p><p>Written by one of the founders of topological [NAME] theory </p> | Students | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8300-7 | Mathematics | [NAME] | Natalia [NAME]; [NAME] | Targeted Cancer Treatment in Silico | Small Molecule Inhibitors and Oncolytic Viruses | Modeling and Simulation in Science, Engineering and Technology |  | 1 | 2013 | 227 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 227 p. 71 illus., 26 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM31020 | Physiological, Cellular and Medical Topics | PBW | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Background and Scope of the Book.- Part I Treatment of Cancer with Small Molecule Inhibitors.- An Introduction to Small Molecule Inhibitors and Chronic Myeloid Leukemia.- Basic Dynamics of Chronic Myeloid Leukemia During Imatinib Treatment.- Stochastic Modeling of Cellular Growth, Treatment, and Resistance Generation.- Evolutionary Dynamics of Drug Resistant Mutants in Targeted Treatment of CML.- Effect of Cellular Quiescence on the Evolution of Drug Resistance in CML.- Combination Therapies: Short term versus Long term Strategies.- Cross Resistance: Treatment and Modeling.- Mathematical Modeling of Cyclic Cancer Treatments.- Part II Treatment of Cancer with Oncolytic Viruses.- Introduction to Oncolytic Viruses.- Basic Dynamics of Oncolytic Viruses.- Mitotic Virus Transmission and Immune Responses.- Axiomatic Approaches to Oncolytic Virus Modeling.- Spatial Oncolytic Virus Dynamics.- Oncolytic Viruses and the Eradication of Drug-resistant Tumor Cells. | Countless medical researchers over the past century have been occupied by the search for a cure of cancer. So far, they have developed and implemented a wide range of treatment techniques, including surgery, chemo- and radiotherapy, antiangiogenic drugs, small molecule inhibitors, and oncolytic viruses. However, patterns of these treatments' effectiveness remain largely unclear, and a better understanding of how cancer therapies work has become a key research goal. [NAME] in Silico provides the first in-depth study of approaching this understanding by modeling cancer treatments, both mathematically and through computer simulations.The main goal of this book is to help expose students and researchers to in silico methods of studying cancer. It is intended for both the applied mathematics and experimental oncology communities, as mathematical models are playing an increasingly important role to supplement laboratory biology in the fight against cancer. Written at a level that generally requires little technical background, the work will be a valuable resource for scientists and students alike. | <p>Provides an original look at the application of mathematical tools to specific questions in oncology</p><p>Written by two leading experts in the field, with unique credentials in cancer modeling</p><p>A valuable resource for a diverse range of students, applied mathematicians, and researchers in cancer treatment</p><p>Largely accessible to scientists without a strong background in mathematics</p><p>Periodic exercises and simulations are appealing for textbook use</p><p><p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8488-2 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME] | [NAME] and Pell-Lucas Numbers with Applications |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. 30 illus. | 0 | approx. | 44.95 | 44.95 | 48.1 | 49.45 | 39.99 | 59.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM25001 | Number Theory | PBH | SCM24005 | Mathematical Logic and Foundations | PBC | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-11-11 00:00:00 |  |  | ​         Fundamentals.- Pell’s Equation.- Continued Fractions.- Pythagorean Triples. -Triangular Numbers.- Square-Triangular Numbers.- Pell and Pell-Lucas Numbers.- Additional Pell identities.- Pascal’s Triangle and the [NAME] Family.- [NAME] and Products.- [NAME] for the [NAME] Family.- [NAME] Walks.-  [NAME]. - [NAME] and Pell-Lucas Polynomials.-  Pellonometry.-  [NAME] Radicals.- [NAME]. -Pell-[NAME]. - An Extended Pell Family.- Chebyshev Polynomials.- Chebyshev Tilings.- Bibliography.- Appendix​ | [NAME] and [NAME]–Lucas numbers, like the well-known Fibonacci and Catalan numbers, continue to intrigue the mathematical world with their beauty and applicability. They offer opportunities for experimentation, exploration, conjecture, and problem-solving techniques, connecting the fields of analysis, geometry, trigonometry, and  various areas of discrete mathematics, number theory, graph theory, linear algebra, and combinatorics.  [NAME] and [NAME]–Lucas  numbers belong to an extended [NAME] family as a powerful tool for extracting numerous interesting properties of a vast array of number sequences.   A key feature of this work is the historical flavor that is interwoven into the extensive and in-depth coverage of the subject. An interesting array of applications to combinatorics, graph theory, geometry, and intriguing mathematical puzzles is another highlight engaging the reader. The exposition is user-friendly, yet rigorous, so that a broad audience consisting of students, math teachers and instructors, computer scientists and other professionals, along with the mathematically curious will all benefit from this book.   Finally, [NAME] and [NAME]–Lucas Numbers provides enjoyment and excitement while sharpening  the reader’s mathematical skills involving pattern recognition, proof-and-problem-solving techniques.​ | <p>​​Invaluable resource with extensive and in-depth coverage of topic</p><p>Broad audience of students and math teachers/instructors at various levels, depending on college or university, computer scientists and the mathematically curious          </p><p>Presentation is rigorous yet user-friendly, interweaving an engaging historical context         </p><p>Valuable applications to number theory, combinatorics, graph theory, geometry, and interesting math puzzles​ ​</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-0348-0693-0 | Mathematics | Lerner | [NAME] | A Course on Integration Theory | Including more than 150 exercises with detailed answers |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 450 p. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | SCM12171 | Real Functions | PBKB | [NAME] | Measure and Integration | PBKL | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | [NAME] | Planned | 2013-12-18 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Introduction.- 2 General theory of integration.- 3 Construction of the Lebesgue measure on R^d.- 4 Spaces of integrable functions.- 5 Integration on a product space.- 6 Diffeomorphisms of open subsets of R^d and integration.- 7 Convolution.- 8 Complex measures.- 9 Harmonic analysis.- 10 Classical inequalities. | This textbook provides a detailed treatment of abstract integration theory, construction of the Lebesgue measure via the Riesz-Markov Theorem and also via the Carathéodory Theorem. It also includes some elementary properties of Hausdorff measures as well as the basic properties of spaces of integrable functions and standard theorems on integrals depending on a parameter. Integration on a product space, change of variables formulas as well as the construction and study of classical Cantor sets are treated in detail. Classical convolution inequalities, such as Young's inequality and Hardy-Littlewood-Sobolev inequality are proven. The Radon-Nikodym theorem, notions of harmonic analysis, classical inequalities and interpolation theorems, including [NAME]'s theorem, the definition of Lebesgue points and Lebesgue differentiation theorem are further topics included.    A detailed appendix provides the reader with various elements of elementary mathematics, such as a discussion around the calculation of antiderivatives or the [NAME] function. The appendix also provides more advanced material such as some basic properties of cardinals and ordinals which are useful in the study of measurability.​ | <p>Includes over 150 exercises with detailed solutions</p><p>Requires no prior knowledge of advanced mathematics although the results proven in the book are not elementary</p><p>Is self-contained, providing detailed arguments for each statement</p><p>Includes a helpful appendix to recall basic notions</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-39625-0 | Mathematics | López | [NAME] | Constant Mean Curvature Surfaces with Boundary |  | Springer Monographs in Mathematics |  | 1 | 2013 | 292 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 292 p. 64 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM21022 | Differential Geometry | PBMP | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-12 00:00:00 |  | Introduction.- Surfaces with Constant Mean Curvature.- Constant Mean Curvature Embedded Surfaces.-The Flux Formula for Constant Mean Curvature Surfaces.- The Area and the Volume of a Constant Mean Curvature Surface.- Constant Mean Curvature Discs with Circular Boundary.- The Dirichlet Problem of the CMC Equation.- The Dirichlet Problem in Unbounded Domains.- Constant Mean Curvature Surfaces in Hyperbolic Space.- The Dirichlet Problem in Hyperbolic Space.- Constant Mean Curvature Surfaces in Lorentz-Minkowski Space.- Appendix: A. The Variation Formula of the Area and the Volume.- B.Open Questions.- References.​ | The study of surfaces with constant mean curvature (CMC) is one of the main topics in classical differential geometry. Moreover, CMC surfaces are important mathematical models for the physics of interfaces in the absence of gravity, where they separate two different media, or for capillary phenomena. Further, as most techniques used in the theory of CMC surfaces not only involve geometric methods but also PDE and complex analysis, the theory is also of great interest for many other mathematical fields.   While minimal surfaces and CMC surfaces in general have already been treated in the literature, the present work is the first to present a comprehensive study of “compact surfaces with boundaries,” narrowing its focus to a geometric view. Basic issues include the discussion whether the symmetries of the curve inherit to the surface; the possible values of the mean curvature, area and volume; stability; the circular boundary case; and the existence of the [NAME] problem in the non-parametric case. The exposition provides an outlook on recent research but also a set of techniques that allows the results to be expanded to other ambient spaces. Throughout the text, numerous illustrations clarify the results and their proofs.   The book is intended for graduate students and researchers in the field of differential geometry and especially theory of surfaces, including geometric analysis and geometric PDEs. It guides readers up to the state-of-the-art of the theory and introduces them to interesting open problems. | <p>Includes set of interesting open problems</p><p>First comprehensive publication on "compact surfaces with boundary"</p><p>Gives a state-of-the-art review of the theory​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-39285-6 | Mathematics | Lovász | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] |  | Bolyai Society Mathematical Studies | 25 | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 700 p. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99 | 146.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Combinatorics | PBV | SCM25001 | Number Theory | PBH | Mathematics | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 | 2013-09-06 00:00:00 |  | Contents.- Preface.- Alon, N.: [NAME] and Probabilistic Reasoning.- [NAME], I.: Euclidean vs. [NAME], [NAME] and Riordan, O.: The Phase Transition in the [NAME]–Rényi [NAME], J.: Around the Sum-product Phenomenon.- [NAME], E., Green, [NAME] and [NAME], T.: Small Doubling in Groups.- [NAME], [NAME] [NAME] and Multiplicative Number Theory.- Füredi, [NAME], M.: The History of Degenerate (Bipartite) [NAME], [NAME] [NAME] and Arithmetic Progressions.- [NAME], [NAME]: [NAME] and Egyptian Fractions.- Györy, K.: Perfect Powers in Products with Consecutive Terms from Arithmetic Progressions.- [NAME], P.: [NAME] on Infinite Graphs.- Kunen, K.: The Impact of [NAME] on Set Theory.- Mauldin, R. D.: Some Problems and Ideas of Erdös in Analysis and Geometry.- [NAME], [NAME], J.: A Combinatorial Classic – Sparse Graphs with High Chromatic Number.- Nguyen, H. H. and Vu, [NAME] Small Ball Probability, Inverse Theorems, and Applications.- Pach, J.: The Beginnings of Geometric Graph Theory.- Pintz, J.: [NAME] and the Difference of Primes.- Pollack, P. and Pomerance, C.: [NAME] and the Rise of Statistical Thinking in Elementary Number Theory.- Rödl, V. and Schacht, M.: Extremal Results in Random Graphs.-Schinzel, A.: [NAME] on the Sum of Divisors Function and on Euler’s Function.- Shalev, A.: Some Results and Problems in the Theory of Word Maps.- Tenenbaum, G.: Some of Erdös’ Unconventional Problems in Number Theory, Thirty-four Years Later.- Totik, V.: [NAME] on Polynomials.- Vertesi, P.: [NAME] and Interpolation: Problems, Results, New Developments. | [NAME] was one of the most influential mathematicians of the twentieth century, whose work in number theory, combinatorics, set theory, analysis, and other branches of mathematics has determined the development of large areas of these fields. In 1999, a conference was organized to survey his work, his contributions to mathematics, and the far-reaching impact of his work on many branches of mathematics. On the 100th anniversary of his birth, this volume undertakes the almost impossible task to describe the ways in which problems raised by him and topics initiated by him (indeed, whole branches of mathematics) continue to flourish. Written by outstanding researchers in these areas, these papers include extensive surveys of classical results as well as of new developments. | <p>Published on the occasion of [NAME] 100th anniversary</p><p>This volume describes the way in which problems raised by [NAME] and topics initiated by him continue to flourish today</p><p>Contains contributions by outstanding researchers in these areas </p><p>The papers include extensive surveys of classical results as well as of new developments</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8962-7 | Mathematics | Ma | [NAME]; [NAME] | Phase Transition Dynamics |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 558 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 558 p. 153 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 109.99 | 109.99 | 117.69 | 120.99 | 99 | 146.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | SCP21026 | Fluid- and Aerodynamics | PHDF | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​​​User’s Guide.- General Theory of Phase Transition Dynamics.- Dynamic Transition Theory.- Equilibrium Phase Transition in Statistical Physics.- Fluid Dynamics.- Geophysical Fluid Dynamics and Climate Dynamics.- Dynamical Transitions in Chemistry and Biology.- References​. | This book is an introduction to a comprehensive and unified dynamic transition theory for dissipative systems and to applications of the theory to a range of problems in the nonlinear sciences. The main objectives of this book are to introduce a general principle of dynamic transitions for dissipative systems, to establish a systematic dynamic transition theory, and to explore the physical implications of applications of the theory to a range of problems in the nonlinear sciences. The basic philosophy of the theory is to search for a complete set of transition states, and the general principle states that dynamic transitions of all dissipative systems can be classified into three categories: continuous, catastrophic and random. The audience for this book includes advanced graduate students and researchers in mathematics and physics as well as in other related fields. | <p>Theory and methods are applicable to a wide range of scientific problems</p><p>Provides a thorough introduction to dynamic transition theory for nonlinear partial differential equations</p><p>Mathematical discussion of dynamic transition theory is developed with attention to physics</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-94-6239-014-0 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Mathematical Models for Poroelastic Flows |  | Atlantis Studies in Differential Equations | 1 | 1 | 2014 | 421 | Hard cover | Book | XXXIII, 421 p. 25 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | SCP19013 | Mathematical Methods in Physics | PHU | Mathematics | Monograph | Atlantis Press | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The book is devoted to rigorous derivation of macroscopic mathematical models as a homogenization of exact mathematical models at the microscopic level. The idea is quite natural: one first must describe the joint motion of the elastic skeleton and the fluid in pores at the microscopic level by means of classical continuum mechanics, and then use homogenization to find appropriate approximation models (homogenized equations). The Navier-Stokes equations still hold at this scale of the pore size in the order of 5 – 15 microns. Thus, as we have mentioned above, the macroscopic mathematical models obtained are still within the limits of physical applicability. These mathematical models describe different physical processes of liquid filtration and acoustics in poroelastic media, such as isothermal or non-isothermal filtration, hydraulic shock, isothermal or non-isothermal acoustics, diffusion-convection, filtration and acoustics in composite media or in  porous fractured reservoirs. Our research is based upon the [NAME] two-scale convergent method. | <p>For each underground physical process the reader finds a set of mathematical models depending on the dimensionless criteria of the given process and describing the process with different degrees of exactness</p><p>The reader may apply the suggested approach to solve many other important problems in filtration and acoustics and obtain macroscopic mathematical models, which are asymptotically exact</p><p>First volume in a new series</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-9095-1 | Mathematics | Milton | [NAME]; [NAME] | Mathematics as a Laboratory Tool | Dynamics, Delays and [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 488 | Hard cover | Book | X, 488 p. 159 illus., 4 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 44.99 | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 40.99 | 60 | English | Mathematics | SCM31000 | Mathematical and Computational Biology | PDE | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Science and the mathematics of black boxes.- The mathematics of change.- Equilibria and steady states.- Stability.- Fixed–points: Creation and destruction.- Transient dynamics.- Frequency domain I: Bode plots and transfer functions.- Frequency domain II: Fourier analysis and power spectra.- Feedback and control systems.- Oscillations.- Beyond limit cycles.- Random perturbations.- Noisy dynamical systems.- Random walkers.- Thermodynamic perspectives. | This introductory textbook is based on the premise that the foundation of good science is good data. The educational challenge addressed by this introductory textbook is how to present a sampling of the wide range of mathematical tools available for laboratory research to well-motivated students with a mathematical background limited to an introductory course in calculus. | <p>Uses real data</p><p>Uses mathematical methods that are used in the laboratory</p><p>Real laboratory exercises provided as supplementary material</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-0348-0621-3 | Mathematics | Morais | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Real Quaternionic Calculus Handbook |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 200 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 200 p. 2 illus. | 0 | approx. | 39.95 | 39.95 | 42.75 | 43.95 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM11116 | Non-associative Rings and [NAME] | PBF | [NAME] | Functions of a Complex Variable | PBKD | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | [NAME] | Planned | 2014-01-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 An introduction to [NAME] and spatial rotation.- 3 Quaternion sequences.- 4 Quaternion series and infinite products.- 5 Exponents and logarithms.- 6 Trigonometric functions.- 7 Hyperbolic functions.- 8 Inverse hyperbolic and trigonometric functions.- 9 Quaternion matrices.- 10 Monomials, polynomials and binomials.- 11 Solutions.- Bibliography.- Index. | Real quaternion analysis is a multi-faceted subject. Created to describe phenomena in special relativity, electrodynamics, spin etc., it has developed into a body of material that interacts with many branches of mathematics, such as complex analysis, harmonic analysis, differential geometry, and differential equations. It is also a ubiquitous factor in the description and elucidation of problems in mathematical physics. In the meantime real quaternion analysis has become a well established branch in mathematics and has been greatly successful in many different directions. This book is based on concrete examples and exercises rather than general theorems, thus making it suitable for an introductory one- or two-semester undergraduate course on some of the major aspects of real quaternion analysis in exercises. Alternatively, it may be used for beginning graduate level courses and as a reference work. With exercises at the end of each chapter and its straightforward writing style the book addresses readers who have no prior knowledge on this subject but have a basic background in graduate mathematics courses, such as real and complex analysis, ordinary differential equations, partial differential equations, and theory of distributions. | <p>Gives a brief introduction in the algebra, geometry and elementary analysis of quaternions and quaternion functions </p><p>Presents solutions or hints for the solution of 150 problems, and supplementary exercises for a course on quaternions </p><p>Provides basic knowledge for computing with matrices with quaternion entries </p><p>Includes important historical remarks  </p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-81-322-1610-0 | Mathematics | Mursaleen | M. Mursaleen; [NAME] | [NAME] for Double Sequences and Applications |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 171 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 171 p. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM1218X | Sequences, Series, Summability | PBK | SCM12023 | Approximations and Expansions | PBKJ | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1: Almost and statistical convergence of ordinary sequences: A preview.- Chapter 2: Almost convergence of double sequences.- Chapter 3: Almost regular matrices.- Chapter 4: Absolute almost convergence of double sequences.- Chapter 5: Almost convergence and core [NAME] 6: Application of almost convergence in approximation theorems for functions of two variables.- Chapter 7: Statistical convergence of double sequences.- Chapter 8: Statistical approximation of positive linear operators.- Chapter 9: Double series and convergence tests.- References. | This book exclusively deals with the study of almost convergence and statistical convergence of double sequences. The notion of “almost convergence” is perhaps the most useful notion in order to obtain a weak limit of a bounded non-convergent sequence. There is another notion of convergence known as the “statistical convergence”, introduced by [NAME], which is an extension of the usual concept of sequential limits. This concept arises as an example of “convergence in density” which is also studied as a summability method. Even unbounded sequences can be dealt with by using this method. The book also discusses the applications of these non-matrix methods in approximation theory. Written in a self-contained style, the book discusses in detail the methods of almost convergence and statistical convergence for double sequences along with applications and suitable examples. The last chapter is devoted to the study convergence of double series and describes various convergence tests analogous to those of single sequences. In addition to applications in approximation theory, the results are expected to find application in many other areas of pure and applied mathematics such as mathematical analysis, probability, fixed point theory and statistics. | <p>Studies double sequences or sequences of matrices by using non-matrix methods</p><p>Demonstrates the concept in use with numerical double sequences</p><p>Demystifies the concept of double sequences with the help of suitable examples</p><p>Highlights the application of double sequences in several areas of pure and applied mathematics such as mathematical analysis, probability, fixed-point theory and statistics, and approximation theory</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-81-322-1646-9 | Mathematics | [NAME] | P.N. Natarajan | An Introduction to Ultrametric Summability Theory |  | SpringerBriefs in Mathematics |  | 1 | 2013 | 102 | Soft cover | Book | IX, 102 p. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM1218X | Sequences, Series, Summability | PBK | SCM12007 | Analysis | PBK | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction and Preliminaries.- Some Arithmetic and Analysis in Qp : Derivatives in Ultrametric Analysis.- Ultrametric Functional Analysis.- Ultrametric Summability Theory.- References.- Index. | Ultrametric analysis has emerged as an important branch of mathematics in recent years. This book presents, for the first time, a brief survey of the research to date in ultrametric summability theory, which is a fusion of a classical branch of mathematics (summability theory) with a modern branch of analysis (ultrametric analysis). Several mathematicians have contributed to summability theory as well as functional analysis. The book will appeal to both young researchers and more experienced mathematicians who are looking to explore new areas in analysis. | <p>Studies ultrametric analysis, an emerging branch of mathematics </p><p>Introduces the concepts of ultrametric summability theory—a fusion of summability theory and ultrametric analysis</p><p>Appeals to young researchers as well as mature mathematicians</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-0348-0509-4 | Mathematics | Nazaikinskii | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The Localization Problem in Index Theory of Elliptic Operators |  | Pseudo-Differential Operators | 10 | 1 | 2014 | 118 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 118 p. 37 illus. | 0 | approx. | 59.95 | 59.95 | 64.15 | 65.95 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | SCM12082 | Global Analysis and Analysis on Manifolds | PBKS | SCM11086 | K-Theory | PBPD | Mathematics | Monograph | [NAME] | Planned | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction.- 0.1 Basics of Elliptic Theory.- 0.2 Surgery and the Superposition Principle.- 0.3 Examples and Applications.- 0.4 Bibliographical Remarks.- Part I: Superposition Principle.- 1 Superposition Principle for the Relative Index.- 1.1 Collar Spaces.- 1.2 Proper Operators and Fredholm Operators.- 1.3 Superposition Principle.- 2 Superposition Principle for K-Homology.- 2.1 Preliminaries.- 2.2 Fredholm Modules and K-Homology.- 2.3 Superposition Principle.- 2.4 Fredholm Modules and Elliptic Operators.- 3 Superposition Principle for KK-Theory.- 3.1 Preliminaries.- 3.2 [NAME], [NAME], and KK.- 3.3 Superposition Principle.- Part II: Examples.- 4 Elliptic Operators on Noncompact Manifolds.- 4.1 Gromov–[NAME] Theorem.- 4.2 Bunke Theorem.- 4.3 Roe’s Relative Index Construction.- 5 Applications to Boundary Value Problems.- 5.1 Preliminaries.- 5.2 Agranovich–Dynin Theorem.- 5.3 Agranovich Theorem.- 5.4 Bojarski Theorem and Its Generalizations.- 5.5 Boundary Value Problems with Symmetric Conormal Symbol.- 6 Spectral Flow for Families of Dirac Type Operators.- 6.1 Statement of the Problem.- 6.2 Simple Example.- 6.3 Formula for the Spectral Flow.- 6.4 Computation of the Spectral Flow for a Graphene Sheet.- Bibliography. | The book deals with the localization approach to the index problem for elliptic operators. Localization ideas have been widely used for solving various specific index problems for a long time, but the fact that there is actually a fundamental localization principle underlying all these solutions has mostly passed unnoticed.  The ignorance of this general principle has often necessitated using various artificial tricks and hindered the solution of new important problems in index theory. So far, the localization principle has been only scarcely covered in journal papers and not covered at all in monographs. The suggested book is intended to fill the gap. So far, it is the first and only monograph dealing with the topic. Both the general localization principle and its applications to specific problems, existing and new, are covered. The book will be of interest to working mathematicians as well as graduate and postgraduate university students specializing in differential equations and related topics.​ | <p>The book is concisely and clearly written and contains numerous figures helping the reader to visualize the material</p><p>The book uses simple language to explain the main ideas and avoids unnecessary technicalities without sacrificing mathematical rigor</p><p>The applications described in the book include a carefully selected variety of results, old as well as new, each of which is described in a self-contained way and can be read independently</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-0348-0230-7 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Selected Works of Jindřich Nečas | PDEs, [NAME] and Regularity | Advances in Mathematical Fluid Mechanics |  | 1 | 2013 | 224 | Hard cover | Book | IV, 224 p. 49 illus., 17 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | [NAME] | Mathematical Physics | PHU | Mathematics | Collected works | [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Introduction.- 2 Short Biography of J. Nečas.- 3 Complete List of Nečas’ works.- 4 J. Nečas in the early 1960s.- 5 J. Nečas and the Prague School of PDE.- 6 Linear Elliptic Operators.- 7.1 Regularity for Non-linear Equations and Systems.- 7.2 Contribution of Mingione and Kristensen.- 8. Non-linear Functional Analysis, Calculus of Variations.- 9. Solid Mechanics, Elasticity, Thermoelasticity, and Plasticity.- 9.1 Mechanics of Solids.- 9.2 The Contribution of Jindřich Nečas to the Development of the Theory of Solvability of Contact Problems.- 10 Fluid Mechanics.- 11 Comments and Recollections by Collaborators and Students.- 12 Some Notable Personal Correspondence.- 13 Photographs. | The book collects the most significant contributions of the outstanding Czech mathematician [NAME], who was honoured with the Order of Merit of the Czech Republic by President [NAME]. Starting with Nečas’s brief biography and short comments on his role in the beginnings of modern PDE research in Prague, the book then follows the periods of his research career. The first part is devoted to the linear theory of partial differential equations. Its topics include the variational approach to linear boundary value problems and the Rellich - Nečas inequalities, together with their applications to boundary regularity. The second part is concerned with the regularity for nonlinear elliptic systems, which are related to [NAME]’s 19th and 20th problems. The third part focuses on Nonlinear Functional Analysis and its applications to non-linear PDEs, while the last part deals with topics in the mathematical theory of various models in Continuum Mechanics, including elasticity and plasticity, the Navier-Stokes equations, transonic flows, and multipolar fluids. The editorial contributions were written by: I. Babuška, P. Ciarlet, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], J. Jarušek, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], G. Mingione, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] and J. Stará. | <p>First time that [NAME]’ important results have been collected in one publication</p><p>Some of the articles are not anymore available elsewhere</p><p>The theory of the PDEs of continuum mechanics is perhaps even more popular today than it was when Nečas’s seminal contributions to this area were written</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 1
 | 978-3-642-39130-9 | Mathematics | Némethi | Andras Némethi; Agnes Szilárd | Deformations of Surface Singularities |  | Bolyai Society Mathematical Studies | 23 | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 280 p. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME] | PBPD | SCM11019 | Algebraic Geometry | PBMW | Mathematics | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-07-01 00:00:00 | 2013-09-06 00:00:00 |  | Altmann, K. and [NAME], L.: Negative Deformations of Toric Singularities that are Smooth in Codimension Two.- Bhupal, M. and Stipsicz, A.I.: Smoothing of Singularities and Symplectic Topology.- Ilten, [NAME]: Calculating Milnor Numbers and Versal Component Dimensions from P-Resolution Fans.- Némethi, A: Some Meeting Points of Singularity Theory and Low Dimensional Topology.- [NAME], J.: The Versal Deformation of Cyclic Quotient Singularities.- [NAME], J.: [NAME] with Hauser's Algorithm.- [NAME], D.: Tree Singularities: Limits, Series and Stability.​ | The present publication contains a special collection of research and review articles on deformations of surface singularities, that put together serve as an introductory survey of results and methods of the theory, as well as open problems and examples.  The aim is to collect material that will help mathematicians already working or wishing to work in this area to deepen their insight and eliminate the technical barriers in this learning process. Additionally, we introduce some material which emphasizes the newly found relationship with the theory of [NAME] fillings and symplectic geometry. This links two main theories of mathematics: low dimensional topology and algebraic geometry.​The theory of normal surface singularities is a distinguished part of analytic or algebraic geometry with several important results, its own technical machinery, and several open problems. Recently several connections were established with low dimensional topology, symplectic geometry and theory of [NAME] fillings. This created an intense mathematical activity with spectacular bridges between the two areas. The theory of deformation of singularities is the key object in these connections. | <p>Special collection of research and review articles on deformations of surface singularities</p><p>Introduces material on the newly found relationship with the theory of [NAME] fillings and symplectic  geometry</p><p>Linking two main theories of mathematics: low dimensional topology and algebraic geometry</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-4-431-54570-5 | Mathematics | Noguchi | [NAME]; [NAME] | Nevanlinna Theory in Several Complex Variables and Diophantine Approximation |  | Grundlehren der mathematischen Wissenschaften | 350 | 1 | 2014 | 412 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 412 p. 6 illus. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Functions of a Complex Variable | PBKD | SCM12198 | Several Complex Variables and Analytic Spaces | PBKD | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Nevanlinna Theory of Meromorphic Functions.- First Main Theorem.- Differentiably Non-Degenerate Meromorphic Maps.- Entire Curves into [NAME] Varieties.- Semi-Abelian Varieties.- Entire Curves into Semi-Abelian Varieties.- Kobayashi Hyperbolicity.- Nevanlinna Theory over Function Fields.- Diophantine Approximation.- Bibliography.- Index.- Symbols | The aim of this book is to provide a comprehensive account of higher dimensional Nevanlinna theory and its relations with Diophantine approximation theory for graduate students and interested researchers.This book with nine chapters systematically describes Nevanlinna theory of meromorphic maps between algebraic varieties or complex spaces, building up from the classical theory of meromorphic functions on the complex plane with full proofs in Chap. 1 to the current state of research.Chapter 2 presents the First Main Theorem for coherent ideal sheaves in a very general form. With the preparation of plurisubharmonic functions, how the theory to be generalized in a higher dimension is described. In Chap. 3 the Second Main Theorem for differentiably non-degenerate meromorphic maps by [NAME] and others is proved as a prototype of higher dimensional Nevanlinna theory.Establishing such a Second Main Theorem for entire curves in general complex algebraic varieties is a wide-open problem. In Chap. 4, the Cartan-Nochka Second Main Theorem in the linear projective case and the Logarithmic Bloch-Ochiai Theorem in the case of general algebraic varieties are proved. Then the theory of entire curves in semi-abelian varieties, including the Second Main Theorem of Noguchi-Winkelmann-Yamanoi, is dealt with in full details in Chap. 6. For that purpose Chap. 5 is devoted to the notion of semi-abelian varieties. The result leads to a number of applications. With these results, the Kobayashi hyperbolicity problems are discussed in Chap. 7.In the last two chapters Diophantine approximation theory is dealt with from the viewpoint of higher dimensional Nevanlinna theory, and the Lang-Vojta conjecture is confirmed in some cases. In Chap. 8 the theory over function fields is discussed. Finally, in Chap. 9, the theorems of [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and Vojta over number fields are presented and formulated in view of Nevanlinna theory with results motivated by those in Chaps. 4, 6, and 7. | <p>This is an important state-of-the-art book on Nevanlinna theory in higher dimension and the relations with Diophantine approximation theory</p><p>The contents include materials that cannot be easily found in other sources</p><p>The treatment and proofs are given in a self-contained manner except for some results over number fields in Chap. 9, suitable for graduate students and interested researchers, specialists and non-specialists alike</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-02098-3 | Mathematics | Olver | [NAME] | Introduction to Partial Differential Equations |  | Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics |  | 1 | 2013 | 640 | Hard cover | Book | X, 640 p. | 0 | approx. | 44.99 | 44.99 | 48.14 | 49.49 | 39.99 | 58.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | SCM13090 | Complex Systems | PBW | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-11-29 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | ​What are Partial Differential Equations?.- Linear and Nonlinear Waves.- [NAME] Series.- Separation of Variables.- Finite Differences.- Generalized Functions and Green’s Functions.- Complex Analysis and Conformal Mapping.- [NAME] Transforms.- Linear and Nonlinear Evolution Equations.- A General Framework for Linear Partial Differential Equations​.- Finite Elements and Weak Solutions.-  Dynamics of Planar Media.- Partial Differential Equations in Space​.- | This textbook is designed for a one year course covering the fundamentals of partial differential equations, geared towards advanced undergraduates and beginning graduate students in mathematics, science, engineering, and elsewhere.  The exposition carefully balances solution techniques, mathematical rigor, and significant applications, all illustrated by numerous examples.  Extensive exercise sets appear at the end of almost every subsection, and include straightforward computational problems to develop and reinforce new techniques and results, details on theoretical developments and proofs, challenging projects both computational and conceptual, and supplementary material that motivates the student to delve further into the subject. No previous experience with the subject of partial differential equations or [NAME] theory is assumed, the main prerequisites being undergraduate calculus, both one- and multi-variable, ordinary differential equations, and basic linear algebra.  While the classical topics of separation of variables, [NAME] analysis, boundary value problems, Green's functions, and special functions continue to form the core of an introductory course, the inclusion of nonlinear equations, shock wave dynamics, symmetry and similarity, the Maximum Principle, financial models, dispersion and solitons, Huygens' Principle, quantum mechanical systems, and more make this text well attuned to recent developments and trends in this active field of contemporary research.  Numerical approximation schemes are an important component of any introductory course, and the text covers the two most basic approaches: finite differences and finite elements. [NAME] is professor of mathematics at the University of Minnesota.  His wide-ranging research interests are centered on the development of symmetry-based methods for differential equations and their manifold applications.  He is the author of over 130 papers published in major scientific research journals as well as 4 other books, including the definitive Springer graduate text, Applications of [NAME] to [NAME], and another undergraduate text, Applied Linear Algebra. | <p>​Many interesting examples and exercises that are connected to real world problems balanced with well explained theory </p><p>Provides an excellent reading course for undergraduate partial differential equations </p><p>Treats both linear and nonlinear partial differential equations​</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-02044-0 | Mathematics | Osborne | [NAME] | Locally Convex Spaces |  | [NAME] in Mathematics | 269 | 1 | 2014 | 202 | Hard cover | Book | X, 202 p. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM12066 | Functional Analysis | PBKF | SCM11132 | Topological Groups, [NAME] | PBG | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​​1 Topological Groups.- 2 Topological Vector Spaces.- 3 Locally Convex Spaces.- 4 The Classics.- 5 Dual Spaces.- 6 Duals of Fré​chet Spaces.- A Topological Oddities.- B [NAME] in Topological Groups.- C The Other Krein–Smulian Theorem.- D Further Hints for Selected Exercises.- Bibliography.- Index. | For most practicing analysts who use functional analysis, the restriction to [NAME] spaces seen in most real analysis graduate texts is not enough for their research. This graduate text, while focusing on locally convex topological vector spaces, is intended to cover most of the general theory needed for application to other areas of analysis. Normed vector spaces, [NAME] spaces, and [NAME] spaces are all examples of classes of locally convex spaces, which is why this is an important topic in functional analysis.While this graduate text focuses on what is needed for applications, it also shows the beauty of the subject and motivates the reader with exercises of varying difficulty. Key topics covered include point set topology, topological vector spaces, the Hahn–[NAME] theorem, seminorms and Fréchet spaces, uniform boundedness, and dual spaces. The prerequisite for this text is the [NAME] space theory typically taught in a beginning graduate real analysis course. | <p>​​Introduces functional analysis while focusing on locally convex spaces</p><p>Focuses on applications to other topics in analysis</p><p>Contains over 100 exercises with varying levels of difficulty to motivate the reader</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-81-322-1613-1 | Mathematics | Padhi | [NAME]; [NAME] | Theory of Third-Order Differential Equations |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 504 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 504 p. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Ordinary Differential Equations | PBKJ | SCM12007 | Analysis | PBK | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer India | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Chapter 1: Introduction.- Chapter 2: Behaviour of Solutions of Linear Homogeneous Differential Equations of Third Order.- Chapter 3: Oscillation of Solutions of Linear Nonhomogeneous Differential Equations of Third Order.- Chapter 4: Oscillation and Nonoscillation of Homogeneous Third-order Nonlinear Differential Equations.- Chapter 5: Oscillation and Nonoscillation of Nonlinear Nonhomogeneous Differential Equations of Third Order.- Chapter 6: Oscillatory and Asymptotic Behavior of Solutions of Third Order Delay Differential Equations.- Chapter 7: Stability of Third Order Differential Equations.- References.​ | This book discusses the theory of third-order differential equations. Most of the results are derived from the results obtained for third-order linear homogeneous differential equations with constant coefficients. [NAME], in his book written in 1987, only deals with third-order linear differential equations. These findings are old, and new techniques have since been developed and new results obtained.Chapter 1 introduces the results for oscillation and non-oscillation of solutions of third-order linear differential equations with constant coefficients, and a brief introduction to delay differential equations is given. The oscillation and asymptotic behavior of non-oscillatory solutions of homogeneous third-order linear differential equations with variable coefficients are discussed in Ch. 2. The results are extended to third-order linear non-homogeneous equations in Ch. 3, while [NAME]. 4 explains the oscillation and non-oscillation results for homogeneous third-order nonlinear differential equations. Chapter 5 deals with the z-type oscillation and non-oscillation of third-order nonlinear and non-homogeneous differential equations. Chapter 6 is devoted to the study of third-order delay differential equations. Chapter 7 explains the stability of solutions of third-order equations. Some knowledge of differential equations, analysis and algebra is desirable, but not essential, in order to study the topic. | <p>Highlights the results that hold good for constant coefficient equations of third order linear differential equations</p><p>Contains all the latest results, with the reasons for their importance in the present context</p><p>Furthers the studies of [NAME], who first studied third order linear differential equations</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-40753-6 | Mathematics | PAN | Ping-Qi PAN | Linear Programming Computation |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 850 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 850 p. 14 illus. | 0 | final | 139.99 | 139.99 | 149.79 | 153.99 | 126 | 186.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM11094 | Linear and [NAME], Matrix Theory | PBF | SCM00009 | Mathematics, general | PB | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Geometry of the [NAME] Region.- [NAME] principle and dual simplex method.- Implementation of the Simplex Method.- Sensitivity Analysis and Parametric LP.- Variants of the Simplex Method.- Decomposition Method.- Interior Point Method.- Integer Linear Programming (ILP).- Pivot Rule.- Dual Pivot Rule.- [NAME] Method.- Dual Simplex Phase-l Method.- Reduced Simplex Method.- Improved Reduced Simplex Method.- D-Reduced Simplex Method.- Criss-Cross Simplex Method.- Generalizing Reduced Simplex Method.- Deficient-Basis Method.- Dual Deficient-Basis Method.- Face Method.- Dual Face Method.- Pivotal interior-point Method.- Special Topics.- Appendix.- References. | ​With emphasis on computation, this book is a real breakthrough in the field of LP. In addition to conventional topics, such as the simplex method, duality, and interior-point methods, all deduced in a fresh and clear manner, it introduces the state of the art by highlighting brand-new and advanced results, including efficient pivot rules, Phase-I approaches, reduced [NAME], deficient-basis methods, face methods, and pivotal interior-point methods. In particular, it covers the determination of the optimal solution set, feasible-point [NAME], decomposition principle for solving large-scale problems, controlled-branch method based on generalized reduced simplex framework for solving integer LP problems. | <p>A landmark work on LP </p><p>Includes a wealth of rich and advanced materials </p><p>A must-read for all students, researchers and practitioners interested in LP and related areas</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-01320-6 | Mathematics | Paprotny | [NAME]; [NAME] | Realtime Data Mining | Self-Learning Techniques for Recommendation Engines | Applied and Numerical Harmonic Analysis |  | 1 | 2014 | 277 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 277 p. 62 illus., 9 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Computational Science and Engineering | PDE | [NAME] | Mathematical Applications in Computer Science | PBWH | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-12-19 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Brave New Realtime World – Introduction.- 2 Strange Recommendations? – On The Weaknesses Of Current Recommendation Engines.- 3 Changing Not Just Analyzing – Control Theory And Reinforcement Learning.- 4 Recommendations As A Game – Reinforcement Learning For Recommendation Engines.- 5 How Engines Learn To Generate Recommendations – Adaptive Learning Algorithms.- 6 Up The Down Staircase – Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning.- 7 Breaking Dimensions – Adaptive Scoring With Sparse Grids.- 8 Decomposition In Transition - Adaptive Matrix Factorization.- 9 Decomposition In Transition Ii - Adaptive Tensor Factorization.- 10 The Big Picture – Towards A Synthesis Of Rl And [NAME] Factorization.- 11 What Cannot Be Measured Cannot Be Controlled - Gauging Success With A/B Tests.- 12 Building A Recommendation Engine – The Xelopes Library.- 13 Last Words – Conclusion.- References.- Summary Of Notation. | ​​​​Describing novel mathematical concepts for recommendation engines, Realtime Data Mining: Self-Learning Techniques for Recommendation Engines features a sound mathematical framework unifying approaches based on control and learning theories, tensor factorization, and hierarchical methods. Furthermore, it presents promising results of numerous experiments on real-world data.​ The area of realtime data mining is currently developing at an exceptionally dynamic pace, and realtime data mining systems are the counterpart of today's “classic” data mining systems. Whereas the latter learn from historical data and then use it to deduce necessary actions, realtime analytics systems learn and act continuously and autonomously. In the vanguard of these new analytics systems are recommendation engines. They are principally found on the Internet, where all information is available in realtime and an immediate feedback is guaranteed.  This monograph appeals to computer scientists and specialists in machine learning, especially from the area of recommender systems, because it conveys a new way of realtime thinking by considering recommendation tasks as control-theoretic problems. Realtime Data Mining: Self-Learning Techniques for Recommendation Engines will also interest application-oriented mathematicians because it consistently combines some of the most promising mathematical areas, namely control theory, multilevel approximation, and tensor factorization. | <p>Specifically addresses recommendation engines from a mathematically rigorous viewpoint</p><p>Discusses a control-theoretic framework for recommendation engines</p><p>Provides applications to a number of areas within engineering and computer science</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4419-7997-1 | Mathematics | Pardalos | Panos M. Pardalos; [NAME]; [NAME] | Handbook of Combinatorial Optimization |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 3409 |  | eReference work | XXI, 3409 p. 685 illus., 169 illus. in color. eReference. | 1 | final | 2500 | 2500 | 2975 | 3000 | 2250 | 3497 | English | Mathematics | SCM26008 | Optimization | PBU | [NAME] | Combinatorics | PBV | Mathematics | Reference work | Springer New York | Available | 2013-07-15 00:00:00 | 2013-09-06 00:00:00 |  | Introduction.- Part 1. General Methodology.- Analysis of Greedy Approximations.- Guillotine Partition in Geometric Optimization.- [NAME] Optimization in Process Synthesis.- Connection between Nonlinear Programming and Discrete Optimization.- Interior Point Methods for Combinatorial Optimization.- Fractional Combinatorial Optimization.- Reformulation-Linearization Techniques for Discrete Optimization Problems.- Grobner Bases in Integer Programming.- Dynamical System Approaches to Combinatorial Optimization.- Semidefinite Relaxation, Multivariate Norma Distribution and Order Statistics.- Selected Algorithmic Techniques for Parallel Optimization.- Multispace Search for Combinatorial Optimization.- Randomized [NAME] for Combinatorial Optimization.- Tabu Search.- Neural Network Approach for Combinatorial Optimization.- Data Correcting Algorithms in Combinatorial Optimization.- Probabilistic Verification and Non-Approximability.- Part 2. Classic Problems.- The Steiner ratio of $[NAME] The Maximum Clique Problem.- The Generalized Assignment Problem and Extension.- Linear Assignment Problems and Extensions.- [NAME] Algorithms: Combinatorial Analysis.- Feedback Set Problems.- The Equitable Coloring of Graphs.- Approximate Algorithms and Heuristics for MAX-SAT.- Knapsack Problems.- Steiner Minimum Trees in E^3.- The Graph Coloring Problem: A Bibliographic Survey.- Steiner Minimum Trees: An Introduction, Parallel Computation, and Future Work.- Resource Allocation Problems.- [NAME] for Geometric Shortest Path Query Problem.- On-line Dominating Set Problems for Graphs.- Minimum Weight Triangulation.- A review of Machine Scheduling: Complexity, [NAME] and Approximability.- Algorithmic Aspects of Domination in Graphs.- The Quadratic Assignment Problem.- A Cognitive Algorithm for solving the Equal Circles Packing Problem.- Optimal Rectangular Partition.- Weighted Dominating Set in Unit Disk Graphs.- Part 3. Applications.- Applications of Set Covering, Set Packing and Set Partitioning Models: A Survey.- Combinatorial Optimization in Clustering.- Combinatorial Optimization and Coalition Games.- Optimization Problems in Optical Networks.- Optimization Applications in the Airline Industry.- Routing and Topology Embedding in Lightwave Networks.- Steiner Tree in Industry.- Connected Dominating Sets in Sensor Networks.- Network-based Model and Algorithms in Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery.- Steiner Tree in VISL Designs.- Steiner Tree in Coal Mining Industry.- Coverage Problems in sensor Networks.- Packing, Dominating and Wireless Networking.- Group Testing in Molecular Biology.- Index. | The second edition of this 7-volume handbook is intended to be a basic yet comprehensive reference work in combinatorial optimization that will benefit newcomers and researchers for years to come. This multi-volume work deals with several algorithmic approaches for discrete problems as well as with many combinatorial problems. The editors have brought together almost every aspect of this enormous field of combinatorial optimization, an area of research at the intersection of applied mathematics, computer science, and operations research and which overlaps with many other areas such as computation complexity, computational biology, VLSI design, communications networks, and management science. An international team of 30-40 experts in the field form the editorial board.The Handbook of Combinatorial Optimization, second edition is addressed to all scientists who use combinatorial optimization methods to model and solve problems. Experts in the field as well as non-specialists will find the material stimulating and useful. | <p>This second edition features 30% new additional content, additional chapters as well as updated content  </p><p>Editors-in-chief are renowned members of the operations research and mathematics communities </p><p>Subject spans much of applied mathematics, computer science and operations research as well as overlaps with many other fields such as computation complexity, computational biology, VLSI design, communications networks, and management science</p> | Science | E-book | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-3975-2 | Mathematics | Pardalos | Panos M. Pardalos; [NAME]; [NAME] | Handbook of Combinatorial Optimization |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 3409 | Soft cover | Book + Online Access | XXI, 3409 p. 685 illus., 169 illus. in color. Print + eReference. In 2 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 3125 | 3125 | 3343.75 | 3437.5 | 2812.5 | 4160 | English | Mathematics | SCM26008 | Optimization | PBU | [NAME] | Combinatorics | PBV | Mathematics | Reference work | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-14 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part 1. General Methodology.- Analysis of Greedy Approximations.- Guillotine Partition in Geometric Optimization.- [NAME] Optimization in Process Synthesis.- Connection between Nonlinear Programming and Discrete Optimization.- Interior Point Methods for Combinatorial Optimization.- Fractional Combinatorial Optimization.- Reformulation-Linearization Techniques for Discrete Optimization Problems.- Grobner Bases in Integer Programming.- Dynamical System Approaches to Combinatorial Optimization.- Semidefinite Relaxation, Multivariate Norma Distribution and Order Statistics.- Selected Algorithmic Techniques for Parallel Optimization.- Multispace Search for Combinatorial Optimization.- Randomized [NAME] for Combinatorial Optimization.- Tabu Search.- Neural Network Approach for Combinatorial Optimization.- Data Correcting Algorithms in Combinatorial Optimization.- Probabilistic Verification and Non-Approximability.- Part 2. Classic Problems.- The Steiner ratio of $[NAME] The Maximum Clique Problem.- The Generalized Assignment Problem and Extension.- Linear Assignment Problems and Extensions.- [NAME] Algorithms: Combinatorial Analysis.- Feedback Set Problems.- The Equitable Coloring of Graphs.- Approximate Algorithms and Heuristics for MAX-SAT.- Knapsack Problems.- Steiner Minimum Trees in E^3.- The Graph Coloring Problem: A Bibliographic Survey.- Steiner Minimum Trees: An Introduction, Parallel Computation, and Future Work.- Resource Allocation Problems.- [NAME] for Geometric Shortest Path Query Problem.- On-line Dominating Set Problems for Graphs.- Minimum Weight Triangulation.- A review of Machine Scheduling: Complexity, [NAME] and Approximability.- Algorithmic Aspects of Domination in Graphs.- The Quadratic Assignment Problem.- A Cognitive Algorithm for solving the Equal Circles Packing Problem.- Optimal Rectangular Partition.- Weighted Dominating Set in Unit Disk Graphs.- Part 3. Applications.- Applications of Set Covering, Set Packing and Set Partitioning Models: A Survey.- Combinatorial Optimization in Clustering.- Combinatorial Optimization and Coalition Games.- Optimization Problems in Optical Networks.- Optimization Applications in the Airline Industry.- Routing and Topology Embedding in Lightwave Networks.- Steiner Tree in Industry.- Connected Dominating Sets in Sensor Networks.- Network-based Model and Algorithms in Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery.- Steiner Tree in VISL Designs.- Steiner Tree in Coal Mining Industry.- Coverage Problems in sensor Networks.- Packing, Dominating and Wireless Networking.- Group Testing in Molecular Biology.- Index. | The second edition of this 7-volume handbook is intended to be a basic yet comprehensive reference work in combinatorial optimization that will benefit newcomers and researchers for years to come. This multi-volume work deals with several algorithmic approaches for discrete problems as well as with many combinatorial problems. The editors have brought together almost every aspect of this enormous field of combinatorial optimization, an area of research at the intersection of applied mathematics, computer science, and operations research and which overlaps with many other areas such as computation complexity, computational biology, VLSI design, communications networks, and management science. An international team of 30-40 experts in the field form the editorial board.The Handbook of Combinatorial Optimization, second edition is addressed to all scientists who use combinatorial optimization methods to model and solve problems. Experts in the field as well as non-specialists will find the material stimulating and useful. | <p>This second edition features 30% new additional content, additional chapters as well as updated content  </p><p>Editors-in-chief are renowned members of the operations research and mathematics communities </p><p>Subject spans much of applied mathematics, computer science and operations research as well as overlaps with many other fields such as computation complexity, computational biology, VLSI design, communications networks, and management science</p> | Science | Reduced (3) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4419-7996-4 | Mathematics | Pardalos | Panos M. Pardalos; [NAME]; [NAME] | Handbook of Combinatorial Optimization |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 3409 | Hard cover | Book | XXI, 3409 p. 685 illus., 169 illus. in color. In 5 volumes, not available separately. | 1 | final | 2500 | 2500 | 2675 | 2750 | 2250 | 3328 | English | Mathematics | SCM26008 | Optimization | PBU | [NAME] | Combinatorics | PBV | Mathematics | Reference work | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Part 1. General Methodology.- Analysis of Greedy Approximations.- Guillotine Partition in Geometric Optimization.- [NAME] Optimization in Process Synthesis.- Connection between Nonlinear Programming and Discrete Optimization.- Interior Point Methods for Combinatorial Optimization.- Fractional Combinatorial Optimization.- Reformulation-Linearization Techniques for Discrete Optimization Problems.- Grobner Bases in Integer Programming.- Dynamical System Approaches to Combinatorial Optimization.- Semidefinite Relaxation, Multivariate Norma Distribution and Order Statistics.- Selected Algorithmic Techniques for Parallel Optimization.- Multispace Search for Combinatorial Optimization.- Randomized [NAME] for Combinatorial Optimization.- Tabu Search.- Neural Network Approach for Combinatorial Optimization.- Data Correcting Algorithms in Combinatorial Optimization.- Probabilistic Verification and Non-Approximability.- Part 2. Classic Problems.- The Steiner ratio of $[NAME] The Maximum Clique Problem.- The Generalized Assignment Problem and Extension.- Linear Assignment Problems and Extensions.- [NAME] Algorithms: Combinatorial Analysis.- Feedback Set Problems.- The Equitable Coloring of Graphs.- Approximate Algorithms and Heuristics for MAX-SAT.- Knapsack Problems.- Steiner Minimum Trees in E^3.- The Graph Coloring Problem: A Bibliographic Survey.- Steiner Minimum Trees: An Introduction, Parallel Computation, and Future Work.- Resource Allocation Problems.- [NAME] for Geometric Shortest Path Query Problem.- On-line Dominating Set Problems for Graphs.- Minimum Weight Triangulation.- A review of Machine Scheduling: Complexity, [NAME] and Approximability.- Algorithmic Aspects of Domination in Graphs.- The Quadratic Assignment Problem.- A Cognitive Algorithm for solving the Equal Circles Packing Problem.- Optimal Rectangular Partition.- Weighted Dominating Set in Unit Disk Graphs.- Part 3. Applications.- Applications of Set Covering, Set Packing and Set Partitioning Models: A Survey.- Combinatorial Optimization in Clustering.- Combinatorial Optimization and Coalition Games.- Optimization Problems in Optical Networks.- Optimization Applications in the Airline Industry.- Routing and Topology Embedding in Lightwave Networks.- Steiner Tree in Industry.- Connected Dominating Sets in Sensor Networks.- Network-based Model and Algorithms in Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery.- Steiner Tree in VISL Designs.- Steiner Tree in Coal Mining Industry.- Coverage Problems in sensor Networks.- Packing, Dominating and Wireless Networking.- Group Testing in Molecular Biology.- Index. | The second edition of this 7-volume handbook is intended to be a basic yet comprehensive reference work in combinatorial optimization that will benefit newcomers and researchers for years to come. This multi-volume work deals with several algorithmic approaches for discrete problems as well as with many combinatorial problems. The editors have brought together almost every aspect of this enormous field of combinatorial optimization, an area of research at the intersection of applied mathematics, computer science, and operations research and which overlaps with many other areas such as computation complexity, computational biology, VLSI design, communications networks, and management science. An international team of 30-40 experts in the field form the editorial board.The Handbook of Combinatorial Optimization, second edition is addressed to all scientists who use combinatorial optimization methods to model and solve problems. Experts in the field as well as non-specialists will find the material stimulating and useful. | <p>This second edition features 30% new additional content, additional chapters as well as updated content  </p><p>Editors-in-chief are renowned members of the operations research and mathematics communities </p><p>Subject spans much of applied mathematics, computer science and operations research as well as overlaps with many other fields such as computation complexity, computational biology, VLSI design, communications networks, and management science</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-0348-0685-5 | Mathematics | Pucci | Patrizia Pucci; [NAME]; [NAME] | Selected Papers of [NAME] |  | Contemporary Mathematicians |  | 1 | 2013 | 1600 | Hard cover | Book | 1600 p. 2 volume-set. | 0 | final | 229 | 229 | 245.03 | 251.9 | 206.5 | 305 | English | Mathematics | SCM23009 | History of Mathematical Sciences | PBX |  |  |  | Mathematics | Collected works | [NAME] | Planned | 2014-02-28 00:00:00 |  |  |  | These two volumes present the collected works of [NAME]. He has done seminal work on a number of the basic tools needed for the study of solutions of partial differential equations. Many of them have been and are being applied to solving problems in science and engineering. Among the areas which he studied are maximum principle methods and related phenomena such as Harnack's inequality, the compact support principle, dead cores and bursts, free boundary problems, phase transitions, the symmetry of solutions, boundary layer theory, singularities, and fine regularity properties. The volumes include commentaries by leading mathematicians to indicate the significance of the articles, and to discuss further developments along the lines of these articles. | <p>The two books contain a collection of challenging papers in nonlinear partial differential equations</p><p>These papers develop the skills for doing research in nonlinear analysis and applied functional analysis</p><p>They include incisive explanations of many important ideas in the development of some major research areas in the last few decades </p><p>The work provides an interesting and valuable historical account of important ideas and techniques</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 1
 | 978-3-319-00830-1 | Mathematics | [NAME] | Yuming [NAME] | Analytic Inequalities and Their Applications in PDEs |  | Operator Theory: Advances and Applications | 241 | 1 | 2014 | 676 | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 690 p. | 0 | approx. | 109 | 109 | 116.63 | 119.9 | 98.5 | 145.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | SCP21018 | Mechanics | PHD | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-12-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1 Integral Inequalities.- 2 Differential and Difference Inequalities.- 3 Global Attractors for Evolutionary Differential Equations.- 4 Global Existence and Uniqueness for Evolutionary PDEs.- 5 Asymptotic Behavior for Evolutionary PDEs.-6 Blow-up of Solutions to Evolutionary PDEs.- 7 Appendix: Basic Inequalities.​ | This book aims to present some analytic inequalities and their applications in partial differential equations. These inequalities include integral inequalities, differential inequalities and difference inequalities which play a crucial role in establishing (uniform) bounds, global existence, large-time behavior, decay rates and blow-up of solutions to various classes of evolutionary differential equations. The material summarizes a vast literature such as published papers, preprints and books in which inequalities are categorized in terms of different  properties which are consequences of those inequalities such as (uniform) bounds, global existence, large-time behavior, decay rates and blow-up of  solutions for some partial differential equations. | <p>Useful basic analytic inequalities </p><p>Results and techniques in differential equations  </p><p>First book to describe analytic inequalities categorized with different aims, such as uniform bounds, and to emphasize applications in partial differential equations ​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-0348-0593-3 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Global Wellposedness of Nonlinear Evolutionary Fluid Equations |  | Frontiers in Mathematics |  | 1 | 2014 | 174 | Soft cover | Book | IX, 174 p. | 0 | approx. | 49.95 | 49.95 | 53.45 | 54.95 | 44.99 | 66.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Mathematical Physics | PHU | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | Mathematics | Monograph | [NAME] | Planned | 2013-11-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- 1 Global Existence and Asymptotic Behavior for the Cauchy Problem of the 1D Magnetohydrodynamic Fluid System.- 2 Global Existence and Exponential Stability for a 1D Compressible and [NAME] Flow.- 3 Global Smooth Solutions for 1D Thermally Radiative Magnetohydrodynamics with Selfgravitation.- 4 Global Smooth Solutions to A 1D Self-gravitating Viscous Radiative and Reactive Gas.- 5 The Cauchy Problem for A 1D Compressible Viscous Micropolar Fluid Model.- 6 Global Existence and Exponential Stability for A 1D Compressible Viscous Micropolar Fluid Model.- 7 Global Existence and Exponential Stability of Solutions to the 1D Full non-Newtonian Fluids.- 8 Exponential Stability of Spherically Symmetric Solutions to Nonlinear Non-autonomous Compressible Navier-Stokes Equations.- Bibliography.- Index.​ | This book presents recent results on nonlinear evolutionary fluid equations such as the compressible (radiative) magnetohydrodynamics (MHD) equations, compressible viscous micropolar fluid equations, the full non-Newtonian fluid equations and non-autonomous compressible Navier-Stokes equations. It summarizes recently published research by the authors and their colleagues and also includes new and unpublished material. This type of partial differential equations arises in many fields of mathematics, but also in other branches of science such as physics and fluid dynamics.  This book will be a valuable resource for graduate students and researchers interested in partial differential equations, and will also benefit practitioners in physics and engineering. | <p>Presents recent as well as unpublished results </p><p>Each chapter closes with bibliographic comments </p><p>Acquaints the reader with the main ideas of the basic theories and methods</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-02089-1 | Mathematics | Quarteroni | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] for modeling and computational reduction |  | MS&A | 8 | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. | 0 | approx. | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM1400X | Computational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis | PBKS | SCI1701X | [NAME] | UYA | Mathematics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-11-17 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The monograph deals with the state of the art of current advances and developments in reduced order methods for modeling and computational reduction of complex parametrized systems, held by ordinary and/or partial differential equations, with a special emphasis on real time computing techniques. All the contributions in the book have been peer-reviewed and contain examples of applications in computational mechanics. Model reduction topics are emphasized in several themes: 1. design, optimization, and control theory in real-time with applications in engineering; 2. data assimilation, geometry registration, and parameter estimation with a special attention to real-time computing in biomedical engineering and computational physics; 3. real-time visualization of physics-based simulations in computer science; 4. the treatment of high-dimensional problems in state space, physical space, or parameter space; 5. the interactions between different model reduction and dimensionality reduction approaches; 6. the development of general error estimation frameworks which take into account both model and discretization effects. | <p>A complete review on the state of the art of model order reduction advances and developments</p><p>A gallery of application examples on reduced order modeling in computational science and engineering</p><p>It covers several topics and techniques by leading experts</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-01356-5 | Mathematics | Rosazza Gianin | [NAME]; [NAME] | Mathematical Finance: Theory Review and Exercises | From Binomial Model to Risk Measures | UNITEXT | 70 | 1 | 2013 | 278 | Soft cover | Book | X, 278 p. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | SCW23032 | Finance/Investment/Banking | KFF | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-10 00:00:00 |  | [NAME] review of Probability and of Stochastic Processes.- 2 Portfolio Optimization in Discrete time Models.- 3 Binomial Model for Option Pricing.- 4 Absence of arbitrage and Completeness of market models.- 5 Itô’s Formula and Stochastic Differential Equations.- 6 Partial Differential Equations in Finance.- 7 Black-Scholes model for Option Pricing and Hedging Strategies.- 8 American Options.- 9 Exotic Options.- 10 Interest Rate Models.- 11 Pricing Models beyond Black-Scholes.- 12 Risk Measures: Value at Risk and beyond. | The book collects over 120 exercises on different subjects of Mathematical Finance, including Option Pricing, Risk Theory, and Interest Rate Models. Many of the exercises are solved, while others are only proposed. Every chapter contains an introductory section illustrating the main theoretical results necessary to solve the exercises. The book is intended as an exercise textbook to accompany graduate courses in mathematical finance offered at many universities as part of degree programs in Applied and Industrial Mathematics, Mathematical Engineering, and Quantitative Finance. | <p>Offers substantially more exercises on continuous time than do other textbooks</p><p>Includes three completely new chapters (one on Arbitrage Theory and Incompleteness, one on Risk Measures, and one on Stochastic Volatility Models and Models with jumps)</p><p>Presents a middle ground between the stochastic and the analytic approach to option pricing and hedging at a reasonable, but not trivial, mathematical level </p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8510-0 | Mathematics | Shonkwiler | [NAME] | Finance with [NAME] |  | Springer Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics and Technology |  | 1 | 2013 | 250 | Hard cover | Book | XIX, 250 p. 70 illus., 17 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM13062 | Quantitative Finance | KF | SCM14068 | Mathematical Modeling and Industrial Mathematics | PBWH | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. [NAME] and the Efficient Market Hypothesis.- 2. Return and Risk.- 3. Forward and Option Contracts and their Pricing.- 4. Pricing Exotic Options.- 5. Option Trading Strategies.- 6. Alternative to GBM Prices.- ​7. [NAME]'s Criterion.- Appendices.- A. Some Mathematical Background Topics.- B. Stochastic Calculus.- C. Convergence of the Binomial Method.- D. Variance Reduction Techniques.- E. Shell Sort.- F. Next Day Prices Program.- References.- List of Notation.- List of Algorithms.- Index. | This text introduces upper division undergraduate/beginning graduate students in mathematics, finance, or economics, to the core topics of a beginning course in finance/financial engineering. Particular emphasis is placed on exploiting the power of the Monte Carlo method to illustrate and explore financial principles. [NAME] is the uniquely appropriate tool for modeling the random factors that drive financial markets and simulating their implications.The [NAME] method is introduced early and it is used in conjunction with the geometric Brownian motion model (GBM) to illustrate and analyze the topics covered in the remainder of the text. Placing focus on [NAME] methods allows for students to travel a short road from theory to practical applications. Coverage includes investment science, mean-variance portfolio theory, option pricing principles, exotic options, option trading strategies, jump diffusion and exponential [NAME] alternative models, and the [NAME] criterion for maximizing investment growth.Novel features:inclusion of both portfolio theory and contingent claim analysis in a single textpricing methodology for exotic optionsexpectation analysis of option trading strategiespricing models that transcend the Black–Scholes frameworkoptimizing investment allocationsconcepts thoroughly explored through numerous simulation exercisesnumerous worked examples and illustrationsThe mathematical background required is a year and one-half course in calculus, matrix algebra covering solutions of linear systems, and a knowledge of probability including expectation, densities and the normal distribution. A refresher for these topics is presented in the Appendices. The programming background needed is how to code branching, loops and subroutines in some mathematical or general purpose language. The mathematical background required is a year and one-half course in calculus, matrix algebra covering solutions of linear systems, and a knowledge of probability including expectation, densities and the normal distribution. A refresher for these topics is presented in the Appendices. The programming background needed is how to code branching, loops and subroutines in some mathematical or general purpose language. Also by the author: (with F. Mendivil) Explorations in [NAME], ©2009, ISBN: 978-0-387-87836-2; (with [NAME]) Mathematical Biology: An Introduction with Maple and [NAME], Second edition, ©2009, ISBN: 978-0-387-70983-3. | <p>Students will learn by doing; implementing concepts of each chapter into code and experimenting with the outcome</p><p>Exploits the greatest virtue of the Monte Carlo method – providing results for exotic probability models   </p><p>Students will learn a lot about options in addition to usage of mathematical models</p><p>Focus on Monte Carlo methods allows for students to travel a short road from theory to practical applications</p><p>Presents "standard" models involving Random Walks with GBM but includes other distributions as well</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-94-6239-020-1 | Mathematics | Sideris | [NAME] | Ordinary Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems |  | Atlantis Studies in Differential Equations | 2 | 1 | 2013 | 227 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 227 p. 11 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | [NAME] | Ordinary Differential Equations | PBKJ |  |  |  | Mathematics | Monograph | Atlantis Press | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This book is a mathematically rigorous introduction to the beautiful subject of ordinary differential equations for beginning graduate or advanced undergraduate students. Students should have a solid background in analysis and linear algebra. The presentation emphasizes commonly used techniques without necessarily striving for completeness or for the treatment of a large number of topics.  The first half of the book is devoted to the development of the basic theory: linear systems, existence and uniqueness of solutions to the initial value problem, flows, stability, and smooth dependence of solutions upon initial conditions and parameters. Much of this theory also serves as the paradigm for evolutionary partial differential equations. The second half of the book is devoted to geometric theory: topological conjugacy, invariant manifolds, existence and stability of periodic solutions, bifurcations, normal forms, and the existence of transverse homoclinic points and their link to chaotic dynamics. A common thread throughout the second part is the use of the implicit function theorem in Banach space. Chapter 5, devoted to this topic, the serves as the bridge between the two halves of the book. | <p>Proofs are presented with complete mathematical details</p><p>Extensive use of the implicit function theorem as a unifying approach to perturbative analysis</p><p>Exercises are included at the end of each chapter permit use as a textbook</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-9148-4 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The Logic of Logistics | Theory, [NAME], and Applications for Logistics Management | Springer Series in Operations Research and Financial Engineering |  | 3 | 2014 | 444 | Hard cover | Book | XXI, 444 p. 38 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Mathematics | SCM26024 | Operations Research, Management Science | KJT | SCW23113 | Production/Logistics/Supply Chain Management | KJMV5 | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Convexity and Supermodularity.- Game Theory.- Worst-Case Analysis.- Average-Case Analysis.- Mathematical Programming Based Bounds.- Economic Lot Size Models with Constant Demands.- Economic Lot Size Models with Varying Demands.- Stochastic Inventory Models.- Integration of Inventory and Pricing.- Supply Chain Competition and Collaboration Models.- Procurement Contracts.- Process Flexibility.- Supply Chain Planning Models.- Facility Location Models.- The Capacitated VRP with Equal Demands.- The Capacitated VRP with Unequal Demands.- The VRP with Time Window Constraints.- Solving the VRP Using a Column Generation Approach.- Network Planning.- A Case Study: School Bus Routing. | Fierce competition in today's global market provides a powerful motivation for developing ever more sophisticated logistics systems. This book, written for the logistics manager and researcher, presents a survey of the modern theory and application of logistics. The goal of the book is to present the state of the art in the science of logistics management.This third edition includes new chapters on the subjects of game theory, the power of process flexibility, supply chain competition and collaboration. Among the other materials new to the edition are sections on discrete convex analysis and its applications to stochastic inventory models, as well as extended discussions of integrated inventory and pricing models. The material presents a timely and authoritative survey of the field that will make an invaluable companion to the work of many researchers and practitioners.Review of earlier edition:'The present book focuses on the application of operational research and mathematical modelling techniques to logistics and supply chain management (SCM) problems. The authors performed a substantial revision of the 1st edition and included a number of new subjects. The book is carefully written and is an important reference for readers with a solid background in probability and optimisation theory. The present book should be seen as a valuable guide describing techniques that can be applied or adapted to real-life situations.' (OR News, Issue 25, 2005). | <p>Presents a survey of the modern theory and application of logistics management</p><p>Only book that combines theory, algorithms and best practice in logistics and supply chain management</p><p>Timely and authoritative survey of the field</p><p>Four new chapters added in addition to five new sections with a significant update of two existing sections</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11643 | Business and Economics
 | 978-3-319-02131-7 | Mathematics | Stefani | [NAME]; Ugo Boscain; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Geometric Control Theory and sub-Riemannian Geometry |  | Springer INdAM Series | 5 | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. | 0 | final | 94.99 | 94.99 | 101.64 | 104.49 | 85.5 | 126.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM26016 | Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control; Optimization | PBKQ | SCM12082 | Global Analysis and Analysis on Manifolds | PBKS | Mathematics | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 A. A. Agrachev - Some open problems.- [NAME], [NAME] [NAME], [NAME] to Run a Centipede: a Topological Perspective.- [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] and numerical techniques to compute conjugate and cut loci on Riemannian surfaces.- 5 J-B. Caillau, [NAME] On the injectivity and nonfocal domains of the ellipsoid of revolution.- 6 P. Cannarsa, [NAME] controllability in large time for the parabolic Grushin operator with singular potential.- [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] rolling problem: overview and challenges.- 8 A. A. Davydov, [NAME] stationary exploitation of size-structured population with intra-specific competition.- 9 [NAME], [NAME] geometry of affine control systems with one input.- 10 B. Franchi, [NAME], [NAME] on [NAME] domains in Carnot groups.- 11 [NAME] and invariance properties of the equations of [NAME] (MP).- 12 N. Garofalo - Curvature-dimension inequalities and [NAME] inequalities in sub-Riemannian spaces.- 13 [NAME], [NAME] measures and dimensions in non equiregular sub-Riemannian manifolds.- [NAME] Problem.- 15 M. Karmanova, [NAME] Carnot–Carathéodory spaces.- 16 [NAME] - On curvature-type invariants for natural mechanical systems on sub-Riemannian structures associated with a principle G-bundle.- 17 I. Markina, [NAME] the Alexandrov Topology of sub-Lorentzian Manifolds.- 18 R. Monti - The regularity problem for sub-Riemannian geodesics.- 19 L. Poggiolini, [NAME] case study in strong optimality and structural stability of bang–singular extremals.- 20 A. Shirikyan - Approximate controllability of the viscous Burgers equation on the real line.- 21 M. Zhitomirskii - Homogeneous affine line fields and affine line fields in Lie algebras. | Honoring [NAME]'s 60th birthday, this volume presents recent advances in the interaction between Geometric Control Theory and sub-Riemannian geometry. On the one hand, Geometric Control Theory used the differential geometric and [NAME] algebraic language for studying controllability, motion planning, stabilizability and optimality for control systems. The geometric approach turned out to be fruitful in applications to robotics, vision modeling, mathematical physics etc. On the other hand, Riemannian geometry and its generalizations, such as sub-Riemannian, Finslerian geometry etc., have been actively adopting methods developed in the scope of geometric control. Application of these methods has led to important results regarding geometry of sub-Riemannian spaces, regularity of sub-Riemannian distances, properties of the group of diffeomorphisms of sub-Riemannian manifolds, local geometry and equivalence of distributions and sub-Riemannian structures, regularity of the [NAME] volume, etc. | <p>Feature chapter on open problems </p><p>Presents state of the art of the research in the field </p><p>Collects papers by top level scientists</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-01576-7 | Mathematics | Stillwell | [NAME] | The Real Numbers | An Introduction to Set Theory and Analysis | Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics |  | 1 | 2013 | 248 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 248 p. 62 illus. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12171 | Real Functions | PBKB | SCM24005 | Mathematical Logic and Foundations | PBC | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​The Fundamental Questions.- From Discrete to Continuous.- Infinite Sets.- Functions and Limits.- Open Sets and Continuity.- Ordinals.- The Axiom of Choice.- Borel Sets.- Measure Theory.- Reflections.- Bibliography.- Index. | While most texts on real analysis are content to assume the real numbers, or to treat them only briefly, this text makes a serious study of the real number system and the issues it brings to light. Analysis needs the real numbers to model the line, and to support the concepts of continuity and measure. But these seemingly simple requirements lead to deep issues of set theory—uncountability, the axiom of choice, and large cardinals. In fact, virtually all the concepts of infinite set theory are needed for a proper understanding of the real numbers, and hence of analysis itself.By focusing on the set-theoretic aspects of analysis, this text makes the best of two worlds: it combines a down-to-earth introduction to set theory with an exposition of the essence of analysis—the study of infinite processes on the real numbers. It is intended for senior undergraduates, but it will also be attractive to graduate students and professional mathematicians who, until now, have been content to 'assume' the real numbers. Its prerequisites are calculus and basic mathematics.Mathematical history is woven into the text, explaining how the concepts of real number and infinity developed to meet the needs of analysis from ancient times to the late twentieth century. This rich presentation of history, along with a background of proofs, examples, exercises, and explanatory remarks, will help motivate the reader. The material covered includes classic topics from both set theory and real analysis courses, such as countable and uncountable sets,  countable ordinals, the continuum problem, the Cantor–Schröder–Bernstein theorem, continuous functions, uniform convergence, Zorn's lemma, Borel sets, Baire functions, Lebesgue measure, and Riemann integrable functions. | <p>Fills a gap in the standard curriculum by linking analysis to set theory</p><p>Contains background, history, examples, and explanatory remarks</p><p>Includes (almost) two courses for the price of one by providing a unified treatment of analysis and set theory</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-40522-8 | Mathematics | Stroock | [NAME] | An Introduction to Markov Processes |  | [NAME] in Mathematics | 230 | 2 | 2014 | 190 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 190 p. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | SCM1204X | Dynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory | PBWR | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Random Walks, a Good Place to Begin.- Doeblin's Theory for Markov Chains.- Stationary Probabilities.- More about the Ergodic Theory of Markov Chains.- Markov Processes in [NAME] Time.- Reversible Markov Processes.- A minimal Introduction to Measure Theory.- Notation.- References.- Index. | This book provides a rigorous but elementary introduction to the theory of Markov Processes on a countable state space. It should be accessible to students with a solid undergraduate background in mathematics, including students from engineering, economics, physics, and biology. Topics covered are: Doeblin's theory, general ergodic properties, and continuous time processes. Applications are dispersed throughout the book. In addition, a whole chapter is devoted to reversible processes and the use of their associated Dirichlet forms to estimate the rate of convergence to equilibrium. These results are then applied to the analysis of the [NAME] (a.k.a simulated annealing) algorithm.The corrected and enlarged 2nd edition contains a new chapter in which the author develops computational methods for [NAME] chains on a finite state space. Most intriguing is the section with a new technique for computing stationary measures, which is applied to derivations of Wilson's algorithm and [NAME]'s formula for spanning trees in a connected graph. | <p>Corrected and enlarged 2nd edition</p><p>Written by an expert</p><p>Includes new material</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8378-6 | Mathematics | Syropoulos | [NAME] | Theory of Fuzzy Computation |  | IFSR International Series on Systems Science and Engineering | 31 | 1 | 2013 | 162 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 162 p. 6 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM1400X | Computational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis | PBKS | SCI17001 | Mathematics of Computing | UYA | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- A Précis of Classical Computability Theory.- Elements of Fuzzy Set Theory.- On Fuzzy Turing Machines.- Other Fuzzy Models of Computation.- Appendix A: Computing with Words.- Appendix B: The Rough Sets Approach.- References.- Subject Index.- Name Index. | The book provides the first full length exploration of fuzzy computability. It describes the notion of fuzziness and present the foundation of computability theory. It then presents the various approaches to fuzzy computability.   This text provides a glimpse into the different approaches in this area, which is important for researchers in order to have a clear view of the field. It contains a detailed literature review and the author includes all proofs to make the presentation accessible. Ideas for future research and explorations are also provided.   Students and researchers in computer science and mathematics will benefit from this work.​ | <p>First full length work on the subject of Fuzzy Computability</p><p>Features a review of existing literature</p><p>Full proofs included</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8528-5 | Mathematics | [NAME] | W.D. Wallis | Mathematics in the Real World |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 270 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 270 p. 205 illus. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM32000 | Mathematics in the Humanities and Social Sciences | PDE | SCM29020 | Graph Theory | PBV | Mathematics | Undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Preface.- Part I Introduction.- Math is Everywhere.- Numbers and Sets.- Counting.- Part II Statistical Ideas.- Collecting Data.- Measuring Data.- Normal.- Sampling, Predicting.- Multivariate Situations.- Probability.- Part III Graph Models.- Euler.- Hamilton.- Trees.- Scheduling, Critical Paths.- Coloring, Handshakes.- Part IV Data.- Identification Numbers.- Data Transmission.- Encryption; The Hat Game.- Part V Voting.- Voting Systems.- Messing with Systems.- Electing a President.- Part VI The Exponential World.- Finance.- Populations and Radioactivity. | Mathematics in the Real World is a self-contained, accessible introduction to the world of mathematics for non-technical majors. With a focus on everyday applications and context, the topics in this textbook build in difficulty and are presented sequentially, starting with a brief review of sets and numbers followed by an introduction to elementary statistics, models, and graph theory. Data and identification numbers are then covered, providing the pathway to voting and finance. Each subject is covered in a concise and clear fashion through the use of real-world applications and the introduction of relevant terminology. Many sample problems – both writing exercises and multiple-choice questions – are included to help develop students’ level of understanding and to offer a variety of options to instructors.Covering six major units and outlining a one-semester course, Mathematics in the Real World is aimed at undergraduate liberal art students fulfilling the mathematics requirement in their degree program. This introductory text will be an excellent resource for such courses, and will show students where mathematics arises in their everyday lives. | <p>​​​Ideal textbook for use in a mathematics course for liberal arts majors</p><p>Covers accessible and applicable topics that other books omit</p><p>Presents a range of relevant material in a condensed and approachable manner</p><p>Features numerous examples, writing exercises, and multiple choice questions</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4471-5525-6 | Mathematics | Wei | [NAME]; Matthias Winter | Mathematical Aspects of Pattern Formation in Biological Systems |  | Applied Mathematical Sciences | 189 | 1 | 2014 | 319 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 319 p. 20 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM12155 | Partial Differential Equations | PBKJ | SCM31000 | Mathematical and Computational Biology | PDE | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Existence of spikes for the Gierer-Meinhardt system in one dimension.- The Nonlocal Eigenvalue Problem (NLEP).- Stability of spikes for the Gierer-Meinhardt system in one dimension.- Existence of spikes for the shadow Gierer-Meinhardt system.- Existence and stability of spikes for the Gierer-Meinhardt system in two dimensions.- The Gierer-Meinhardt system with inhomogeneous coefficients.- Other aspects of the Gierer-Meinhardt system.- The Gierer-Meinhardt system with saturation.- Spikes for other two-component reaction-diffusion systems.- Reaction-diffusion systems with many components.- Biological applications.- Appendix. | This monograph is concerned with the mathematical analysis of patterns which are encountered in biological systems. It summarises, expands and relates results obtained in the field during the last fifteen years. It also links the results to biological applications and highlights their relevance to phenomena in nature. Of particular concern are large-amplitude patterns far from equilibrium in biologically relevant models.The approach adopted in the monograph is based on the following paradigms:• Examine the existence of spiky steady states in reaction-diffusion systems and select as observable patterns only the stable ones• Begin by exploring spatially homogeneous two-component activator-inhibitor systems in one or two space dimensions• Extend the studies by considering extra effects or related systems, each motivated by their specific roles in developmental biology, such as spatial inhomogeneities, large reaction rates, altered boundary conditions, saturation terms, convection, many-component systems.Mathematical Aspects of Pattern Formation in Biological Systems will be of interest to graduate students and researchers who are active in reaction-diffusion systems, pattern formation and mathematical biology. | <p>Self-contained and includes rigorous proofs, often supported by numerical simulations</p><p>Contains an introduction to mathematical methods in nonlinear functional analysis and partial differential equations; Liapunov-Schmidt reduction and nonlocal eigenvalue problems</p><p>Includes links to biological applications; [NAME] development and regeneration, patterns on animal skins, embryo development, insect leg segmentation, left-right asymmetry of organisms, self-organisation of matter and consumer chains</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-7003-8 | Mathematics | Willem | [NAME] | Functional Analysis | Fundamentals and Applications | Cornerstones |  | 1 | 2013 | 213 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 213 p. 18 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Mathematics | SCM12066 | Functional Analysis | PBKF | SCM12007 | Analysis | PBK | Mathematics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | Available | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 | 2013-08-20 00:00:00 |  | ​Preface.- The Integral.- Norm.- Lebesgue Spaces.- Duality.- Sobolev Spaces.- Capacity.- Elliptic Problems.- Appendix.- Epilogue.- References.- Index of Notations.- Index. | The goal of this work is to present the principles of functional analysis in a clear and concise way. The first three chapters of Functional Analysis: Fundamentals and Applications describe the general notions of distance, integral and norm, as well as their relations. The three chapters that follow deal with fundamental examples: Lebesgue spaces, dual spaces and Sobolev spaces. Two subsequent chapters develop applications to capacity theory and elliptic problems. In particular, the isoperimetric inequality and the Pólya-Szegő and Faber-Krahn inequalities are proved by purely functional methods. The epilogue contains a sketch of the history of functional  analysis, in relation with integration and differentiation. Starting from elementary analysis and introducing relevant recent research, this work is an excellent resource for students in mathematics and applied mathematics. | <p>Presents the principles of functional analysis in a clear and concise way </p><p>Most competing titles are out of date   </p><p>Includes very recent simple proofs of the isoperimetric and the Faber-Krahn inequality, an elementary introduction to capacity theory, and a new perspective on the history of functional analysis ​</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8470-7 | Mathematics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Statistical Decision Problems | Selected Concepts and Portfolio Safeguard Case Studies | Springer Optimization and Its Applications | 85 | 1 | 2013 | 247 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 247 p. 9 illus., 4 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Mathematics | SCM26024 | Operations Research, Management Science | KJT | SCM27004 | Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes | PBT | Mathematics | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Random Variables.- 2. Deviation, Risk, and Error Measures.- 3. Probabilistic Inequalities.- 4. Maximum Likelihood Method.- 5. Entropy Maximization.- 6. Regression Models.- 7. Classification.- 8. Statistical Decision Models with Risk and Deviation.- 9. [NAME] References.​ | Statistical Decision Problems presents a quick and concise introduction into the theory of risk, deviation and error measures that play a key role in statistical decision problems. It introduces state-of-the-art practical decision making through twenty-one case studies from real-life applications. The case studies cover a broad area of topics and the authors include links with source code and data, a very helpful tool for the reader. In its core, the text demonstrates how to use different factors to formulate statistical decision problems arising in various risk management applications, such as optimal hedging, portfolio optimization, cash flow matching, classification, and more.  The presentation is organized into three parts: selected concepts of statistical decision theory, statistical decision problems, and case studies with portfolio safeguard. The text is primarily aimed at practitioners in the areas of risk management, decision making, and statistics. However, the inclusion of a fair bit of mathematical rigor renders this monograph an excellent introduction to the theory of general error, deviation, and risk measures for graduate students. It can be used as supplementary reading for graduate courses including statistical analysis, data mining, stochastic programming, financial engineering, to name a few. The high level of detail may serve useful to applied mathematicians, engineers, and statisticians interested in modeling and managing risk in various applications. | <p>​​Presents a quick and concise introduction into the theory of risk, deviation and error measures that play a key role in statistical decision problems </p><p>Discusses basic principles of statistical decision making from optimization perspective in various risk management applications such as optimal hedging, portfolio optimization, portfolio replication, and more </p><p>Introduces state-of-the-art practical decision making through seventeen case studies from real-life applications​</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8222-2 | Statistics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Multi-indicator Systems and Modelling in Partial Order |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 370 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 370 p. 146 illus., 65 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Statistics | SCS15007 | Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | PBT | SCU17009 | Environmental Management | RNF | Statistics / Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part A: Theory.- ​Evaluation as a general approach to problem driven mathematical modeling.- Multivariate Data Sets for Inference of Order: Some Considerations and Explorations.- Measures of Incomparability and of Inequality and their Applications.- Measuring structural dissimilarity between finite partial orders.- Measuring complexity of partially ordered sets.- Part B: Partial Order as Tool to Analyse Composite Indicators.- Comparative Knowledge Discovery with Partial Order and Composite Indicator.- A software platform Towards a Comparison of Cars - A case study for [NAME] Decisions.- Part C: New Trends in Partial Order.- Coordination of Contrariety and Ambiguity in Comparative Compositional Contexts: Balance of Normalized Definitive Status in Multi-indicator Systems.- Partial orders in socio-economics: an applicative challenge for poset theorists or a cultural challenge for social scientists.- Part D: Applications.- Ranking Hazardous Chemicals with a heuristic Approach to reduce Isolated Objects in Hasse Diagrams.- Hasse diagram Technique can further improve the interpretation of results in multi-elemental large-scale biomonitoring studies of atmospheric metal pollution.- Application of Partial Orders and Hasse Matrices in Ranking Contaminated sites.- Evaluating Ranking Robustness in Multi-indicator uncertain matrices: An application based on Simulation and Global Sensitivity Analysis.- Hasse Diagram technique Contributions to Environmental Risk Assessment.- Part E: Software Aspects.- PARSEC: an R package for poset-based evaluation in socioeconomic sciences.- Higher-Order indicator with Rank-Related Clustering in Multi-Indicator Systems.- Pyhasse Software Features Applied on the Evaluation of Chemicals in Human Breast Milk Samples in Turkey.- Indicator Analyses, What is important - and for what?.- PyHasse software for partial order analysis; Scientific background and description of some modules.- Index. | “Multi-indicator Systems and Modelling in Partial Order” contains the newest theoretical concepts as well as new applications or even applications, where standard multivariate statistics fail. Some of the presentations have their counterpart in the book; however, there are many contributions, which are completely new in the field of applied partial order. | <p>Includes techniques to derive weak orders out of the data matrix with as few restrictions as possible</p><p>Analyzes incomparabilities as a topic of its own right, and as an aspect of increasing importance</p><p>Informs about recent developments in theory and in applications in the field of partial order</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8787-6 | Statistics | Carmona | René Carmona | Statistical Analysis of Financial Data in R |  | Springer Texts in Statistics |  | 2 | 2014 | 550 | Hard cover | Book | XXVI, 550 p. 229 illus., 36 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Statistics | SCS13004 | Statistics for Business/Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance | PBT | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | Statistics / Business, Economics, and Management | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Univariate Data Distributions.- Heavy Tail Distributions.- Dependence and Multivariate Data Exploration.- Parametric Regression.- Local and Nonparametric Regression.- Time Series Models.- Multivariate Time Series, Linear Systems and Kalman Filtering.- Nonlinear Time Series: Models and Simulation.- Appendices.- Indices. | Although there are many books on mathematical finance, few deal with the statistical aspects of modern data analysis as applied to financial problems. This textbook fills this gap by addressing some of the most challenging issues facing financial engineers. It shows how sophisticated mathematics and modern statistical techniques can be used in the solutions of concrete financial problems. Concerns of risk management are addressed by the study of extreme values, the fitting of distributions with heavy tails, the computation of values at risk (VaR), and other measures of risk. Principal component analysis (PCA), smoothing, and regression techniques are applied to the construction of yield and forward curves. Time series analysis is applied to the study of temperature options and nonparametric estimation. Nonlinear filtering is applied to [NAME] simulations, option pricing and earnings prediction. This textbook is intended for undergraduate students majoring in financial engineering, or graduate students in a Master in finance or MBA program. It is sprinkled with practical examples using market data, and each chapter ends with exercises. Practical examples are solved in the R computing environment. They illustrate problems occurring in the commodity, energy and weather markets, as well as the fixed income, equity and credit markets. The examples, experiments and problem sets are based on the library Rsafd developed for the purpose of the text. The book should help quantitative analysts learn and implement advanced statistical concepts. Also, it will be valuable for researchers wishing to gain experience with financial data, implement and test mathematical theories, and address practical issues that are often ignored or underestimated in academic curricula.This is the new, fully-revised edition to the book Statistical Analysis of Financial Data in S-Plus.[NAME] is the Paul M. Wythes '55 Professor of Engineering and Finance at Princeton University in the department of Operations Research and Financial Engineering, and Director of Graduate Studies of the Bendheim Center for Finance. His publications include over one hundred articles and eight books in probability and statistics. He was elected Fellow of the Institute of Mathematical Statistics in 1984, and of the Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics in 2010. He is on the editorial board of several peer-reviewed journals and book series. Professor [NAME] has developed computer programs for teaching statistics and research in signal analysis and financial engineering. He has worked for many years on energy, the commodity markets and more recently in environmental economics, and he is recognized as a leading researcher and expert in these areas. | <p>Fully revised new edition featuring R instead of S-Plus</p><p>One of the few books to deal with statistical aspects of modern data analysis as applied to financial problems</p><p>May be used as textbook in advanced undergraduate or graduate courses</p><p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-01516-3 | Statistics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Exploratory Data Analysis in Business and Economics | An Introduction Using SPSS, [NAME], and Excel |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 214 | Soft cover | Book | XXI, 214 p. 128 illus., 41 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Statistics | SCS13004 | Statistics for Business/Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance | PBT | SCS16003 | Statistics for Social Science, Behavorial Science, Education, Public Policy, and [NAME] | JHBC | Statistics / Business, Economics, and Management | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Statistics and Empirical Research.- From Disarray to Dataset.- Univariate Data Analysis.- Bivariate Association.- Regression Analysis.- Time Series and Indices.- Cluster Analysis.- Factor Analysis.- Solutions to Chapter Exercises.- References and Bibliography.- Index. | In a world in which we are constantly surrounded by data, figures, and statistics, it is imperative to understand and to be able to use quantitative methods. Statistical models and methods are among the most important tools in economic analysis, decision-making and business planning. This textbook, “Descriptive Statistics and Modern Data Analysis”, aims to familiarise students of economics and business as well as practitioners in firms with the basic principles, techniques, and applications of descriptive statistics and data analysis. Drawing on practical examples from business settings, it demonstrates the basic descriptive methods of univariate and bivariate analysis. The textbook covers a range of subject matter, from data collection and scaling to the presentation and univariate analysis of quantitative data, and also includes analytic procedures for assessing bivariate relationships. It does not confine itself to presenting descriptive statistics, but also addresses the use of computer programmes such as Excel, SPSS, and [NAME], thus treating all of the topics typically covered in a university course on descriptive statistics. The German edition of this textbook is one of the “bestsellers” on the German market for literature in statistics. | <p>An “easy to understand” textbook including numerical examples</p><p>Includes analytic procedures for assessing bivariate relationships</p><p>Provides readers with an understanding of the thinking processes underlying descriptive statistics </p><p>Addresses the use of computer programmes such as Excel, SPSS, and STATA Problems and solutions at the end of each chapter to pursue effective self-study </p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8144-7 | Statistics | Dhrymes | Phoebus [NAME] | Mathematics for Econometrics |  |  |  | 4 | 2013 | 419 | Soft cover | Book | XVII, 419 p. 1 illus. | 0 | final | 39.99 | 39.99 | 42.79 | 43.99 | 35.99 | 53.5 | English | Statistics | SCS13004 | Statistics for Business/Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance | PBT | SCW12022 | Econometrics | KCH | Statistics / Business, Economics, and Management | Undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Chapters.- Bibliography.- References. | This book deals with a number of mathematical topics that are of great importance in the study of classical econometrics. There is a lengthy chapter on matrix algebra, which takes the reader from the most elementary aspects to the partitioned inverses, characteristic roots and vectors, symmetric, and orthogonal and positive (semi) definite matrices. The book also covers pseudo-inverses, solutions to systems of linear equations, solutions of vector difference equations with constant coefficients and random forcing functions, matrix differentiation, and permutation matrices. Its novel features include an introduction to asymptotic expansions, and examples of applications to the general-linear model (regression) and the general linear structural econometric model (simultaneous equations). | <p>Fourth edition of this best-selling text is fully revised</p><p>Classical econometrics relies heavily on mathematics and this book introduces the reader to these important mathematical topics</p><p>Covers such topics as matrix algebra, solutions to systems of linear equations and random forcing functions</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8422-6 | Statistics | Herkenhoff | [NAME]; [NAME] | Applied Statistics for Business and Management using Microsoft Excel |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 419 | Soft cover | Book | XV, 419 p. 620 illus., 569 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Statistics | SCS12008 | Statistics and Computing/Statistics Programs | UFM | SCS13004 | Statistics for Business/Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance | PBT | Statistics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​​​​Statistics and Data.- Summarizing Data.- Descriptive Statistics and Graphing.- [NAME] Survey Design.- Sampling.- Inference.- Probability.- Correlation.- Simple Linear Regression.- Multiple Regression.- Significance Tests.- Non Linear Regression.- Survey Reports​. | Applied Business Statistics for Business and Management using Microsoft Excel is the first book to illustrate the capabilities of Microsoft Excel to teach applied statistics effectively. It is a step-by-step exercise-driven guide for students and practitioners who need to master Excel to solve practical statistical problems in industry. If understanding statistics isn’t your strongest suit, you are not especially mathematically-inclined, or if you are wary of computers, this is the right book for you. Excel, a widely available computer program for students and managers, is also an effective teaching and learning tool for quantitative analyses in statistics courses. Its powerful computational ability and graphical functions make learning statistics much easier than in years past. However, Applied Business Statistics for Business and Management capitalizes on these improvements by teaching students and practitioners how to apply Excel to statistical techniques necessary in their courses and workplace. Each chapter explains statistical formulas and directs the reader to use Excel commands to solve specific, easy-to-understand business problems. Practice problems are provided at the end of each chapter with their solutions. | <p>​​Offers real-world case studies in a user-friendly learning format to drive home key theories and lessons</p><p>Provides an applied approach for statisticians looking to implement Excel 2010 within a professional setting </p><p>Contains numerous practice problems following each chapter with solutions at the back of the book</p><p> ​Includes additional supplemental content in the form of appendices and tutorials</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8774-6 | Statistics | Kroese | [NAME]; [NAME] | Statistical Modeling and Computation |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 387 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 387 p. 114 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Statistics | SCS12008 | Statistics and Computing/Statistics Programs | UFM | SCS15007 | Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | PBT | Statistics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​​​​Probability Models.- Random Variables and Probability Distributions.- Joint Distributions.- [NAME] Models.- Statistical Inference.- Likelihood.- [NAME] Sampling.- Bayesian Inference.- Generalized Linear Models.- Dependent Data Models.- State Space Models.- References.- Solutions.- MATLAB Primer.- Mathematical Supplement.- Index. | This textbook on statistical modeling and statistical inference will assist advanced undergraduate and graduate students. Statistical Modeling and Computation provides a unique introduction to modern Statistics from both classical and Bayesian perspectives. It also offers an integrated treatment of Mathematical Statistics and modern statistical computation, emphasizing statistical modeling, computational techniques, and applications. Each of the three parts will cover topics essential to university courses. Part I covers the fundamentals of probability theory. In Part II, the authors introduce a wide variety of classical models that include, among others, linear regression and ANOVA models. In Part III, the authors address the statistical analysis and computation of various advanced models, such as generalized linear, state-space and [NAME] models. Particular attention is paid to fast [NAME] techniques for Bayesian inference on these models. Throughout the book the authors include a large number of illustrative examples and solved problems. The book also features a section with solutions, an appendix that serves as a MATLAB primer, and a mathematical supplement.​ | <p>An integrated treatment of statistical inference and computation helps the reader gain a firm understanding of both theory and practice</p><p>Discusses modern computation techniques including [NAME] chain [NAME] methods and the Expectation Maximization algorithm</p><p>Includes numerous solved examples and exercises</p><p>Includes computer codes and a brief programming primer in MATLAB for students </p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-9019-7 | Statistics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The R Software | Fundamentals of Programming and Statistical Analysis | Statistics and [NAME] | 40 | 1 | 2014 | 266 | Hard cover | Book | XXVI, 266 p. 399 illus., 315 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | 69.99 | 74.89 | 76.99 | 62.99 | 93.5 | English | Statistics | SCS12008 | Statistics and Computing/Statistics Programs | UFM | SCI14037 | Programming Languages, Compilers, Interpreters | UMX | Statistics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreward.- Basic Concepts and Data Organisation.- Importing, Exporting and Producing Data.- Data Manipulation, Functions.- R and its Documentation.- Drawing Curves and Plots.- Programming in R.- Managing Sessions.- Basic Mathematics.- Descriptive Statistics.- A Better Understanding of Random Variables.- Confidence Intervals and Hypothesis Testing.- Simple and Multiple Linear Regression.- Elementary Analysis of Variance.- Installing R and R Packages.- References.- Indices.- Solutions. | The contents of The R Software are presented so as to be both comprehensive and easy for the reader to use. Besides its application as a self-learning text, this book can support lectures on R at any level from beginner to advanced. This book can serve as a textbook on R for beginners as well as more advanced users, working on Windows, MacOs or [NAME]. The first part of the book deals with the heart of the R language and its fundamental concepts, including data organization, import and export, various manipulations, documentation, plots, programming and maintenance. The last chapter in this part deals with oriented object programming as well as interfacing R with C/C++ or Fortran, and contains a section on debugging techniques. This is followed by the second part of the book, which provides detailed explanations on how to perform many standard statistical analyses, mainly in the Biostatistics field. Topics from mathematical and statistical settings that are included are matrix operations, integration, optimization, descriptive statistics, simulations, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing, simple and multiple linear regression, and analysis of variance. Each statistical chapter in the second part relies on one or more real biomedical data sets, kindly made available by the Bordeaux School of Public Health (Institut de Santé Publique, d'Épidémiologie et de Développement - ISPED) and described at the beginning of the book. Each chapter ends with an assessment section: memorandum of most important terms, followed by a section of theoretical exercises (to be done on paper), which can be used as questions for a test. Moreover, worksheets enable the reader to check his new abilities in R. Solutions to all exercises and worksheets are included in this book. | <p>Comprehensive textbook on the R language written by authors who have completed extensive research and use of R in Biostatistics, Economics and Statistical theory and methods</p><p>Exercises and practical assignments with answers available on an accompanying website</p><p>Features simulation approach to several key concepts of statistical analysis</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-319-02401-1 | Statistics | [NAME] | [NAME] | Foundations of Applied Statistical Methods |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 159 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 159 p. 100 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Statistics | SCS15007 | Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | PBT | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | Statistics / Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Warming Up-Descriptive Statistics and Essential Probability Models.- Statistical Inference Focusing on a Single Mean or Proportion.- Inference Using t-tests for Comparing Two Means.- Inference Using Analysis of Variance for Comparing Multiple Means.- Inference Using Correlation and Regression.- Normal Distribution Assumption Free Non-Parametric Inference.- Methods for Censored Survival Time Data Analysis and Inference.- [NAME] for Inference.- Review Exercise Problems.- Probability of Standard Normal Distribution.- [NAME] of t-Distributions.- Upper 95th and 99th Percentiles of [NAME] Distributions.- Upper 95th Percentiles of F-Distributions.- Upper 99th Percentiles of F-Distributions.- Sample Sizes for Independent Samples t-tests (normal approximation).- Index. | This is a text in methods of applied statistics for researchers who design and conduct experiments, perform statistical inference, and write technical reports. These research activities rely on an adequate knowledge of applied statistics. The reader both builds on basic statistics skills and learns to apply it to applicable scenarios without over-emphasis on the technical aspects. Demonstrations are a very important part of this text. Mathematical expressions are exhibited only if they are defined or intuitively comprehensible. This text may be used as a self review guidebook for applied researchers or as an introductory statistical methods textbook for students not majoring in statistics.​ Discussion includes essential probability models, inference of means, proportions, correlations and regressions, methods for censored survival time data analysis, and sample size determination.The author has over twenty years of experience on applying statistical methods to study design and data analysis in collaborative medical research setting as well as on teaching. He received his PhD from University of Southern California Department of Preventive Medicine, received a post-doctoral training at Harvard Department of Biostatistics, has held faculty appointments at UCLA School of Medicine and Harvard Medical School, and currently a biostatistics faculty member at Massachusetts General Hospital and Harvard Medical School in Boston, Massachusetts, USA. | <p>​Covers applied statistical methods in a concise and easily accessible way</p><p>Driven by real-world examples not just mathematical derivations</p><p>Includes valuable review exercises and 7 appendices</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-9040-1 | Statistics | Linebach | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Nonparametric Statistics for Applied Research |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 500 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 500 p. 22 illus., 16 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Statistics | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | SCS16003 | Statistics for Social Science, Behavorial Science, Education, Public Policy, and [NAME] | JHBC | Statistics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Introduction.- Meeting the Team.- Questions, Assumptions, and Decisions.- Understanding Similarity.- The [NAME], the Proletariat, and an Unwelcomed Press Conference.- Agreeing to Disagree.- Guesstimating the Fluffy-Maker.- X Marks the Spot Revisited.- Let My People Go!.- Here's Your Sign and the Neighborhood Bowling League.- Geometry on Steroids.- Crunch Time.- Presentation.  ​ | ​​Non-parametric methods are widely used for studying populations that take on a ranked order (such as movie reviews receiving one to four stars). The use of non-parametric methods may be necessary when data have a ranking but no clear numerical interpretation, such as when assessing preferences. In terms of levels of measurement, non-parametric methods result in 'ordinal' data. As non-parametric methods make fewer assumptions, their applicability is much wider than the corresponding parametric methods. In particular, they may be applied in situations where less is known about the application in question. Also, due to the reliance on fewer assumptions, non-parametric methods are more robust. Non-parametric methods have many popular applications, and are widely used in research in the fields of the behavioral sciences and biomedicine. This is a textbook on non-parametric statistics for applied research. The authors propose to use a realistic yet mostly fictional situation and series of dialogues to illustrate in detail the statistical processes required to complete data analysis. This book draws on a readers existing elementary knowledge of statistical analyses to broaden his/her research capabilities. The material within the book is covered in such a way that someone with a very limited knowledge of statistics would be able to read and understand the concepts detailed in the text.The “real world” scenario to be presented involves a multidisciplinary team of behavioral, medical, crime analysis, and policy analysis professionals work together to answer specific empirical questions regarding real-world applied problems. The reader is introduced to the team and the data set, and through the course of the text follows the team as they progress through the decision making process of narrowing the data and the research questions to answer the applied problem. In this way, abstract statistical concepts are translated into concrete and specific language.This text uses one data set from which all examples are taken. This is radically different from other statistics books which provide a varied array of examples and data sets. Using only one data set facilitates reader-directed teaching and learning by providing multiple research questions which are integrated rather than using disparate examples and completely unrelated research questions and data. | <p>Showcases "real-life scenarios" from psychology and medicine</p><p>Readers learn to analyze data and explain often opaque statistical concepts</p><p>Each scenario contains real data sets, questions, and self-learning exercises </p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8572-8 | Statistics | Lynch | [NAME] | Using Statistics in Social Research | A Concise Approach |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 229 | Hard cover | Book | XXIII, 229 p. 44 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Statistics | SCS16003 | Statistics for Social Science, Behavorial Science, Education, Public Policy, and [NAME] | JHBC | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | Statistics / Social Sciences | Undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | Available | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 | 2013-09-17 00:00:00 |  | Preface.- List of Symbols.- Contents.- List of Figures.- List of Tables.- Introduction.- Overview of Research Process.- Data and Its Acquisition.- Summarizing Data with Descriptive Statistics.- Probability Theory.- Statistical Inference.- Statistical Approaches for Nominal Data.- Comparing Means Across Multiple Groups.- Correlation and Simple Regression.- Introduction to Multiple Regression.- Presenting Results of Statistical Analysis.- Conclusion.- Statistical Tables.- Answers to Selected Exercises.- References.- Index. | This book covers applied statistics for the social sciences with upper-level undergraduate students in mind. The chapters are based on lecture notes from an introductory statistics course the author has taught for a number of years. The book integrates statistics into the research process, with early chapters covering basic philosophical issues underpinning the process of scientific research. These include the concepts of deductive reasoning and the falsifiability of hypotheses, the development of a research question and hypotheses, and the process of data collection and measurement. Probability theory is then covered extensively with a focus on its role in laying the foundation for statistical reasoning and inference. After illustrating the Central Limit Theorem, later chapters address the key, basic statistical methods used in social science research, including various z and t tests and confidence intervals, nonparametric chi square tests, one-way analysis of variance,  correlation, simple regression, and multiple regression, with a discussion of the key issues involved in thinking about causal processes. Concepts and topics are illustrated using both real and simulated data. The penultimate chapter presents rules and suggestions for the successful presentation of statistics in tabular and graphic formats, and the final chapter offers suggestions for subsequent reading and study. | <p>​A more compact and concise approach to interpreting statistical survey research data </p><p>Details in an accessible way integral relationship between probabilistic reasoning and statistical inference </p><p>Uses simulation exercises to demonstrate key points, such as Central Limit Theorem ​</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8686-2 | Statistics | Marin | [NAME]; [NAME] | Bayesian Essentials with R |  | Springer Texts in Statistics |  | 2 | 2014 | 324 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 324 p. 67 illus., 30 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Statistics | SCS12008 | Statistics and Computing/Statistics Programs | UFM | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | Statistics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-11-29 00:00:00 |  |  | User's Manual.- Normal Models.- Regression and Variable Selection.- Generalized Linear Models.- Capture-Recapture Experiments.- Mixture Models.- Time Series.- Image Analysis.- References.- Index. | This Bayesian modeling book provides a self-contained entry to computational Bayesian statistics. Focusing on the most standard statistical models and backed up by real datasets and an all-inclusive R (CRAN) package called bayess, the book provides an operational methodology for conducting Bayesian inference, rather than focusing on its theoretical and philosophical justifications. Readers are empowered to participate in the real-life data analysis situations depicted here from the beginning. The stakes are high and the reader determines the outcome. Special attention is paid to the derivation of prior distributions in each case and specific reference solutions are given for each of the models. Similarly, computational details are worked out to lead the reader towards an effective programming of the methods given in the book. In particular, all R codes are discussed with enough detail to make them readily understandable and expandable. This works in conjunction with the bayess package.Bayesian Essentials with R can be used as a textbook at both undergraduate and graduate levels, as exemplified by courses given at Université Paris Dauphine (France), University of Canterbury (New Zealand), and University of British Columbia (Canada). It is particularly useful with students in professional degree programs and scientists to analyze data the Bayesian way. The text will also enhance introductory courses on Bayesian statistics. Prerequisites for the book are an undergraduate background in probability and statistics, if not in Bayesian statistics. A strength of the text is the noteworthy emphasis on the role of models in statistical analysis.This is the new, fully-revised edition to the book Bayesian Core: A Practical Approach to Computational Bayesian Statistics.[NAME] is Professor of Statistics at Université Montpellier 2, France, and Head of the Mathematics and Modelling research unit. He has written over 40 papers on Bayesian methodology and computing, as well as worked closely with population geneticists over the past ten years.[NAME] is Professor of Statistics at Université Paris-Dauphine, France. He has written over 150 papers on Bayesian Statistics and computational methods and is the author or co-author of seven books on those topics, including The Bayesian Choice (Springer, 2001), winner of the ISBA DeGroot Prize in 2004. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Mathematical Statistics, the Royal Statistical Society and the American Statistical Society. He has been co-editor of the Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series B, and in the editorial boards of the Journal of the American Statistical Society, the Annals of Statistics, Statistical Science, and Bayesian Analysis. He is also a recipient of an Erskine Fellowship from the University of Canterbury (NZ) in 2006 and a senior member of the Institut Universitaire de France (2010-2015). | <p>No prior knowledge of R required to learn the essentials for using it with Bayesian statistics</p><p>Each chapter includes exercises that are both methodology and data-based</p><p>Important textbook for students, practitioners, and applied statisticians</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8455-4 | Statistics | Millard | [NAME] | EnvStats | An R Package for Environmental Statistics |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 291 | Soft cover | Book | XVI, 291 p. 69 illus., 59 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Statistics | SCS12008 | Statistics and Computing/Statistics Programs | UFM | SCS14000 | Statistics for Engineering, Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth Sciences | PBT | Statistics | Manual | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Chapters.- References.- Index. | This book describes EnvStats, a new comprehensive R package for environmental statistics and the successor to the S-PLUS module EnvironmentalStats for S-PLUS (first released in 1997).  EnvStats and R provide an open-source set of powerful functions for performing graphical and statistical analyses of environmental data, bringing major environmental statistical methods found in the literature and regulatory guidance documents into one statistical package, along with an extensive hypertext help system that explains what these methods do, how to use these methods, and where to find them in the environmental statistics literature.  EnvStats also includes numerous built-in data sets from regulatory guidance documents and the environmental statistics literature.  This book shows how to use EnvStats and R to easily:   * graphically display environmental data   * plot probability distributions   * estimate distribution parameters and construct confidence intervals on the original scale for commonly used distributions such as the lognormal and gamma, as well as do this nonparametrically   * estimate and construct confidence intervals for distribution percentiles or do this nonparametrically (e.g., to compare to an environmental protection standard) * perform and plot the results of goodness-of-fit tests * compute optimal Box-Cox data transformations * compute prediction limits and simultaneous prediction limits (e.g., to assess compliance at multiple sites for multiple constituents) * perform nonparametric estimation and test for seasonal trend (even in the presence of correlated observations) * perform power and sample size computations and create companion plots for sampling designs based on confidence intervals, hypothesis tests, prediction intervals, and tolerance intervals * deal with non-detect (censored) data * perform [NAME] simulation and probabilistic risk assessment<br />* reproduce specific examples in EPA guidance documents  EnvStats combined with other R packages (e.g., for spatial analysis) provides the environmental scientist, [NAME], researcher, and technician with tools to “get the job done!” | <p>EnvStats is a comprehensive R software library for environmental scientists, engineers, and regulators, based on the open-source statistics and graphics package R</p><p>This book provides allows for powerful graphical and statistical analyses of environmental data </p><p>New edition includes extensive examples using data sets from regulatory guidance documents</p> | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-39279-5 | Statistics | Phadia | Eswar G. Phadia | Prior Processes and Their Applications | Nonparametric Bayesian Estimation |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 207 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 207 p. 1 illus. | 0 | final | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Statistics | SCS0000X | Statistics, general | PBT |  |  |  | Statistics | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 | 2013-08-06 00:00:00 |  | Prior Processes.- Inference Based on Complete Data.- Inference Based on Incomplete Data. | This book presents a systematic and comprehensive treatment of various prior processes that have been developed over the last four decades in order to deal with the Bayesian approach to solving some nonparametric inference problems. Applications of these priors in various estimation problems are presented. Starting with the famous Dirichlet process and its variants, the first part describes processes neutral to the right, gamma and extended gamma, beta and beta-Stacy, tail free and Polya tree, one and two parameter Poisson-Dirichlet, the Chinese Restaurant and [NAME] processes, etc., and discusses their interconnection. In addition, several new processes that have appeared in the literature in recent years and which are off-shoots of the Dirichlet process are described briefly. The second part contains the Bayesian solutions to certain estimation problems pertaining to the distribution function and its functional based on complete data. Because of the conjugacy property of some of these processes, the resulting solutions are mostly in closed form. The third part treats similar problems but based on right censored data. Other applications are also included. A comprehensive list of references is provided in order to help readers explore further on their own. |  | Professionals | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8707-4 | Statistics | Sabo | [NAME]; [NAME] | Statistical Research Methods | A Guide for Non-Statisticians |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 221 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 221 p. 33 illus., 13 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Statistics | SCS15007 | Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | PBT | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | Statistics / Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​Introduction.- One-Sample Proportions.- Two-Sample Proportions.- Multi-Category Data.- Summarizing Continuous Data.- One-Sample Means.- Two-Sample Means.- Analysis of Variance.- Power and Sample-Size.- Association and Regression. | This textbook will help graduate students in non-statistics disciplines, advanced undergraduate researchers, and research faculty in the health sciences to learn, use and communicate results from many commonly used statistical methods. The material covered, and the manner in which it is presented, describe the entire data analysis process from hypothesis generation to writing the results in a manuscript. Chapters cover, among other topics: one and two-sample proportions, multi-category data, one and two-sample means, analysis of variance, and regression. Throughout the text, the authors explain statistical procedures and concepts using a non-statistical language. This accessible approach is complete with real-world examples and sample write-ups for the Methods and Results sections of scholarly papers. The text also allows for the concurrent use of the programming language R, which is an open-source program created, maintained and updated by the statistical community. R is freely available and easy to download. | <p>​​​Geared to describe the entire data analysis process, from hypothesis generation to writing the results in a manuscript</p><p>Designed to communicate with non-statisticians in a non-statistical language</p><p>Complete with real-world examples and sample write-ups for Methods and Results sections of manuscripts</p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-3-642-39908-4 | Statistics | Spokoiny | [NAME]; [NAME] | Basics of Modern Parametric Statistics |  | Springer Texts in Statistics |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 300 p. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | 59.99 | 64.19 | 65.99 | 53.99 | 80 | English | Statistics | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | SCI17036 | Probability and Statistics in Computer Science | UYAM | Statistics | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | ​Basics.- Basic notions.- Parameter estimation for an i.i.d. model.- Regression Estimation.-  Estimation in linear models.- Bayes estimation.- Testing a statistical hypothesis.- Testing in linear models.- Some other testing methods.-  Deviation probability for quadratic forms. | This textbook provides a unified and self-contained presentation of the main approaches to and ideas of mathematical statistics. It collects the basic mathematical ideas and tools needed as a basis for more serious study or even independent research in statistics. The majority of existing textbooks in mathematical statistics follow the classical asymptotic framework. Yet, as modern statistics has changed rapidly in recent years, new methods and approaches have appeared. The emphasis is on finite sample behavior, large parameter dimensions, and model misspecifications. The present book provides a fully self-contained introduction to the world of modern mathematical statistics, collecting the basic knowledge, concepts and findings needed for doing further research in the modern theoretical and applied statistics. This textbook is primarily intended for graduate and postdoc students and young researchers who are interested in modern statistical methods. | <p>The book provides a compact and self-contained introduction to modern mathematical statistics</p><p>Includes exercises and solution hints</p><p>Presents an overview of the main classical findings in mathematical statistics from a modern viewpoint  </p> | Students | Standard (0) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-1-4614-8714-2 | Statistics | Sun | [NAME]; [NAME] | Statistical Analysis of Panel Count Data |  | Statistics for Biology and Health | 80 | 1 | 2013 | 271 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 271 p. 18 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Statistics | SCS15007 | Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | PBT | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | Statistics / Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-10-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Poisson Models and Parameter Inference.- Nonparametric Estimation.- Nonparametric Comparison of Point Processes.- Regression Analysis of Panel Count Data I and II.- Analysis of Multivariate Panel Count Data.- Other Topics.- Some Sets of Data.- References.- Index. | Panel count data occur in studies that concern recurrent events, or event history studies, when study subjects are observed only at discrete time points.  By recurrent events, we mean the event that can occur or happen multiple times or repeatedly. Examples of recurrent events include disease infections, hospitalizations in medical studies, warranty claims of automobiles or system break-downs in reliability studies.  In fact, many other fields yield event history data too such as demographic studies, economic studies and social sciences.  For the cases where the study subjects are observed continuously, the resulting data  are usually referred to as recurrent event data.This book collects and unifies statistical models and methods that have been developed for analyzing panel count data.  It provides the first comprehensive coverage of the topic. The main focus is on methodology, but for the benefit of the reader, the applications of the methods to real data are also discussed along with numerical calculations. There exists a great deal of literature on the analysis of recurrent event data. This book fills the void in the literature on the analysis of panel count data.This book provides an up-to-date reference for scientists who are conducting research on the analysis of panel count data. It will also be instructional for those who need to analyze panel count data to answer substantive research questions.  In addition, it can be used as a text for a graduate course in statistics or biostatistics that assumes a basic knowledge of probability and statistics. | <p>First comprehensive book on Panel Count Data</p><p><p>Complements existing resources on recurrent event data</p><p><p>Techniques on regression and parametric and non-parametric methods covered in detail along with gamut of mathematical calculations</p><p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-4-431-54320-6 | Statistics | Takezawa | [NAME] | Learning Regression Analysis by Simulation |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 300 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 300 p. 88 illus. | 0 | final | 84.99 | 84.99 | 90.94 | 93.49 | 76.5 | 113.5 | English | Statistics | SCS11001 | Statistical Theory and Methods | PBT | SCS12008 | Statistics and Computing/Statistics Programs | UFM | Statistics | Monograph | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 Linear algebra. Starting up and executing R. Vectors. Matrices. Addition of two matrices. Multiplying two matrices. Identity and inverse matrices. Simultaneous equations. Diagonalization of a symmetric matrix. Quadratic forms.– Chapter 2 Distributions and tests. Sampling and random variables. Probability distribution. Normal distribution and the central limit theorem. Interval estimation by t distribution. t-test. Intervalestimation of population variance and the χ2 distribution. Fdistribution and F-test. Wilcoxon signed-rank sum test.– Chapter 3 Simple regression. Derivation of regression coefficients. Exchange between predictor variable and target variable. Regression to the mean. Confidence interval of regression coefficients in simple regression. t-Test in simple regression. F-teston simple regression. Selection between constant and nonconstant regression equations. Prediction error of simple regression. Weighted regression. Least squares method and prediction error.– Chapter 4 Multiple regression. Derivation of regression coefficients. Test on multiple regression. Prediction error on multiple regression. Notes on model selection using prediction error. Polynomial regression. Variance of regression coefficient and multicollinearity. Detection of multicollinearity using Variance Inflation Factors. Hessian matrix of log-likelihood.– Chapter 5 Akaike's Information Criterion (AIC) and the third variance. Cp and FPE. AIC of a multiple regression equation with independent and identical normal distribution. Derivation of AIC for multiple regression. AIC with unbiased estimator for error variance. Error variance by maximizing expectation of log-likelihood in light of the data in the future and the “third variance.” Relationship between AIC (or GCV) and F-test. AIC on Poisson regression.– Chapter 6 Linear mixed model. Random-effects model. Random intercept model. Random intercept and slope model. Generalized linear mixed model. Generalized additive mixed model. | The standard approach of most introductory books for practical statistics is that readers first learn the minimum mathematical basics of statistics and rudimentary concepts of statistical methodology. They then are given examples of analyses of data obtained from natural and social phenomena so that they can grasp practical definitions of statistical methods. Finally they go on to acquaint themselves with statistical software for the PC and analyze similar data to expand and deepen their understanding of statistical methods.This book, however, takes a slightly different approach, using simulation data instead of actual data to illustrate the functions of statistical methods. Also, R programs listed in the book help readers realize clearly how these methods work to bring intrinsic values of data to the surface. R is free software enabling users to handle vectors, matrices, data frames, and so on.For example, when a statistical theory indicates that an event happens with a 5 % probability, readers can confirm the fact using R programs that this event actually occurs with roughly that probability, by handling data generated by pseudo-random numbers. Simulation gives readers populations with known backgrounds and the nature of the population can be adjusted easily. This feature of the simulation data helps provide a clear picture of statistical methods painlessly. Most readers of introductory books of statistics for practical purposes do not like complex mathematical formulae, but they do not mind using a PC to produce various numbers and graphs by handling a huge variety of numbers. If they know the characteristics of these numbers beforehand, they treat them with ease. Struggling with actual data should come later. Conventional books on this topic frighten readers by presenting unidentified data to them indiscriminately. This book provides a new path to statistical concepts and practical skills in a readily accessible manner. |  | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics
 | 978-4-431-54564-4 | Statistics | Yamada | [NAME] | Software Reliability Modeling | Fundamentals and Applications | SpringerBriefs in Statistics |  | 1 | 2014 | 98 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 98 p. 60 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | 49.99 | 53.49 | 54.99 | 44.99 | 67 | English | Statistics | SCS14000 | Statistics for Engineering, Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth Sciences | PBT | SCS12008 | Statistics and Computing/Statistics Programs | UFM | Statistics / Engineering and Physics | Brief | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-11-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 Introduction to Software Reliability Modeling and Its Applications.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Definitions and Software Reliability Model.- 3. Software Reliability Growth Modeling.- 4. Imperfect Debugging Modeling.- 4.1 Imperfect debugging model with perfect correction rate.- 4.2 Imperfect debugging model with introduced faults.- 5. Software Availability Modeling.- 5.1 Model description.- 5.2 Software availability measures.- 6. Application of Software Reliability Assessment.- 6.1 Optimal software release problem.- 6.2 Statistical software testing-progress control.- 6.3 Optimal testing-effort allocation problem. Chapter 2 Recent Developments in Software Reliability Modeling.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Human Factor Analysis.- 3. Stochastic Differential Equation Modeling.- 4. Discrete NHPP Modeling.- 5. Quality-Oriented Software Management Analysis. | Software reliability is one of the most important characteristics of software product quality. Its measurement and management technologies during the software product life cycle are essential to produce and maintain quality/reliable software systems. Part 1 of this book introduces several aspects of software reliability modeling and its applications. Hazard rate and nonhomogeneous Poisson process (NHPP) models are investigated particularly for quantitative software reliability assessment. Further, imperfect debugging and software availability models are discussed with reference to incorporating practical factors of dynamic software behavior. Three software management problems are presented as application technologies of software reliability models: the optimal software release problem, the statistical testing-progress control, and the optimal testing-effort allocation problem.Part 2 of the book describes several recent developments in software reliability modeling and their applications as quantitative techniques for software quality/reliability measurement and assessment. The discussion includes a quality engineering analysis of human factors affecting software reliability during the design review phase, which is the upper stream of software development, as well as software reliability growth models based on stochastic differential equations and discrete calculus during the testing phase, which is the lower stream. The final part of the book provides an illustration of quality-oriented software management analysis by applying the multivariate analysis method and the existing software reliability growth models to actual process monitoring data. | <p>Explains fundamentals of software quality/reliability assessment</p><p>Discusses practical applications of software reliability modeling</p><p>Presents recent developments in software reliability modeling</p> | Science | Science (SC) | 0 | EBOP11649 | Mathematics and Statistics